Loading...
HomeMy Public PortalAbout2010 Agreement for the construction of improvements to Stormwater Pump Station OL-1.tifRESOLUTION NO. 2010-8 A CAPITAL PROJECT RESOLUTION OF THE VILLAGE COUNCIL OF THE VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE, FLORIDA, AWARDING CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR REHABILITATION OF STORMWATER PUMP STATION OL-1 TO INTERCOUNTY ENGINEERING, INC. (THE "CONTRACTOR"); AUTHORIZING THE PROJECT AND EXPENDITURE OF FUNDS; PROVIDING FOR IMPLEMENTATION; PROVIDING FOR EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, pursuant to a public bidding process, the Village of Key Biscayne (the "Village") has sought bids for the construction of improvements to Stormwater Pump Station OL-1 in the Village (the "Project"); and WHEREAS, the Village Manager has caused the six (6) bids which were submitted for the Project to be reviewed for the Village by the firm of Corzo Castella Carballo Thompson Salman, P.A. ("C3TS"); and WHEREAS, C3TS has reviewed the bids and has recommended that the Project be awarded to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder, to wit: Intercounty Engineering, Inc. (the "Contractor") in the amount of One Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Nine Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($196,900.00); and WHEREAS, the Village Council finds that it is in the best interest of the Village to proceed as indicated in this Resolution. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE, FLORIDA, AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. Recitals Adopted. That each of the recitals stated above is hereby adopted and confirmed. Section 2. Capital Project Authorizing Resolution. That pursuant to Village Charter Section 3.07(b), this Resolution shall constitute a Capital Project Authorizing Resolution. The Capital Project is the implementation of the above described Project at a cost not to exceed One Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Nine Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($196,900.00). Section 3. Project Authorized: Authorization of Expenditure. A. That the Project is hereby authorized. The Project is further described in the Project's engineering plans, a copy of which are on file with the Village Clerk. B. That the Village Council hereby authorizes the Village Manager to expend funds for the completion of the Project for a cost which is consistent with this Resolution, to be funded from the funding source which is identified in the Village Manager's memorandum which accompanies this Resolution. C. That the Village Manager is hereby authorized to execute the necessary agreements, purchase orders, and related Project documents, once approved by the Village Attorney as to form and legal sufficiency. Section 4. Implementation. • That the Village Manager is authorized to take any action which is necessary to implement the Project and the purposes of this Resolution. Section 5. upon adoption hereof. Effective Date. That this Resolution shall be effective immediately PASSED AND ADOPTED this 16th day of March , 2010. 2 MAYOR ROBERT L. VERNON ATTEST: CONCHITA H. ALVAREZ, MMC, VILLAGE CLERK APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGAL SUFFICIEN VILLAGE ATTORNEY 3 416%w: M744 MEMORANDUM VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE Village Council Robert L. Vernon, Mayor Enrique Garcia, Vice Mayor Michael W. Davey DATE: Robert Gusman Michael E. Kelly Jorge E. Mendia Thomas Thornton Office of the Village Manager March 10, 2010 TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the Villa • • Coun FROM: Genaro "Chip" Iglesias, Village Manag Village Manager Genaro "Chip" Iglesias RE RECOMMENDATION AWARD OF REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PUMP STATION OCEAN LANE -1 TO INTERCOUNTY ENGINEERING, INC. It is recommended that the Village Council award the construction contract for the Rehabilitation of Stormwater Pump Station Ocean Lane -1 to Intercounty Engineering, Inc. BACKGROUND Notice of Bid Invitation was published on February 3, 2010. A mandatory pre -bid conference was held on February 22, 2010. Six bids were received and opened on March 8, 2010. The references, sub -contractors, licenses and registrations were checked for all the bidders. The lowest responsible responsive bidder was Intercounty Engineering, with a bid amount of $196,900.00. This is a cost -share project with funding coming from South Florida Water Management District in the amount of $87,500 and the difference ($109,400) will be funded by the Village FY2010 Capital Improvements Plan. 88 West McIntyre Street • Suite 210 • Key Biscayne, Florida 33149 • (305) 365-5500 • Fax (305) 365-892 MISSION STATEMENT: "TO PROVIDE A SAFE, QUALITY COMMUNITY ENVIRONMENT FOR ALL ISLANDERS THROUGH RESPONSIBLE GOVERNMENT." www.keybiscayne.fl.gov PROJECT MANUAL FOR REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE Mayor: Vice Mayor: Councilmembers: Village Manager: Village Attorney: Village Clerk: Robert L. Vernon Michael Davey Enrique Garcia Robert Gusman Michael E. Kelly Jorge E. Mendia Thomas Thornton Genaro "Chip" Iglesias Weiss, Serota, Helfman et al. Conchita H. Alvarez, MMC February, 2010 C3TS Project No.: 01108-023.0003 -11 ME CORZO CASTELLA CARBALLO THOMPSON SALMAN Engineers• Architects • Planners 901 Ponce de Leon Boulevard, Suite 900 • Coral Gables, Florida 33134 • Telephone No. 305.445.2900 PROJECT MANUAL FOR REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE Mayor: Vice Mayor: Councilmembers: Village Manager: Village Attorney: Village Clerk: Robert L. Vernon Michael Davey Enrique Garcia Robert Gusman Michael E. Kelly Jorge E. Mendia Thomas Thornton Genaro "Chip" Iglesias Weiss, Serota, Helfman et al. Conchita H. Alvarez, MMC February, 2010 C3TS Project No.: 01108-023.0003 i CORZO CASTELLA ,CARBALLO THOMPSON :SALMAN C3+) Engineers• Architects • Planners 901 Ponce de Leon Boulevard, Suite 900 • Coral Gables, Florida 33134 • Telephone No. 305.445.2900 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Description 00020 NOTICE OF BID INVITATION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00300 PROPOSAL 00350 CONTRACTOR'S QUESTIONNAIRE 00410 BID BOND 00500 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND 00620 PAYMENT BOND 00650 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 00660 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CONFORMANCE WITH OSHA STANDARDS 00665 TRENCH SAFETY ACT COMPLIANCE 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00900 ADDENDUM DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01340 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01505 CONTROL OF WORK 01550 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01640 PRODUCT HANDLING TC - 1 1108-023.0003 Section Description 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02100 SITE PREPARATION 02151 SHORING AND BRACING OF EXCAVATIONS 02211 ROCK AND BOULDER EXCAVATION 02220 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 02221 TRENCHING, BEDDING & BACKFILL 02223 EXCAVATION BELOW NORMAL GRADE DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03250 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SEDEWALKS, CURBS, CURBS & GUTTERS, CROSSWALKS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE 03251 JOINTS 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03315 GROUT 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING 03480 PRE -CAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 9 — FINISHES 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL 15051 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15061 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS TC - 2 1108-023.0003 Section Description 15062 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 15063 COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDA A(PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS 15094 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15110 VALVES AND APPUTERANCES APPENDIX A TC - 3 1108-023.0003 NOTICE OF BID INVITATION VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE The Village of Key Biscayne will receive sealed proposals until 2:00 P.M. local time, March 8, 2010 at the Village Clerk's office, Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall, 88 W. McIntyre Street, Key Biscayne, Florida 33149, for the following project: REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 This project involves the rehabilitation of two stormwater pumps located on Ocean Lane, modifications to the pump station top slab, installation of new 16" ductile iron pipe connection to an existing drainage well, and all site clean-up and restoration. Bids will be opened publicly at or shortly after 2:05 P.M. on March 8, 2010 at the Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall, 88 W. McIntyre Street, Key Biscayne, Florida 33149. Bid documents may be obtained on or after February 5, 2010 from Village Clerk at the Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall, 88 W. McIntyre Street, Key Biscayne, Florida 33149. A $35.00 non- refundable deposit per set of plans and specifications is required. The bid will be awarded to the lowest responsible responsive bidder. If, however, the Village Manager deems it to be in the best interest of the Village of Key Biscayne, the Village of Key Biscayne reserves the right to reject any and all bids, to waive any informalities or minor defects in any bids, and to increase or decrease the quantities shown in the Bid Form. Bids, which contain irregularities of any kind, may be rejected as informal. A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall, Building and Zoning Conference Room, 88 W. McIntyre Street, Key Biscayne, Florida 33149, at 11:00 A.M. local time on February 22, 2010. All interested contractors are invited to attend. The Local Agency of the Village of Key Biscayne hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, Disadvantaged Business Enterprise will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, gender, religion, age, disability, marital status or national origin in consideration for an award. Conchita H. Alvarez, MMC Village Clerk 00020-1 01108-023.0003 SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 BID FORM All bids must be submitted in conformity with the requirements of the Project Manual and on the Bid Form included herewith (Section 300) including non -collusion affidavit and certification regarding debarment. Also include the Contractor's Questionnaire (Section 00350, with copies of applicable licenses and certifications, latest financial statement, and a list of similar projects completed), and Bid Bond (Section 00410). The bids shall be placed in sealed envelopes, marked on the outside with the Contractor's name, address, phone number and Project Name, with the works 'SEALED BID" clearly marked on the outside. Bids which contain irregularities of any kind, or incomplete bids, may be rejected as informal. 2. BID GUARANTY The bid must be accompanied by a Bid Guaranty which shall be for an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the proposal, and at the option of the bidder may be a certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond. Cash deposits will not be accepted. The Guaranty shall be forfeited if the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract in the form shown within ten (10) working days of the Notice of Award of the Contract. The checks and bid bonds of all except the three lowest bidders will be returned immediately after the opening of bids, and the remaining checks or Bid Bonds will be returned within ten (10) working days after the signing of the contract by the successful bidder. 3. TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS Bids received prior to the time of opening shall be securely kept, unopened. All bids shall be delivered to the Village Clerk's office, Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall, 88 W. McIntyre Street, Key Biscayne, Florida, 33149. No bids will be received after 2:00 P.M. on date of bid opening. 4. QUESTIONS' DEADLINE Deadline for submitting questions is Friday, February 26, 2010, 5:00 p.m. All questions shall be submitted in writing by letter or fax to the Engineer. 5. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Bids may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days from the opening thereof. 6. BIDDERS PRESENT At or shortly after 2:05 P.M. on Monday, March 8, 2010, the bids will be opened and their contents will be made public for the information of the bidders and others properly interested, who may be present either in person or by representative. 7 AWARD OF CONTRACT The contract will be awarded not later than sixty (60) days from the bid opening date to the lowest responsible, responsive bidder, complying with the conditions of the Notice of Bid Invitation, provided the bid is reasonable, and it is in the interest of the Village to accept it. The Village however, reserves the right to reject any or all bids. 00200-1 01108-023.0003 8. BASIS OF AWARD The award of bid will be made to the lowest responsible responsive bidder possessing the qualifications to complete the project. 9. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS In the event portions of the work called for in the specifications are to be installed, constructed, or assembled by a sub -contractor or sub -contractors, the bidder must fill in the information requested in the Proposal. The nature of this Stormwater Pump Station rehabilitation project is such, that the company performing the rehabilitation work shall be skilled and qualified to complete the work. Contractor shall demonstrate a minimum of 5 years relevant experience in pump station rehabilitation. Lack of experience in this type of construction shall be grounds for consideration of a bid as non -responsive. 10. WARRANTY Neither the final payment nor any provision of the Contract Documents, nor the use of the equipment by the Village shall constitute an acceptance of items found not to comply with stipulations of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall furnish suitable warranty and guarantee equal to that generally furnished to purchasers of the equipment described herein. Please refer to paragraph 21 of the Supplementary Conditions for additional express warranties by Contractor. 11. INSURANCE The bidder to whom a Contract is awarded shall take out and maintain Worker's Compensation Insurance to cover all his/her employees as well as maintain public liability and property damage insurance during the term of this contract and until the last day of furnishing work, labor, services and materials for the project described herein. Refer to Certificate of Insurance (Section 650), General Conditions (Section 700) and Supplementary Conditions (Section 800). The Village of Key Biscayne and Corzo Castella Carballo Thompson Salman, P.A., shall be named as additional insured in all policies required under this contract. 12. ELIGIBLE BIDDERS The Village reserves the right, before awarding a Contract, to require a Bidder to submit evidence of his/her qualifications, as may be deemed necessary, and consider any evidence available to it of the financial, technical, and other qualifications and abilities of the bidder. The Contract will be awarded only to a Bidder fully qualified to under take the proposed work. All material or services must meet all applicable Federal, State and Local specifications and permit requirements. 13. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The Contractor shall maintain suitable and sufficient guards and barriers and, at night, suitable and sufficient safety standards required by Municipal, County, State and Federal ordinances and laws. 14. PRE -BID INSPECTION The Bidder, before submitting a Proposal, is required to visit and examine the site of the work and satisfy himself/herself about the character of the work, any possible difficulties, and all conditions and circumstances which do and may affect the work. 00200-2 01108-023.0003 15. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS Within ten (10) working days of the award of the Contract, the successful bidder shall furnish a Performance and a Payment Bond in the form shown on Sections 00610 and 00620 guaranteeing the faithful performance of his contract and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith. Each bond shall be in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price. 16. PERMITS When necessary the successful bidder will be required to obtain the necessary permits. The Village of Key Biscayne's Public Works permit fee will be waived by the Village. Permits and permit fees required by other agencies are the Contractor's responsibility. The contractor is responsible for all necessary end of construction clearance, certification or release fees required by local agencies, if applicable. 17. CONTRACTOR'S QUESTIONNAIRE Section 00350 contains the form entitled "Contractor's Questionnaire." This form must be completed and submitted as an integral part of the bid package. 18. QUALIFICATION OF SURETIES A. General: The following requirements shall be met by all surety companies furnishing bid, performance payment or other type of bonds: B. Qualifications: As to companies being rated acceptable: 1. The Surety shall be rated as "A" or better as to General Policyholders Rating and Class V or better as to Financial Category by Best's Key Rating Guide, published by Alfred M. Best Company, Inc., of 75 Fulton Street, New York, New York, 10038. 2. The Surety shall be listed on the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Fiscal Service, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, Circular 570, (1982 Revision) entitled, "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies." 3. All Surety Companies are subject to approval and may be rejected by the Owner without cause, in the same manner that bids may be rejected. C. Limitations: Bonding Limits or Bonding Capacity refer to the limit or amount of Bond acceptable on any one risk. 1. The bonding limit of the Surety shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the policyholder surplus (capital and surplus) as listed by the aforementioned Best's Key Rating Guide, on anyone risk (penalty or amount of any one bond). D. Requirements: 1. Policy Holders Surplus is required to be 5 times the amount of any one bond. 2. The Agent countersigning the bond shall be a resident of Miami -Dade County. 00200-3 01108-023.0003 19. DEFINITIONS Terms used in the "Instructions To Bidders" shall be as defined in the General Conditions. END OF SECTION 00200-4 01108-023.0003 SECTION 00300 PROPOSAL REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE, FLORIDA Village Clerk's Office Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall 88 W. McIntyre Street Key Biscayne, Florida 33149 The undersigned, as Bidder, hereby declares that the only person or persons interested in the Proposal, as principal or principals, is or are named herein and that no other person than herein mentioned has any interest in the Proposal of the Contract to which the work pertains; that this Proposal is made without connection or arrangement with any other person, company, or parties making a bid or proposal and that the Proposal is in all respects fair and made in good faith without collusion or fraud. The Bidder certifies that the bidder is not a nonresident alien, or a foreign corporation/entity formed under the laws of a country other than the United States. The Bidder further declares that he has examined the site of the work and that from personal knowledge and experience, or that he has made sufficient observations of the conditions of the proposed Project Site to satisfy himself that such site is a correct and suitable one for this work and he assumes full responsibility therefore, that he has examined the Drawings and Specifications for the work and from his own experience or from professional advice that the Drawings, including bid item quantities, and Specifications are sufficient for the work to be done and he has examined the other Contractual Documents relating thereto, including the Notice of Bid Invitation, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings and has read all addenda prior to the receipt of bids, and that he has satisfied himself fully, relative to all matters and conditions with respect to the work to which this Proposal pertains. The Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Proposal is accepted, to contract with the Village of Key Biscayne (Owner), in the form of contract specified, to furnish all necessary materials, all equipment, all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus, means of transportation, and labor necessary to complete the work specified in the Proposal and the Contract, and called for by the Drawings and Specifications and in the manner specified. The Bidder further proposes and agrees to comply in all respects with the time limits for commencement and completion of the work as stated in the Contract Form. The Bidder further agrees that the deductions for liquidated damages, as stated in the Contract Form, constitute fixed, agreed, and liquidated damages to reimburse the Owner for additional costs to the Owner resulting from the work not being completed within the time limit stated in the Contract Form. Payment Bonds each in the amount of one -hundred percent of the Contract price, within ten (10) consecutive calendar days after written notice being given by the Owner of the award of the Contract, and the undersigned agrees that in case of failure on his part to execute the said Contract and Performance and Payment Bonds within the ten (10) consecutive calendar days after the award of the Contract, the cashier's check or Bid Bond accompanying his bid and the money payable thereon shall be paid to the Owner as liquidation of damages sustained by the Owner; otherwise, the check accompanying the Proposal shall be returned to the undersigned after the Contract is signed and the Performance and Payment Bonds are filed. 00300-1 01108-023.03 The undersigned agrees to accept in full compensation therefore the total of the lump sum prices for the items named in the following schedule, based on the plan quantities contained within this bid form. Furthermore, the undersigned has checked these quantities and agrees that bid quantities are correct and adequate to complete the job in its entirety, as described in the contract document. Bidders Certificate of Competency No. Bidders Occupational License No. Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following Addenda received since issuance of the Project Manual: Addendum No. \ Dated: 73.1 \ 1c.) Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Attached hereto is a cashier's check on the Bank of or Bid Bond for the sum of ) ` j ,_ ($ Address: City: ), made payable to the Village of Key Biscayne, Florida. (Name o = idder ;f - Signature of Officer Dollars V L— �� y .lt c , ; L.S. (Affix Seal) ,t \• (Title of Officer) k`� L.S. L.S. V-, - t.. • \ r State: k �-- 00300-2 01108-023.0003 A A 1 y y N 1 N The full names and residences of persons and firms interested in the foregoing bid, as principals, are as follows: 1�. 1 , t', if ks. r \ \ Name of the executive who will give personal attention to the work: 01108-023.0003 00300-3 LIST OF MAJOR SUB -CONTRACTORS Bidders are required to list with the Proposal, on this sheet all major sub -contractors included for the prosecution of the work. Failure to complete the list may be cause for declaring the Proposal irregular. The successful bidder shall employ the sub -contractors listed hereunder for the class of work indicated, which list shall not be modified in any way without the written consent of the Village of Key Biscayne. The Bidder expressly agrees that: 1. If awarded a contract as a result of this proposal, the major sub -contractors used in the prosecution of the work will be those listed below. 2. The Bidder represents that the sub -contractors listed below are financially responsible and are qualified to do the work required. CATEGORY OR CLASS NAME OF SUB -CONTRACTOR ADDRESS OF WORK ************************,t Ir********* r*******************itMirk*********Ir**** r************tHe,tr ****k****,4,klr,tvt+t*i ******** �1 t P 00300-4 01108-023.0003 REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 Village of Key Biscayne, Florida C3TS Project No. 01108-023.03 BID FORM Bid unit prices stated in this proposal include all costs and expenses for labor, equipment, materials, contractor's overhead and profit. Unit prices for the various work items are intended to establish a total price for completing the project in its entirety. The Contractor shall include in the Bid price any work item and materials for which a separate pay item has not been included in the Bid Form. All work and incidental costs shall be included for payment under the several scheduled items of the overall contract, and no separate payment will be made therefore. ITEM PS -1 DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT For modifying the top slab (roof) of the OL-1 1 L.S. Pump Station including structural modifications, saw cutting Structural Steel, Aluminum doors, welding, concrete work, grout, all to complete the new roof as shown on drawings. PS -2 Remove and re -install two (2) stormwater 1 L.S. pumps from the OL-1 Pump Station and haul to the Cascade Pump authorized service center at Hydro Pumps Co. Plantation, FL. PS -3 For disassembling two (2) pumps and 1 L.S. restoring the pumps to near -original condition with sufficient parts as required to restore pumps to working order. PS -4 PS -5 For bench testing two (2) electric motors to 1 L.S. determine motor horsepower output. Furnish and install new pump oil lubrication 1 L.S. systems for both pumps. Provide training, spare parts and lube schedule to Owner's Staff. PS -6 Furnish and install new "Mercoid-type" dual 1 L.S. pressure switches for both Pump #3 and Pump #4. Includes removal of old Pump #4 switches and mounting of the two new pairs of switches inside the Station. Includes copper piping taps at both Well #3 and Well #4. PS -7 PS -8 For leaning out the bottom of the PS wet well 1 L.S. of sand, silt and debris. For converting Well #3 from a "gravity -type" 1 L.S. drainage well to a "pressure -type" well. 00300 - 5 UNIT PRICE AMOUNT $ �$ $ ''Sk $ urn $ 7 • ''+ $ xocc..1 $ \S,eke $ \S\t:t ) -. $ ySuc-) $ t`k 5 CC. -" $\aSu ' $ \t ., cC1-) 01108-023.0003 Includes removal and salvage of the old MH Frame and cover, furnish and install new steel flange bolts, gasket, and blind flange and all necessary welding. PS -9 Furnish and install "wastewater -type" 2 inch 1 L.S. air release valve on converted Well head #3 includes drilling and taping the blind flange, a 2" ball valve and short steel pipe spool pieces. PS -10 For disconnecting Well #3 from the 42" 1 L.S. influent pipe and closing both ends with blind flanges or weld shut as shown on drawings. PS -11 Furnish and install approximately 60 feet of 16 1 L.S. inch diameter ductile iron or steel piping from PS to Well #3 including 16" check valve, 16" butterfly valve, and 16" Tee cut -into the existing pipe. Includes excavations, extra fittings (as needed) to install over 42" pipe, back -fill, pressure test and restrained joints. PS -12 Furnish and install 16" diameter butterfly valve 1 L.S. inside the existing valve vault. Includes cutting into existing pipe, a new valve and restrained -type joints. G-1 Mobilization G-2 Maintenance of Traffic including traffic control, pedestrian and vehicular access, signs, barricades and flaggers, and off -duty police officer, as required by Engineer and/ or Village G-3 Performance and Payment Bond G-4 Landscaping Allowance G-5 Contingency GRAND TOTAL IN FIGURES: 1 1 1 1 1 $ 5 �E ">' $ ,E $1 Oco �" $ `�� 000 $ LtAcklc.:- $ yi1,� $ O $ '�� CAL L.S. $ 1 ) _ $ (t.)r1 SC - L.S. $ (ik)C)— $ L.S. $ 3 . $ L.S. L.S. $ 10,000 $_ 5,000 $ C C; .- $ t(1t�:xa $ ,(\C(: GRAND TOTAL WRITTEN: Cm.. \`t`,A c*`Ck_ s c'��C�` Sc), tit, - \1vAc e edd a -s a c 00 BIDDER: C C_C i L\ E rte e c ,47 1 By: / G. try\ \irkS5 Title: Telephone: ` t't - �' O. p � � ,� � � L._�� Fax: ��i ��1 00300 - 6 __ _ 01108-023.0003 �_ NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF V- \C(i L COUNTY OF . ;:.-A_. r,k ("Affiant"), being first duly swom, deposes and says that: 1. Affiant is Q t't C Ci\ of \ t 4; �r1�`;' (the "Bidder") and has submitted the attached Bid; 2. Affiant has personal knowledge of the matters set forth herein and is competent to testify: 3. Affiant is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and all pertinent circumstances respecting the Bid; 4. The Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid; 5. Neither the Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees, or parties in interest, including Affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm, or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder, firm, or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid price or the Bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against Village of Key Biscayne or any person interested in the proposed Contract. By: Title: Q : �� t' ; A - (Corporate Seal) Subscribed and sworn before me this t day of ek- if (rA , 20 f ci by , who is per o. ly.1 vwn to, me or has produced 1, as identification. } Notary Public NQTM Y P LICSTATE 01 )RiDA Roy '" Lori lon #DD834054 Print Na- Y`; Expires: 'o.,INc �• "•• C BONDING My comm ii es C 00300-7 01108-023.0003 ---- SECTION 00350 CONTRACTOR'S QUESTIONNAIRE Submitted to: The Mayor and Village Commission of the Village of Key Biscayne, Florida: By c\ \C�1 �l 1C t -\"'---V \ e -3 0 ``'�� �_ \ <1�,\:3 i l` , E .-‘_ \ d-\ #' C 5i \ r < <"" 1 Principal Office ��� �% :� ; ��( ,\- How many years has your organization been in business as a General Contractor under your present business name? \ \ C D Does your organization have current occupational licenses entitling it to do the work contemplated in this Contract? State of Florida Occupational License (State type and number): Federal I.D. No: Miami -Dade County Certificate of Competency (State type and number): C. c)k- Village of Key Biscayne Occupational License (State type and number): ( Please include copies of above licenses and certifications with proposal. How many years experience in similar work has your organization had? (A) As a General Contractor \ \A( 5 (B) As a Sub -Contractor k (C) What contracts has your organization completed? State below: Contract Amount Class of Work When Completed Name & Address of Owner C 5 (.. `. N O -C \a t x \ r ' e. .% ' 1 How many years has your organization or your sub -contractor had in this type of rehabilitation work? years List the detailed experience below: Name & tel. number of Owner Project Name Date completed c"-• AA---VacAvc C C -t" ‘‘ e kY\ \AA 00350-1 01108-023.0003 v1C E, `.'S\-(7\-c'\-\-1{ .kt" Are you a Certified Minority Contractor with Miami -Dade County? rI Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? :l 0 If so, where and why? C\ \ '' Has any officer or partner of your organization ever failed to complete a contract handled in his own name? C) If so, state name of individual, name of owner, and reason thereof: \V\ In what other lines of business are you financially interested or engaged? Give references as to experience, ability and financial standing. What equipment do you own that is available for the proposed work and where is it located? 00350-2 ____ _ ______ 01108-023.0003 _ Financial Statement: T c VD;C\(kQ r What Bank or Banks have you arranged to do business with during the course of the Contract should it be awarded to you? I hereby certify that the above answers are true and correct. Name of Bidder: Signature of Officer: NC. (Affix Seal) Title of Officer: ").t � END OF SECTION 00350-3 _ 01108-023.0003 BROWARD COUNTY LOCAL BUSINESS TAX RECEIPT 115 S. Andrews Ave., Rm. A-100, Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301-1895 - 954-831-4000 VALID OCTOBER 1, 2009 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 DBA: Business Name: Owner Name: Business Location: Business Phone: INTERCOUNTY ENGINEERING INC HYNES H PATRICIA 1925 NW 18 ST POMPANO BEACH 33069 (954)972-9800 Rooms Seats Employees 10 UNITS Receipt # 180-0003840 Business Type: GENERAL CONTRACTOR Business Opened: State/Co unty/CerdReg : Exemption Code: to Machines 11/05/99 CG C045288 NON EXEMPT Professionals mber of Machines: For Vending Business Only Vending Tvpe: Tax Amount Transfer Fee NSF Fee -' Penalty Prior Years Collection Cost Total Paid $ 27.00 $ 27.00 PAID 07/24/09 7702903.0001 27.00 THIS RECEIPT MUST BE POSTED CONSPICUOUSLY IN YOUR PLACE OF BUSINESS THIS BECOMES A TAX RECEIPT WHEN VALIDATED Mailing Address: INTERCOUNTY ENGINEERING INC HYNES H PATRICIA 1925 NW 18 ST POMPANO BEACH FL 33069 This tax is levied for the privilege of doing business within Broward County and is non -regulatory in nature. You must meet all County and/or municipality planning and zoning requirements. This Business Tax Receipt must be transferred when the business is sold, business name has changed or you have moved the business location. This receipt does not indicate that the business is legal or that it is in compliance with State or local laws and regulations. 2009 - 2010 ATM•. �.r,f :� *: j : �- Z1� �' gay f -+'^� V iiLZ �1 � •7,j'��{f�'f+, i++. '�'a1i' _- e. - %i - irms/ ? tra � �`=:%�i+' M' ✓� J "' � Vai_y/J 1y/fir Kf "r- �...�- t -,e -w' = �- r'M1[ ., •y�! J� (rr%s`a }a, ik• ,i,\:..20.0 kIt'al‘-'4474H3`'.o---;‘? 21,1e_ (F }.+tr•l r.Ytif4"s *''Y ,?:•`,i•,r,Ysw/ i.gt+"r,.JT.•)r.L.la.r.:r_'ri r.==--i{.� =� �. f i r',-�rv^ ' 7Yl' Y a'+ ; w.. /rx.;.r.'=a •""i. �• i�-'yt+�.� •° El t yia�? •'je--.-`fin' '� -7 � t y+;'Z;., -- r¢: ' i• . :—... .7f _--„�, , - '• teri �`£�-r ,/•..•'- - gay+' . ' t...;?ri; : ` - •yf" ''. i- '�J , ��•el'gY ', iPr-.r-ra`;•:•. • �_c • -t' 1_'P a r j y� 's- =. "-.. c` -',rte- ==`"s-` f "7—." - --- 1 A t - 'r=. T, _PPf - “,-,g4!".- `��'f4,',.j-�� rTJ Intercounty Engineering Inc. WORK EXPERIENCE STATEMENT 1925 NW 18th Street, Pompano Beach, Florida 33069 Phone: 954-972-9800 Fax: 954-974-0042 1 ** CURRENT PROJECTS** Project: S-140 Pump Sta Refurbishment Job Description: Selective demolition and replacement of precast concrete decking, overhaul (3) existing pumps and (3) gear boxes and install (3) new engines, install new generator, update refurbish electrical and instrumentation. Owner: South Florida Water Management 3301 Gun Club Road West Palm Beach, FL 33416 Original Contract Amount $ 4,450,000.00 % of completion: 0% Engineer: James T. Reynolds, Sr. Contract Specialist 3301 Gun Club Road West Palm Beach, FL 33416 561-682-2813 Jreynold@sfwmd.gov Date Complete: March, 2012 Project: Phase II Systemwide Upgrades PS A-14, A-40, B-9, D-33, D-35, D-36 Job Description: Rehabilitation of (6) existing pump stations requiring bypass pumping, installation of new pumps and control panels, connections to existing mains and site restoration. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Ave, Ste 300 Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Original Contract Amount $ 2,715,825.00 % of completion: 65% Engineer: Walt Schwarz, PE City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Ave Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-2604, ext 66 Wschwarz@ch2m.com Date Complete: September, 2010 ..... ■ ■ .. ■ ■ . OM ■ ............ ■ ■ MN ■ ■ .NINE Project: Midway Pump Station Job Description: Installation of Storm Sewer structures and pipe. Install double 36" HDPE casing pipe via directional drill under 826. Build below ground CIP pump station. Owner: Miami Dade County Public Works 111 NW 1st Street, Suite 1510 Miami, FL 33128-1970 Original Contract Amount $ 4,258,613.60 % of completion: 26% Engineer: Corzo Castella Carballo Thompson Salman Engineers 21301 Powerline Road, Suite 311 Boca Raton, FL 33433 Date Complete: October, 2010 ..... ■ .... ■ ■ MEM ...... ■ ■ .. ■ ■ MEM ■ . Project: Sanitary Sewer Lift Stations B-3 and 8 Rehabilitation Job Description: Rehabilitation of two existing pump stations requiring bypass pumping, installation of new pumps, valve vaults and control panels. Owner: City of Oakland Park Engineering & Community Dev Dept 5399 N Dixie Highway Oakland Park, FL 33334 Original Contract Amount $ 292,600.00 % of Completion: 86% 2 Engineer: Don A. Shaver Craven Thompson & Assoc 3563 NW 53 Street Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309 954-739-6400 Dshaver@craventhompson.com Date Complete March 12, 2010 ....................11.......11.11.....11I Project: Pump Sta #3 Engine Replacement Job Description: Replacement of (2) diesel engines and Keel Coolers on existing Pump Station. Owner: Indian Trail Improvement District 13476 61st Street North West Palm Beach, FL 33412 Original Contract Amount $ 338,183.00 Engineer: Engenuity Group Inc. 1201 Belvedere Road West Palm Beach, FL 33405 Mike Hanseter, PE (561) 655-1151 Date of Completion: March 1, 2010 11 18 ■ f ■ ■ ■ M .11.11 11 11 ■ 11 ■ 11...11 11 11 ■ 11 11 ■ . ■ 1111 ■ 11 11 ■ ■ Project: Deerfield Beach Lift Sta Rehab Stations #6, #27 and #61 Job Description: Rehabilitation of (3 ) existing pump stations, replacement of pumps, install new valve vaults, bypass pumping required. Owner: City of Deerfield Beach 200 Goolsby Blvd. Deerfield Beach, FL 33442 Contact: Fred Scott, Utilities 954-410-4336 (cell) 954-480-4403 (office) Original Contract Amount $ 426,297.00 Date of Completion: April 30, 2010 1111511111M11111••••••11•111•11111•11•111•111111•111111111111•• Project: Terminal 29 Lift Sta Upgrade Job Description: Replacement of existing pump station with new wet well, valve vault, pumps and control panel in Port Everglades, Broward County, FL. Owner: Broward County Public Works Seaport Engineering & Const Div 1850 Eller Drive Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33316-4201 Original Contract Amount $212,735.50 Engineer: Craven Thompson & Assoc 3563 NW 53 Street Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309 Contact: Don Shaver, PE 954-739-6400 Dshaver(a craventhompson.com Date of Completion: April 1, 2010 OEM .. ■ .... 11 ..... ■ ■ . ■ ■ ■ 11 11 11 11 ■ ■ . ■ ■ 11 ... ■ ■ * COMPLETED PROJECTS * Project: Area 11A Reclaimed Water System — Contract 2 Job Description: Installation of 18" Reclaimed Water Main open cut and directional drill in downtown Delray Beach. Owner: City of Delray Beach 434 S Swinton Avenue Delray Beach, FL 33444 Contact: Rafael C. Ballestero Deputy Dir of Construction 561-243-7320 3 Ballestero@ci.delray-beach.fl.us Original Contract Amount $ 518,099.00 Engineer: Dave Mathews, PE Mathews Consulting 1475 Centrepark Blvd, Ste 250 West Palm Beach, FL 33401 561-478-7961 DMathews@Mathewsconsultinginc.com Date Complete: July 30, 2009 Project: Dania Bch Lift Sta Impry Job Description: Rehabilitation of (4) existing pump stations Owner: City of Dania Beach 100 Dania Beach Blvd Dania Beach, FL 33004 Contact: Dominic Orlando, Dir of Public Services 954-924-3740 Original Contract Amount $ 1,634,958.00 Engineer: John Messerian Calvin Giordano & Assoc 1800 Eller Drive, Suite 600 Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33316 954-921-7781 Jchamberlain@calvin-giordano.com Date Complete: May, 2009 ********************************** Project: Riverside/Victoria (5) Pump Sta Job Description: Installation of (5) new pump stations in various areas of Ft. Lauderdale Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave, 3rd Floor Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Original Contract Amount $ 1,672,055.00 Engineer: Walt Schwarz City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Avenu Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-1890 ext 66 Wschwarz@ch2m.com Date Complete: April, 2009 ......••.•.•II••••••••••.••••••.•II•••• Project: Edgewood Pump Sta Pkg #1 Job Description: Installation of (3) new lift stations in various locations in Ft. Lauderdale. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave, 3rd Floor Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Wschwarz@ch2m.com Original Contract Amount $ 1,152,625.00 Engineer: Walt Schwarz City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Avenu Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-1890 ext 66 Date Complete: February, 2009 Project: Boynton Beach Lift Stations Job Description: Installation of (5) new lift stations in various locations in Boynton Beach. Owner: City of Boynton Beach 100 E Boynton Beach Blvd. Boynton Beach, FL 33425 Paul Fleming, PMP (561) 742-6487 FlemingP@bbfl.us Original Contract Amount $ 1,794,179.00 Engineer: Dana Gillette 4 Erdman Anthony 1402 Royal Palm Bch Blvd, Bldg 500 Royal Palm Beach, FL 33411 561-753-9723 ext 15 GilletteD@erdmananthony.com Date Completed: February, 2009 ..IMMIX MOM MIN• • • • ■ ■ ■ • • ■ .. ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ ■ ...... ■ Project: Fiveash Water Treatment Plant Job Description: Installation of force main yard piping, installation of new sump pumps, electrical panels, new oil/water separator. Installation of guard shack and reconfigure plant entry. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave, 3rd Floor Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Original Contract Amount $ 1,140,913.00 Engineer: Walt Schwarz City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Avenu Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-1890 ext 66 Date Complete: February, 2009 1111.... ■ 111111111111111111110 M • Il• MOSES • 1111011111111111• ■ ■ Project: Sewer Area 4, Basins B &C Job Description: Installation of (18) new sanitary manholes, over 4100 if of sanitary main and over 5000 If of 3" force main, asphalt restoration down two dead end streets. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave, 3rd Floor Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Original Contract Amount $ 2,740,440.00 Engineer: Walt Schwarz City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Avenu Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-1890 ext 66 Date Complete: April, 2008 111111111111• ■ ■ MOO■ ■ ■ ■ NM IIIIII• NM • 111 11 111 Il• ■ ■ . ■ ■ .. ■ ■ Project: Shady Banks WM Replacement Job Description: Installation of (3) new FH, and +/- 10001f of 6" Water Main Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave, 3rd Floor Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Contract Amount $ 124,155.32 Engineer: Walt Schwarz City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Avenu Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-1890 ext 66 Date Complete: June 1, 2007 1111... ■ ■ . ■ ■ ....... ■ ■ • ■ ■ . ■ • .1111.. ■ ■ . ■ ■ ■ ■ Project: Septic Area 3, 4 and 5 Job Description: Installation of 4 new pump stations in various locations in City of Fort Lauderdale. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave, 3rd Floor Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Contract Amount $ 1,763,978.46 Engineer: Walt Schwarz City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Avenu Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-1890 ext 66 Date Complete: August, 2007 .................................... . 5 Project: Group 1 Pump Sta Rehab Job Description: Installation of (5) new pump Stations throughout the City of Ft. Lauderdale. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave., Suite 300 Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Walt Schwarz, PE Contract Amount: $ 1,660,718.66 Engineer: Camp, Dresser & McKee 6365 6th Way, Suite 320 Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309 Date Complete: October, 2007 ...111111111111111• • • ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ . ■ ...... ■ ■ . ■ EMS ■ ■ ■ Project: Group 2 Pump Sta Rehab Job Description: Installation of (2) new pump Stations and modifications to (2) existing stations throughout the City of Ft. Lauderdale. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave., Suite 300 Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Walt Schwarz, PE Contract Amount: $ 2,101,140.19 Engineer: Camp, Dresser & McKee 6365 6th Way, Suite 320 Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309 Date Complete: September, 2007 ...... ■ MEN MEM ■ ■ . ■ ■ .. ■ ■ 11111111111 ■ ■ ... ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Project: Croissant Park, Basin C Job Description: Installation of 15 Sanitary Manholes and 8"Sewer main. Owner: City of Ft. Lauderdale Waterworks 200 N Andrews Ave, 3rd Floor Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301 Contract Amount $ 933,391.05 Engineer: Walt Schwarz City of Ft. Lauderdale 200 N Andrews Avenu Ft. Lauderdale, FL 954-522-1890 ext Date Complete: February 26, 2007 ..... ■ .. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ ■ . ■ • ...... ■ ■ ■ ...... ■ . Project: Country Oaks Lane Improvements Job Description: Sewage Pump Station, Sanitary Sewer and Watermain and Storm sewer and asphalt paving down dead end street in very tight conditions.. Owner: Palm Beach County 160 Australian Avenue, Suite 405 West Palm Beach, Florida 33406 Original Contact Amount: Change Orders to Date: $831,660.00 $ 71,346.79 Engineer: County Engineer's Office 160 Australian Avenue Hilton Airport Centre, Building #2 West Palm Beach, Florida 33406 Construction Coordination 561-684-4180 Date Complete: November, 2005 ..... ■ ENE ■ ■ ..... ■ ■ .......... ■ ■ ..... ■ ■ Project: North Miami Beach Alley Reconstruction of Alley, Phase 6 — 9 Job Description: Installation of 2" HDPE water main and services in alleyways on six streets. Also included new asphalt in alleys. Owner: City of North Miami Beach 17011 NE 19 Avenue North Miami Beach, Fl 33162-3100 Contact: Jose Casio, PE 305-948-2967 ext 7995 Jose.Casio@CityNMB.com Contract Amount: $ 728,136.30 (Phase 6 only) Engineer: Joaquin Barnes, P.E. URS Corporation 7650 Corporate Center Drive, Ste 400 Miami, FL 33126-1220 6 305-262-7466 Date Complete: May, 2006 Project: Transite Water Main Replacement Job Description: Replacement of transite water pipe with ductile iron in residential community. Owner:City of West Palm Beach 200 2nd Street West Palm Beach, FL 33402 (561) 659-8040 Original Contact Amount: $ 805,196.00 Change Orders: $ 411,757.00 Engineer: City of West Palm Beach 1000 45 Street, Suite 15 West Palm Beach, FL 33407 561-659-8040 Laura Le, Sr. Project Mgr. Date Complete: Completed August, 2006 Project: Lift Station #24 Improvements Job Description: The re -construction of Lift Station #24, furnish and install 1800 linear feet of 6" forcemain, roadway re -surfacing, and the installation of 3500 linear feet of 8" water main. Owner: City of Pompano Beach P.O. Drawer 1300 Pompano Beach, Fl 33061 Helen Gray 954-786-4738 Original Contact Amount: $749,521.00 Change Orders to Date: $ 42,122.00 Engineer: Chen & Associates 5100 NW 33rd Avenue, Suite 250 Fort Lauderdale, Fl 33309 Date Complete: May 2005 Project: 6`" Street West of Dixie Highway Sanitary Sewer Job Description: Installation of sanitary sewer pipes, manholes, sanitary lateral services and all pavement restoration on 6th Street west of Dixie Highway. Owner: City of West Palm Beach 1000 45th Street, Suite 15 West Palm Beach, F133407 Original Contact Amount: Change Orders to Date: $72,370.00 +$23,972.00 Engineer: Daniel Roberge — Project Engineer City of West Palm Beach Public Utilities Department 1000 45th Street, Suite 15 West Palm Beach, Florida 33407 Phone: 561-659-8040 Date Completed: February 2004 •.••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Project: Tropic Vista Water Distribution System Job Description: Installation of Water Distribution System Owner:Village of Tequesta 250 Tequesta Drive, Suite 300 Tequesta, Fl 33469 561-575-6200 Original Contact Amount: $263,202.79 Engineer: Arcadis Reese, Macon & Assoc, Inc. 6415 Lake Worth Road, Suite 307 Lake Worth, Florida 33463-2907 Tom Jensen, PE Phone: (561)-433-3226 Date Complete: May 2005 •.......■......■■••■•■■..■■■■..■■...■ Project: Pump Stations 2003 PS 21 & 45 Job Description: Rehabilitation of Pump Station 21. Install via tremie a 10' wetwell 30 7 Feet deep. Tie into existing wetwell. Install 3 new pumps and new valves in a new valve vault. Tie into 12" forcemain. Install new control panel and new Geoblock driveway Owner: City of Lauderhill 2000 City Hall Drive Lauderhill, F133313 Contact Person: Brian Shields, P.E. City of Lauderhill 2101 N.W. 49th Avenue Lauderhill, Fl 33313 Phone: 954-730-2960 extension 4225 Original Contact Amount: Change Orders: $349,725.00 $26,419.28 Engineer: Williams, Hatfield & Stoner, Inc. 2101 North Andrews Ave, Suite 300 Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33311 Jim Davis, P.E. Date Complete: July 2004 Project: Sewer Main Repair, NW 21St Avenue & Oakland Park Blvd. Job Description: Repair existing 8" gravity sewer. Owner: City of Oakland Park 3650 NE 12th Avenue Oakland Park, Fl 33334 Original Contact Amount: $325,000.00 Engineer: Williams, Hatfield & Stoner, Inc. 2101 North Andrews Ave, Suite 300 Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33311 Jim Davis, P.E. Date Complete: October 2003 Project: Seacoast Lift Station No. 21 Force Main Relocation Job Description: Install approximately 2,200 feet 12" forcemain including an 18" HDPE directional drill crossing of Earman River, a 24" jack and bore crossing of Northlake Blvd., and a new 12' diameter lift station via tremie method to 30'. Owner: Seacoast Utility Authority 4200 Hood Road Palm Beach Gardens, FI 33410 Contact Person: Jim Lance, P.M. Seacoast Utility Authority 4200 Hood Road Palm Beach Gardens, FI 33410 Phone: 561-627-2900 extension 347 jlance@sua.com Original Contact Amount: $1,033,730.00 Change Orders: $7,773.53 Engineer: CPH Engineers, Inc. 3565 SW Corporate Parkway Palm City, Florida 34990 Phone: 772-283-8704 Date Complete: June 2004 Project: Community Enhancement Project — Phase 1 Job Description: Install new stormwater pump station, valve vault, two injection wells and 2501f of 30" HDPE pipe with fittings. Owner: Town of Bay Harbor Island Bay Harbor, Florida Original Contract Amount: $501,000.00 Engineer: Kimley-Horn & Assoc, Inc. 5100 N.W. 33rd Avenue, Suite 157 Fort Lauderdale, Fl 33304 Mr. Gary R. Ratay, P.E. 954-739-2233 Date Completed: June 2004 Project: Drainage Systems Improvement Job Description: Construction of French Drainage Systems 8 Owner:City of Pompano Beach 1201 NE 5th Street Pompano Beach, Fl 33061 Contact Person: Mr. Don Jennsen, P.E. City of Pompano Beach 1201 NE 5th Street Pompano Beach, F133061 Phone: 954-786-4508 Original Contract Amount: $434,779.00 Engineer: PBS & J Consultants 2101 NW 107th Avenue Miami, F133172 Ken Coban, P.E. 305-592-7275 Date Completed: April 2003 Project: Drainage Systems Improvement Job Description: Construction of French Drainage Systems Owner:City of Pompano Beach 1201 NE 5th Street Pompano Beach, F133061 Contact Person: Mr. Don Jennsen, P.E. City of Pompano Beach 1201 NE 5th Street Pompano Beach, Fl 33061 Phone: 954-786-4508 Original Contract Amount: $498,370.00 Engineer: PBS & J Consultants 2101 NW 107th Avenue Miami, Fl 33172 Ken Coban, P.E. 305-592-7275 Date Completed: July 2003 Project: Municipal Golf Course Reclaimed Watermain Job Description: Install 24" & 8" watermain across City golf course including 2 valve vaults for 8" mag meters and 3 pig launch devices. Owner: City of Delray Beach Environmental Services Dept. 434 South Swinton Ave. Delray Beach, Florida 33444 Contact Person: Rafael C. Ballestero Director of Construction Environmental Services Dept. 561-243-7320 Original Contract Amount: $ 271,364.00 Engineer: Mathews Consulting, Inc. 1475 Centerpark Blvd. Ste. 250 West Palm Beach, Fl. 33401 (561) 478-7961 Date Complete: June 2003 Project: Phase 11 New Saltwater Pumping System Job Description: Construct Saltwater Vacuum Assist Pump Station, including 1200 if of 16" HDPE suction line & 12" discharge line. Owner: Lost Tree Village Property Owners Association Contact Person: John McKune P.E. Phone: 954-752-5960 Fax: 954-752-6730 Original Contract Amount: $351,819.00 Engineer: Gee & Jenson 11575 Heron Bay Blvd., Suite 106 Coral Springs, Fl 33076 Date Complete: October 11th 2002 Project: North Course Drive, Water Main, Pompano Beach, Fl. Job Description 20" Aerial Water Main Crossing 700' x 20" HDPE Directional Bore, and 400' of 20" DIP Pipe with two tie ins. Owner:City of Pompano Beach 9 1201 NE 5th Street Pompano Beach, Fl 33061 Contact Person: Clayton Young, P.M. City of Pompano Beach 1201 NE 5th Street Pompano Beach, F133061 Phone: 954-786-4029 Original Contract Amount: $415,510.00 Engineer: Williams Hatfield & Stoner, Inc. 2101 North Andrews Ave, Suite 300 Fort Lauderdale, FL 33311 Calvin C. Hoppmeyer, Jr., P.E. Date Completed: June 2002 Project: Lift Stations 56A1, 56A2, 56B and 56B1 Job Description: Rehabilitate lift stations 56A1, 56A2, 56B and 56B1. Owner: Broward County Board of County Commissioners 115 South Andrews Avenue Fort Lauderdale, Florida Contact Person: Guillermo Cancio Environmental Engineering Division Office of Environmental Services 954-831-3217 Original Contract Amount: $435,620.00 Engineer: Office of Environmental Services 2555 W. Copans Road Pompano Beach, FI 33069 Date Completed: November 2002 Project: Basins S-4 and S-5 Pumping Station Job Description: Construct stormwater pump station with 96" Concrete pipe. Owner: South Broward Drainage District 6591 Southwest 160 Avenue Davie, Florida 33331 Contact Person: Neil Kalin, District Director 954-680-3337 Original Contract Amount: $3,051,384.00 Engineer: Calvin Giordano and Associates 1800 Eller Drive, Suite 600 Fort Lauderdale, FI 33316 Date Completed: September 2001 Project: Baywinds Stormwater Pump Stations Job Description: Construct two Storm Water Pumping Stations and one directional drill of 1400 if with (2) 6" HDPE and one directional drill of 1500 if using (2) 6" HDPE pipe. Owner: Northern Palm Beach County Improvement District NPBCID Unit of Development 5B 561-624-7830, fax 561-624-7839 Contact Person: Michael R. Hanseter 561-683-3113 ext 227 Mock, Roos & Associates, Inc. Original Contract Amount: $1,582,024.45 Engineer: Mock, Roos & Associates Inc. 5720 Corporate Way WPB, FI 33407-2066 Date Complete: September 4, 2000 Project: North County Senior Center Job Description: Construct new wastewater station for North County Senior Center 10 Owner: Board of County Commissioners Palm Beach County 33323 Belevedere Rd, Ste 503 West Palm Beach, F133406 Contact Person: Michael R. Hanseter 561-683-3113 ext 227 Mock, Roos & Associates, Inc. Original Contract Amount: $83,000.00 Engineer: Mock, Roos & Associates Inc. 5720 Corporate Way WPB, F133407-2066 Date Complete: December 9, 1999 Project: D -Basins Pump Station Job Description: Construct three lift stations D1, D2, and D4 Owner: City of Oakland Park 3650 N.E. 12th Avenue Oakland Park, Florida 33334 Contact Person: James Davis, P.E. Williams, Hatfield & Stoner, Inc. 954-566-8341 Original Contract Amount: $434,779.00 Engineer: Williams, Hatfield & Stoner, Inc. 2101 North Andrews Ave, Suite 300 Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33311 Date Complete: May 2000 Project: Lift Stations 23F. 23J & 25B Job Description: Rehabilitate lift stations 23F, 23J and 25B Owner: Broward County Board of County Commissioners 115 South Andrews Avenue Fort Lauderdale, Florida Contact Person: Patrick Sweet Office of Environmental Services 954-831-0973 Original Contract Amount: $242,519.00 Engineer: Office of Environmental Services 2555 W. Copans Road Pompano Beach, Fl 33069 Date Complete: February 2000 Project: Master Pump Station 364 and Force Main Job Description: Construct master pump station, lift station and thirteen thousand feet of 30" force main: four 48" jack and bores and one aerial crossing. Owner: Seacoast Utility Authority 4200 Hood Road Palm Beach Gardens, F133400 Contact Person: Mr. Jeff Renault 561-626-4653 Barker, OSHA & Anderson, Inc. Original Contract Amount: $2,991,249.25 Engineer: Barker, Osha & Anderson, Inc. 860 U.S. Highway One Palm Beach, F133408 Date Complete: August 2000 Project: Switchgear Bldg No. 2 — Structural Renovations Job Description: The switchgear building was settling due to cracking in underground tank east of the structure. To correct we installed approx 11 70 pin piles through the floor slab or the building at the Wastewater Treatment Plan. Designed, built and ionstalled electrical switch gear Flood barrier doors, structural repairs to building, including epoxy wall cracks, repair stucco, seal floor and install barrier doors Owner: City of Hollywood Contact Person: Mr. David McLaughlin, PE 954-921-3930 Contract Amount: $102,887.65 Date Completed: August, 1997 Project: Peanut Island Park Job Description: Construction of a boater's park, with enhancement of water -oriented recreational facilities which include: A 10' wide boardwalk around perimeter of the island, Family picnic Pavilions, restrooms with showers and drinking fountains. Campground with (28) campsites, Ranger station, a fifteen slip boat dock, fishing pier, Exotic native landscaping, site lighting and electrical service. Owner: Palm Beach County Board of Commissioners Contact Person: Mr. Jim Barnes (561) 233-0208 Original Contract Amount: $2,569,014.00 Engineer: Gee & Jenson, West Palm Beach Date Completed: December 1999 12 INTERCOUNTY ENGINEERING, INC. 1925 NW 18T" STREET POMPANO BEACH, FL 33069 TEL: (954) 972-9800 FAX: (954) 974-0042 Equipment List Description GEHL SWEEPSTER BROOM GEHL LOADER 200Lf x 25' SHEET PILING C27 GENERATOR GENAC 20' STORAGE CONTAINER 1998 544H JD WHEEL LOADER COMPRESSOR 20' STORAGE CONTAINER 20' STORAGE CONTAINER 20' STORAGE CONTAINER 20' STORAGE CONTAINER MWI 4 HYD SUBMS" CONCRETE VIBRATOR/NEFF 1997 CASE EXCAVATOR 9060B MCDONALD PUMP KOMATSU PC130-6 1998 EXC VOLVO L70C LOADER 1995 MUSTANG EXC 1999 ALLIS CHAMBERS GRADER KOMATSU PC 220LC EXC 2001 PUCKETT ASPHALT PAVER WACKER COMPACTOR INGERSOLL-RAND DA30 TANDEM ROLLER 6" JET PUMP GORMAN-RUPP PUMP 36 BUCKET 60 DITCHING BUCKET 42 BUCKET 375 CR SULLAIR PORTABLE AIR COMPRESSOR KOMATSU WA 180 LOADER WACKER, COMPACTOR DYNAPAC LF90 COMPACTOR KAI-WLK-15 LOADER BOBCAST SKID STEER LOADER POWERTRAIN AIR COMPRESSOR KOMATSU PC55UU MINI EXCAVATOR KAWASI 65211 LOADER SKIDSTEER LOADER BROOM ATTACHMT VERSATECH GRAPPLE BUCKET DENYO GENERATOR HONDA PUMP 5 HYDRAULIC GRAPPLE ATTACH GENERATOR HONDA WATER PUMP 35 TON NORTHWEST CRANE HYSTER 5 TON ASPHALT ROLLER DENYO WELDER MUELLER TAP DRILL MACHINE 12 HEAY DUTY MUSTANG BUCKET MUELLER B101 TAPPING MACH BOB CAT MILLER HEAD 12' CORAL ROCK BUCKET 12" Bucket Fork for Komatsu 55uu 24" Bucket for Mustang Exc 52 Grading Bucket MANHOLE BOX #6 1998 UPRIGHT SCISSOR LIFT Q/C FORKS IBH SDR 1400 VIB ROLLER 7 to 10 TON MOTOR GRADER 1/2 YARD HYD CLAM BUCKET 60+ STEEL PLATES 8'X20' 7 YD ROCK BOX KOMATSU 140WB LOADER/BACKHOE 2004 Cat 257 Multi -Terrain Loader 10 TON RAY GO STEEL DRUM ROLLER CAT FORK ATTACHMENT BRADCO FORK ATTACHMENT 1998 HYUNDAL 55-3 HYD EXCAVATOR 2000 CASE 9050B HYD EXCAVATOR WB FORK ATTACHMENT WB 36" DIGGING BUCKET ESCO 28" DIGGING BUCKET 12 Thompson 12" Wellpoint Pump 6 Thompson Hydraulic Submers Pump 1 OF 2 Pages INTERCOUNTY ENGINEERING, INC. 1925 NW 18T" STREET POMPANO BEACH, FL 33069 TEL: (954) 972-9800 FAX: (954) 974-0042 EQUIPMENT LIST - Continued THOMPSON 6"JET PUMP W/DUTZE AIR COOLED ENGINE 4 Thompson Hydraulic Submers Pump STEEL ROAD PLATES STEEL ROAD PLATES INGERSOLL RAND COMPRESSOR MANHOLE BOX 2007 ATIMA DIESEL WELDER 1997 Moffett 5000 Forklift Wellpoint System Trenchbox 8'X24' 2 OF 2 Pages CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I, , ,2, _ \ci e,r; , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within bond; that �� vL� �� �_ � ,�` 5 who signed said bond on behalf of the principal, was then �� of said corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature hereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its goverping bod ecretary ` \ \(Corporate Seal) STATE OF FLORIDA) ss COUNTY OF Before me, a Notary Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting, personally appeared , to be well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath, says that he is the Attomey-in-Fact, for the r* ,-\-e st e.k\ ; r\ti and that he has been authorized by (AT `:) c, �. _ ��� \‘`Ae ' to execute the foregoing bond on behalf of the Contractor named therein in favor of the Owner, the . Sworn and Subscribed to before me this % day of \ r ,20 C4 A.D. (Attach Power of Attorney to original Bid Bond) Notary Public State of FId da at Large 9 My Commission Expires: END OF SECTION NO M Y ?LF LIC-rerA1'L O Iat,c�I�fi1A Lori S, Roy Co,nmissk #1)1)834054 Expires; JAN. 23, 2013 BONDED VW(' AT!ANTIC BONDING CO., INC. 00410-3 01108-023.0003 tl E 1 i r t 1 1 I BB02462 E SECTION 00410 BID BOND STATE OF FLORIDA) I ss COUNTY OF ) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Intercounty Engineering, Inc. Developers Surety and Indemnity Company Corporation chartered and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa as Principal, and , as Surety, a with its principal offices in the City of Plantation, FL, and authorized to do business in the State of Florida are held and firmly bound unto the Owner, Village of Key Biscayne in the penal sum of Five Percent of Bid Amount Dollars ($ 5% of bid ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid, dated__ , 1c` ` , 20 is , for: REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER•PS OL-1 Village of Key Biscayne1 Florl& NOW, THEREFORE: A. if the principal shall not withdraw said bid within sixty (60) days after date of opening of the same, and shall within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written contract with the Owner in accordance with the bid'as accepted, and give bonds with good and sufficient surety or sureties, as •may be required, for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract, then the above obligations shall be voidand of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. B. • - In ,the event of the withdrawal of said bid within the period specified, or the failure to . enter into such contract and give such bonds within the time specified; if the principal ,shall pay the Owner the difference between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the Owner may procure the required work and supplies, if the latter •amount be in excess of the former, then the above obligations shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 00410-1 = WITNESSES: �1 t IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their several seals, this 3 day afMarch , A.D., 2010 , the name and corporate seat of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. WITNESSES: (If Sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary Only will attest and affix seal). PRINCIPAL: Intercounty Engineering, Inc. Name of Firm 1 Signature of Authbrized(Affix Se Maurice A. Hynes -Prey U1eat Titie 1925 NW 18 Street Business Address Pompano Beach, FL 33069 City, State & Zip Code SURETY: lopers surety and Indemnity ny Attomey-in-Fact (Affix Seal) Robert Barra 150 South Pine Island Road, Ste 510 Business Address Plantation, FL 33324 City, State & Zip Code Bob Barra Bonds, Inc. Name of Local insurance Agency 00410-2 01108-023.0003 BB02462 POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Robert Barra*** as its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporation, as surety, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attomey(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporation could do, but reserving to each of said corporation full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorneys) -in -Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attomey is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEM- NITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that a combination of any two of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Executive Vice -President, Senior Vice -President or Vice -President of the corpo- ration be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute this Power of Attorney, qualifying the attomey(s) named in the Power of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporation, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile. and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its officers and attested by its Secretary or Assistant Secre- tary this January 1st, 2008. By: a Daniel Young, Vice -President By: Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice -President State of California County of Orange On August 13th, 2008 personally appeared Date before me Jenny TT Nguyen, NotaryPublic Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Daniel Young and Stephen T. Pate Name(s) of Signer(s) JENNY TT NGUYEN -- - = COMM. # 1101640 ,ti =�" NOTARY PUBLIC CALIRMI ORANGE COUNTY My comm. expires Feb. tq ZOO ,- . Place Notary Seal Above who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Califomia that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature CERTIFICATE tary Public The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked and, furthermore, that the provisions of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation set forth in the Power of Attomey are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, Califomia, this 3 day of March , By: )7e Gregg Okurf istant Secretary ID- 1438(Rev.11/09) 2010 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIS IS A CONTRACT, by and between THE VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation of the State of Florida, (hereinafter referred to as "Village"), and ..Iii "er cou /1ty el rli ..74e,„ a Florida corporation, (hereinafter referred to as "Contractor".) W I T N E S S E T H, that Contractor and Village, for the considerations hereinafter named, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the labor, materials, equipment, services and incidentals necessary to perform all of the Work described in the Contract Documents including Plans, Specifications and Addenda thereto for the following Project: REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 as described in the Plans prepared by CORZO CASTELLA CARBALLO THOMPSON SALMAN, P.A. ("C3TS") (the "Village's Project Engineer"). ARTICLE 2 CONTRACT TIME 2.1 Contractor shall be instructed to commence the Work by written instructions in the form of a Notice to Proceed issued by the Village Manager. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until Contractor's submission to Village of all required documents and after execution of this Contract. 2.2 Time is of the essence throughout this Contract. The Contractor shall prosecute the work with faithfulness and diligence and the Base Bid Work shall be substantially completed within One Hundred Fifty (150) calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Work shall be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Article 3 within thirty (30) calendar days from the date certified by Village's Project Engineer as the date of Substantial Completion. 00500-1 01108-023.0003 2.3 Upon failure of Contractor to substantially complete the Contract within the specified period of time, Contractor shall pay to Village the sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each calendar day after the time specified in Section 2.2 above for Substantial Completion. After Substantial Completion, should Contractor fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in Section 2.2 above for completion and readiness for final payment, Contractor shall pay to Village the sum of Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($250.00) for each calendar day after the time specified in Section 2.2 for completion and readiness for final payment. These amounts are not penalties but are liquidated damages to Village for its inability to obtain full beneficial occupancy and use of the Project. Liquidated damages are hereby fixed and agreed upon between the parties, recognizing the impossibility of precisely ascertaining the amount of damages that will be sustained by Village as a consequence of such delay, and both parties desiring to obviate any question or dispute concerning the amount of said damages and the cost and effect of the failure of Contractor to complete the Contract on time. The above -stated liquidated damages shall apply separately to each phase of the Project for which a time for substantial and/or final completion is given. 2.4 Village is authorized to deduct the liquidated damages from monies due to Contractor for the Work under this Contract. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT PRICE 3.1 Village shall pay to Contractor for the performance of the Contract, the total lump sum of One htvndkre4 ome -six. 412L and /'lire hLndrea a'S .op ($ is qo0. oo subject to the conditions, limitations and restrictions of Section 3.4. This price shall be full compensation for all costs, including overhead and profit, associated with completion of all the Work in full conformity with the requirements as stated or shown, or both, in the Plans and Specifications. 3.2 The sum set forth in Paragraph 3.1 shall constitute the Contract Price which shall not be modified except by any Change Order issued by Village or as otherwise specified herein. 3.3 The Contract Price may be adjusted by Village pursuant to Article 12 of the General Conditions. 3.4 Village and Contractor agree that this Contract shall be subject to the condition precedent that Village funds are available and budgeted for the accomplishment of the Work for this Project, and that the Village secures and obtains any necessary loans for the accomplishment of this Project pursuant to a borrowing enabling ordinance and any loan implementing resolution adopted by the Village Council, 00500-2 01108-023.03 and as described in the Village Council Resolution which awards and authorizes the execution of this Contract. ARTICLE, 4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between the Village and the Contractor concerning the Work consist of this Contract for Construction, the Drawings, Plans and Specifications, the Invitation for Bids, the Addenda, the Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the General and Supplementary Conditions, FHWA- 1273, the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, Insurance Certificates, the Notice of Award, the Notice to Proceed, any Change Orders and any other Contract Documents, not specifically listed herein which shall be considered incorporated into and made a part of this Contract by this reference and shall govern this Project. Contractor is reminded and hereby recognizes that all Work under this contract must comply with applicable federal regulations. Any mandatory clauses which are required by such federal regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated herein immediately upon Village's written request. 4.2 This document incorporates and includes all prior negotiations, correspondence, conversations, agreements, or understandings applicable to the matters contained herein and the parties agree that there are no commitments, agreements, or understandings concerning the subject matter of these Contract Documents that are not contained herein. Accordingly it is agreed that no deviation from the terms hereof shall be predicated upon any prior representations or agreements, whether oral or written. 4.3 The Contract Documents shall remain the property of the Village. The Contractor shall have the right to keep one record set of the Contract Documents upon completion of the Project; provided; however, that in no event shall the Contractor use, or permit to be used, any or all of such Contract Documents on other Projects without the Village's prior written authorization. ARTICLE 5 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL Village and Contractor knowingly, irrevocably, voluntarily and intentionally waive any right either may have to a trial by jury in State and or Federal court proceedings in respect to any action, proceeding, lawsuit or counterclaim based upon the Contract for Construction, arising out of, under, or in connection with the Construction of the Work, or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements or actions or inactions of any party. 00500-3 01108-023.0003 ARTICLE 6 ASSIGNMENT Neither party shall assign the Contract or any sub -contract in whole or in part without the written consent of the other, nor shall Contractor assign any monies due or to become due to it hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Village Manager. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS 7. Insurance Requirements: 7.1 Contractor shall provide and maintain in force until all the Work to be performed under this Contract has been completed and accepted by Village (or for such duration as is otherwise specified hereinafter), the insurance coverages set forth in the Contract Documents. 7.2 Village's Right To Terminate Contract 7.2.1 If Contractor fails to timely begin the Work, or fails to perform the Work with sufficient workers and equipment or with sufficient materials to insure the prompt completion of the Work, or shall perform the Work unsuitably, or cause it to be rejected as defective and unsuitable, or shall discontinue the prosecution of the Work pursuant to the accepted schedule or if the Contractor shall fail to perform any material term set forth in the Contract Documents or if Contractor shall become insolvent or be declared bankrupt, or commit any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or from any other cause whatsoever shall not carry on the Work in an acceptable manner, Village may, upon seven (7) days written Notice of Termination, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the Project site and take the prosecution of the Work out of the hands of Contractor, and use any or all materials on the Project site which have been paid for by the Village, as may be suitable and acceptable and may finish the Work by whatever methods it may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Project is completed. All damages, costs and charges incurred by Village, together with the costs of completing the Project, shall be deducted from any monies due or which may become due to Contractor. In case the damages and expenses so incurred by Village shall exceed the unpaid balance, then Contractor shall be liable and shall pay to Village the amount of said excess. 00500-4 01108-023.03 7.3 Contractor to Check Plans, Specifications and Data: Contractor shall verify all dimensions, quantities and details shown on the plans, specifications or other data received from Village's Project Engineer, and shall notify Village's Project Engineer in writing of all errors, omissions and discrepancies found therein within three (3) calendar days of discovery and Village's Project Engineer will promptly review the same. Any Work done after such discovery, but prior to written authorization of the Village's Project Engineer, will be done at the Contractor's sole risk. 7.4 Contractor's Responsibility for Damages and Accidents: 7.4.1 Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the Work against all loss or damage of any nature sustained until final acceptance by Village, and shall promptly repair any damage done from any cause. 7.4.2 Contractor shall be responsible for all materials, equipment and supplies pertaining to the Project. In the event any such materials, equipment and supplies are lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed prior to final acceptance by Village, Contractor shall replace same without cost to Village. 7.5 Defective Work/Guarantee: 7.5.1 Village shall have the authority to reject or disapprove Work which the Village finds to be defective. If required by the Village, Contractor shall promptly either correct all defective Work or remove such defective Work and replace it with nondefective Work. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal or corrections including cost of testing laboratories and personnel. 7.5.2 Should Contractor fail or refuse to remove or correct any defective Work or to make any necessary repairs in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents within the time indicated in writing by Village's Project Consultant, Village shall have the authority to cause the defective Work to be removed or corrected, or make such repairs as may be necessary at Contractor's expense. Any expense incurred by Village in making such removals, corrections or repairs, shall be paid for out of any monies due or which may become due to Contractor. In the event of failure of Contractor to make all necessary repairs promptly and fully, Village may declare Contractor in default. 7.5.3 The Contractor shall unconditionally guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and Work performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. If, within one (1) year after the date of substantial completion, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance 00500-5 01108-023.03 with the Contract Documents, Contractor, after receipt of written notice from Village, shall promptly correct such defective or nonconforming Work within the time specified by Village without cost to Village. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to any other obligation which Contractor might have under the Contract Documents including but not limited to any claim regarding latent defects. 7.5.4 Failure to reject any defective Work or material shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered. 7.6 Legal Restrictions and Traffic Provisions: Contractor shall conform to and obey all applicable laws, regulations, or ordinances with regard to labor employed, hours of Work and Contractor's general operations. Contractor shall conduct its operations so as not to interfere with or close any thoroughfare, except as provided for in the Contract Documents, without the written consent of the proper authorities. 7.7 Examination and retention of Contractor's Records 7.7.1 The Village or any of their duly authorized representatives shall, until 3 years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any of the Contractor's books, ledgers, documents, papers, or other records involving transactions related to this contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. 7.7.2 The Contractor agrees to include in first -tier subcontracts under this contract a clause substantially the same as subparagraph 7.7.1 above. "Subcontract," as used in this clause, excludes purchase orders not exceeding $10,000. 7.7.3 The right to access and examination of records in subparagraph 7.7.1 shall continue until disposition of any mediation, claims, litigation or appeals. 7.8 No Damages for Delay: No claim for damages or any claim, other than for an extension of time shall be made or asserted against Village by reason of any delays. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or payment or compensation of any kind from Village for direct, indirect, consequential, impact or other costs, expenses or damages, including but not limited to, costs of acceleration or inefficiency, arising because of delay, disruption, interference or hindrance from any cause whatsoever, whether such delay, disruption, interference or hindrance be reasonable or unreasonable, foreseeable or unforeseeable, or avoidable or unavoidable. Contractor shall be entitled only to extensions of the Contract Time as the sole and exclusive remedy for such resulting delay. Notwithstanding the above, and in accordance with 00500-6 01108-023.03 the requirements of Article 12 of the General Conditions, the Contractor shall be granted an extension of time and suspension of liquidated damages for any delay beyond the control of the Contractor. Should any delay, disruption, interference or hindrance be caused by the Village, for a continuous period or cumulative period of thirty (30) days, the Contractor may terminate the Contract upon seven days written notice to the Village. 7.9 Public Entity Crimes Affidavit Contractor shall comply with Section 287.133, Florida Statutes, (Public Entity Crimes Statute) notification of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, including execution of any required affidavit. 7.10 Indemnification Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Village, Village's officers and employees and Village's Project Engineer and its officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness or intentional wrongful conduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the Agreement. 7.11 Capitalized Terms Capitalized terms shall have their plain meaning as indicated herein. 7.12 Independent Contractor: The Contractor is an independent contractor under the Contract. Services provided by the Contractor shall be by employees of the Contractor and subject to supervision by the Contractor, and not as officers, employees, or agents of the Village. Personnel policies, tax responsibilities, social security and health insurance, employee benefits, purchasing policies and other similar administrative procedures, applicable to services rendered under the Contract shall be those of the Contractor. 7.13 Payment to Sub -contractors Certification of Payment to Subcontractors: The term "subcontractor", as used herein, includes persons or firms furnishing materials or equipment incorporated into the work or stockpiled for which the Village made partial payment and firms working under equipment -rental agreements. The Contractor is required to pay all subcontractors for satisfactory performance of their Contracts before the Village will make a further progress (partial) payment. The Contractor shall also return all retainage withheld to the subcontractors within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily complete, as determined by the Village. Prior to receipt of any progress (partial) payment, the prime contractor shall certify that all subcontractors 00500-7 01108-023.03 having an interest in the Contract were paid for satisfactory performance of their Contracts and that the retainage is returned to subcontractors within 30 days after satisfactory completion of the subcontractor's work. Contractor shall provide this certification in the form designated by the Village. The Village will not make any progress payments after the initial partial payment until the Contractor completes the Equal Opportunity monthly report, unless the Contractor demonstrates good cause for not making any required payment and furnishes written notification of any such good cause to both the Village and the affected subcontractors and suppliers. Within 30 days of the Contractor's receipt of the final progress payment or any other payments thereafter, except the final payment, the Contractor shall pay all subcontractors and suppliers having an interest in the Contract for all work completed and materials furnished. The Village will honor an exception to the above when the Contractor demonstrates good cause for not making any required payment and furnishes suppliers within said 30 -day period. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have made and executed this Agreement on the re pective dates under each s pture: VILLAGE V F KEY : IS YNE, FLORIDA, si i g by llage M.... _s r t - ` c; a tion on the ay of signing by and through my aut : 'zed o execute same. ES ioi, Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGAL SUFFI I NCY: By. VILLAGE - TT This day 2010. VILLA By: OFKEYB FLORIDA ill. ge Manager 00500-8 01108-023.03 CONTRACTOR MUST EXECUTE THIS CONTRACT AS INDICATED BELOW. USE CORPORATION FORMAT, AS APPLICABLE. CONTRACTOR ATTEST: (Corporate Seal) This 30th day of March , 2010. INTERCOUNTY ENGINEERING, INC. By: (Signature and itle) Maurice A. Hynes, Presiden (Type Name/Title signed above) 00500-9 01108-023.03 BOND PREMIUM BASED OIL FINAL CONTRACT PRICE PUBLIC WORKS BOND THIS IS THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND ISSUED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CHAPTER s255.05 FLORIDA STATUTES. BOND NO. CONTRACTOR NAME: CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: CONTRACTOR PHONE NO. SURETY COMPANY: OWNER NAME: OWNER ADDRESS: OWNER PHONE NO. OBLIGEE NAME:(If contracting entity is different from the owner, the contracting public entity) OBLIGEE ADDRESS: OBLIGEE PHONE NO. BOND AMOUNT: CONTRACT NO. (If Applicable) DESCRIPTION OF WORK: PROJECT LOCATION: LEGAL DESCRIPTION: 535154P Intercounty Engineering, Inc. 1925 NW 18 Street Pompano Beach, FL 33069 954)-972-9800 Developers Surety and Indemnity Company 150 South Pine Island Road, Ste 510 Plantation, FL 33324 (954)693-0270 Village of Key Biscayne 88 West McIntyre Street Key Biscayne, FL 33149 ( $196,900.00 Rehabilitation of Storm Water PS OL-1 Key Biscayne, FL FRONT PAGE (ALL OTHER BOND PAGES ARE DEEMED SUBSEQUENT TO THIS PAGE REGARDLESS OF ANY PAGE NUMBERS THAT MAY BE PRE-PRINTED THEREON) completion of said work by Contract or otherwise, and any damages, direct or indirect or consequential. which the said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of said Contractor to properly and in all things. keep and execute all of the provision of said Contract. B. And this Bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of the project by the Owner and shall provide that the Contractor guarantees to repair or replace for said period of one (1) year all work performed and materials and equipment furnished that were not performed or furnished according to the terms of the Contract, and shall make good, defects thereof which have become apparent before the expiration of said period of one (1) year. If any part of the project, in the judgment of the Owner, for the reasons above stated needs to be replaced, repaired or made good during that time, the Owner shall so notify the Contractor in writing. If the Contractor refuses or neglects to do such work within five (5) days from the date of service of such Notice, the Owner shall have the work done by others and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Contractor or his Surety. C And the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive Notice of any change. extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the Specifications. The surety represents and warrants to the Owner that they have a Best's Key Rating Guide General Policyholder's Rating of A— and Financial Category of `Class VII IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties executed this instrument under their several seals, this 24 day of March 20 1 0 , A.D., the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. WITNESS: (If Sole Ownership or Partnership. two (2) Witnesses Required). (If Corporation, Secretary Only will attest and affix seal). 00610 - 2 01108-023.0003 WITNESSES: Ctk a0/16;0 AA,e-atjl Intercounty Engineering, Inc. PRINC PAL: Si • nature of er Maurice A. Hynes = resientSeal) Title 1925 NW 18 Street Business Address Pompano Beach, FL 33069 ity, State & Zip Code Y: to Surety and Indemnity Company Corporate Surety Robert Barra Attorney In Fact & Title Florida beside t Agent 150 sou Pine Island Road, Ste 510 Business Address Plantation, FL 33324 City, State & Zip Code Bob Barra Bonds, Inc. Name of Local Insurance Agency 00610-3 01108-023.0003 5351 5 4 P SECTION 00620 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA) ss COUNTY OF Broviard KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Intercounty Engineering ,as Inc. Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and Developers Surety and as Surety. Indemnity Company hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Village of Key , as I3iscayne Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of One Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($196,900.00 ) for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated , 20_, entered into a Contract with Owner for: REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 Key Biscayne, Florida in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by Corzo Castella Carbailo Thompson Salman, P.A. which Contract is by reference made a part hereof and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants, as herein below defined, then this obligation shall be void: otherwise, this Bond shall remain in full force and effect, subject to the following terms and conditions: A. A claimant is defined as any person supplying the Principal with labor, material and supplies, used directly or indirectly by the said Principal or any subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, and is further defined in Section 255.05(1) of the Florida Statutes. B. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after performance of the labor or after complete delivery of materials and supplies by such claimant, may sue on this Bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and 00620-1 01108-023.0003 have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. C No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant 1. Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Principal, shall within forty-five (45) days after beginning to furnish labor, materials or supplies for the prosecution of the work, furnish the Principal with a notice that he intends to look to this bond for protection. 2. Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Principal, shall within ninety (90) days after such claimant's performance of the labor or complete delivery of materials and supplies, deliver to the Principal written notice of the performance of such labor or delivery of such material and supplies and the nonpayment therefore. 3. After the expiration of one (1) year from the performance of the labor or completion of delivery of the materials and supplies; it being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this Bond is prohibited by any Iaw controlling the construction hereof such limitations shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law. 4. Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the project, or any part thereof, is situated. or in the United States District Court for the district in which the project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere. D. The Principal and the Surety jointly and severally, shall repay the Owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor or materials furnished for any work included in or provided by said Contract. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration of or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications applicable thereto shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and the Surety hereby waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations of or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work or to the Specifications. F The Surety represents and warrants to the Owner that they have a Best's Key Rating Guide General Policyholder's rating of " A— " and Financial Category of "Class VII IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties executed this instrument under their several seals. this 24 day of March 20 1 0 , A.D., the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. 00620-2 01108-023.0003 WITNESS: (If Sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses Required). (If Corporation, Secretary Only will attest and affix seal). WITNESSES: CRAIE___;-‘ kP_A7ezIki\ WIT 00620-3 PRINCIPAL: Intec Inc. Seal) Maurice A. Hynes President Title 1925 NW 18 Street Business Address Pompano Beach, FL 33069 Cij State & Zip Code t ety and Indemnity Company Corporate Surety Robert Barra Attorney In Fact & Title Florida Resident Agent 150 South Pine Island Road, Ste 510 Business Address Plantation, FL 33._24 City, State & Zip Code Bob Barra Bonds, Inc. Name of Local Insurance Agency 01108-023.0003 CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL 1, (`` .A _ , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within Bond; that 'e(\ ,� - \Li tewS who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was then Pce:kAf said Corporation; that 1 know his signature, and his signature hereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporatior by authority of its governing body. Corporate Seal STATE OF FLORIDA) ss COUNTY OF BrOward Before me, a Notary Public, duly commissioned, qualified and acting, personally appeared Robert Barra to be well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath. says that he is the Attorney -in -Fact. for the Developers Surety and Indemnity and Company that he has been authorized by Attached Power of to execute the foregoing bond on Attorney behalf of the Contractor named therein in favor of the Village of Key Biscayne, Florida. Sworn and Subscribed to before me this 24 day of March ,20 1MD. (Attach Power of Attorney) END OF SECTION �. \ L.�.'�1�1d Notary Public - State of rida at Large My Co glAw ifugeqpike§010FLORIDA S. Roy Commission # DD834054 S Expires: JAN. 23, 2013 BONDED TABU ATLANTIC BONDING CO., INC. 00620-4 01108-023.0003 535154P POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby make, constitute and appoint. ***Robert Barra*** as its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporation, as surety, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attomey(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporation could do, but reserving to each of said corporation full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attomey is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEM- NITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that a combination of any two of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Executive Vice -President, Senior Vice -President or Vice -President of the corpo- ration be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute this Power of Attomey, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the Power of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporation, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile. and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its officers and attested by its Secretary or Assistant Secre- tary this January 1st, 2008. By. Daniel Young, Vice -President By Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice -President State of Califomia County of Orange On August 13th, 2008 Date personally appeared before me, Jenny TT Nguyen, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Daniel Young and Stephen T. Pate Name(s) of Signer(s) JENNY Tr NGUYB4 COMM. # 17918-0'0 NOTARY PUBLIC GAMMA A ORANGE COUNTY My comet. expires Feb. 19. 2012 Place Notary Seal Above who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature CERTIFICATE ary Public The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked and, furthermore. that the provisions of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation set forth in the Power of Attorney are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, this By. )7‘ te/,/A• Gregg Okur , istant Secretary ID-1438(Rev.11/09) 2 4 day of March , 2010 SECTION 00650 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE Address 26777 Halsted Road of Farmington Hill, MI 48331 Amerisure Mutual Insurance Company (Insurance Company) has issued policies of insurance, as described below and identified by a policy number, to the insured named below; and to certify that such policies are in full force and effect at this time. It is agreed that none of these policies will be canceled or changed so as to affect the interest(s) of the Village of Key Biscayne (hereinafter sometimes called the Owner) until thirty (30) days after written _ notice of such cancellation or change has been delivered to the Engineer; Corzo Castella Carballo Thompson Salman, P.A.. Insured Intercounty Engineering, Irv., Address 1925 NW 18th Street Status of Insured: X Corporation Partnership Individual Location of Operations Insured Florida Description of Work: REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 Key Biscayne, Florida INSURANCE POLICIES IN FORCE: Forms of Coverage Policy Number Exp. Date *Workers Comp./Employers Liability +Comprehensive Automobile Liability °Comprehensive General Liability +Excess Liability Other (Please specify type: ) WC202s747n5 N/A 01/01/2010 N/A GL2020251 050009 04/13/2010 N/A N/A 00650-1 01108-023.0003 POLICY INCLUDES COVERAGE FOR: 1. Additional Insured: Owner & Engineer 2. 'Liability under the United States Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act. 3. +AII owned, hired, or nonowned automotive equipment used in connection with work done for the Owner. 4. °Contractual Liability 5. oDamage caused by explosion, collapse or structural injury, and damage to under- ground utilities. 6. oProducts/Completed Operations 7. oOwners and Contractors Protective Liability 8. oPersonal Injury Liability 9. +Excess Liability applies excess of: (a) Employers Liability (b) Comprehensive General Liability (c) Comprehensive Automobile Liability YES NO X X TYPES OF POLICY FORMS OF COVERAGE LIMITS OF LIABILITY Workers' Compensation Bodily Injury $100,000 Statutory Employers Liability Bodily Injury $ 100,000 Each Accident Disease $ 100,000 Each Person Disease $ 500,000 Policy Limit Comprehensive Auto Combined Single $ N/A Each Liability Limit BI/PD Accident 00650-2 01108-023.0003 Comprehensive General Bodily Injury $ Each Liability Occurrence $ Aggregate Property Damage $ Each Occurrence $ Aggregate OR Combined Single Limit BI/PD Occurrence $ 1,000,000 Each $ 2,000,000 Aggregate Excess Liability Combined Single Limit BI/PD $ N/A Aggregate Other The Insurance Company hereby agrees to deliver, within ten (10) days, two (2) copies of the above policies to the Engineer when so requested. NOTE: Entries on this certificate are limited to the Authorized Agent or Insurance Company Representative. Date 03/26/2010 Issued at Bateman, Gordon & Sands, Inc. Insurance Agent or Company -Send original and one copy to: (SEAL) Authorize • Representative Corzo Casteila Carballo Thompson Saiman, P.A. 901 Ponce De Leon Boulevard, Suite 900 Coral Gables, Florida 33134 Attention: Ramon Castella, P.E., Principal in Charge Send two (2) copies to: Village of Key Biscayne Public Works Department Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall 88 W. McIntyre Street Key Biscayne, Florida 33149 Attention: Armando Nunez, Public Works Director END OF SECTION 00650-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 00650 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE .bt ‘'re Cnu.) r In • Age f / Tr o • (Insurance Company) J Address Lo - ceetejcd - ~ . Lo udexd QJe. fL , 333/5 of ttc) Colin has issued policies of insurance, as described below and identified by a policy number, to the insured named below; and to certify that such policies are in full force and effect at this time. It is agreed that none of these policies will be canceled or changed so as to affect the interest(s) of the Village of Key Biscayne (hereinafter sometimes called the Owner) until thirty (30) days after written notice of such cancellation or change has been delivered to the Engineer; Garza Castella Carballo Thompson Salman, P.A.. Insured TAe f -O r)k.1_ `t t ASi feel' ).1-P0 - Address laD5 IA), i'ic"' c� • -4-4n pane . %.... 33xq Status of Insured: )( Corporation Partnership Individual Location of Operations Insured let Q.5 /Y. t.J . I Description of Work: t54-' PorfirapCi EttrA 3g,069 REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 Key Biscayne, Florida INSURANCE POLICIES IN FORCE: Forms of Coverage *Workers Comp./Employers Liability +Comprehensive Automobile Liability oComprehensive General Liability +Excess Liability Other (Please specify type: ) Policy Number Exy. Date to,.6 . &4g53 07-1Y- /6 0.11.111111.. 00650-1 01108-023.0003 POLICY INCLUDES COVERAGE FOR: 1. Additional Insured: Owner & Engineer 2. *Liability under the United States Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act. 3. +All owned, hired, or nonowned automotive equipment used in connection with work done for the Owner. 4. °Contractual Liability 5. °Damage caused by explosion, collapse or structural injury, and damage to under- ground utilities. 6. oProducts/Completed Operations 7. °Owners and Contractors Protective Liability 8. oPersonaf injury Liability 9. +Excess Liability applies excess of: (a) Employers Liability (b) Comprehensive General Liability (c) Comprehensive Automobile Liability TYPES OF POLICY YES NO FORMS OF COVERAGE LIMITS OF LIABILITY Workers' Compensation Bodily Injury $ Statutory Employers Liability Bodily Injury $ Each Accident Disease $ Each Person Disease $ Policy Limit Comprehensive Auto Liability Combined Single $1A4CCOEach Limit BI/PD Accident 00650-2 01108-023.0003 Date p,3'gy `t O Issued at 1'7 P.R. Insurance Agent or Company -Send original and one copy to: Comprehensive General Bodily Injury $ "`" Each Liability Occurrence $ — Aggregate Property Damage $ Each Occurrence $ `� Aggregate OR Combined Single Limit BI/PD $ '"' Each Occurrence $ .,_ Aggregate Excess Liability Combined Single Limit BI/PD $ Aggregate Other The Insurance Company hereby agrees to deliver, within ten (10) days, two (2) copies of the above policies to the Engineer when so requested. NOTE: Entries on this certificate are limited to the Authorized Ague*. Representative. Fort 611 $U ` ��1 (SEAL) y Authon'- ' epresentative Corzo Castella Carballo Thompson Selman, P.Q. 901 Ponce De Leon Boulevard, Suite 900 . Coral Gables, Florida 33134 Attention: Ramon Castella, P.E., Principal in Charge Send two (2) copies to: Village of Key Biscayne Public Works Department Village of Key Biscayne Village Hall 88 W. McIntyre Street Key Biscayne, Florida 33149 Attention: Armando Nunez, Public Works Director END OF SECTION mpany 00650-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 00660 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CONFORMANCE WITH O.S.H.A. STANDARDS TO THE VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE: We, Intercounty Engineering, Inc. , hereby acknowledge and agree that as Contractors for the REHABILITATION OF STORM WATER PS OL-1 Engineer's Project No.: 01108- 023.03, within the limits of the Village of Key Biscayne, Florida, that we have the sole responsibility for compliance with all requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and all State and Local Safety and Health regulations, and agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Village of Key Biscayne, Miami -Dade County, and its Consulting Engineers against any and all legal liability or loss the Village, County or the Engineer may incur due to Intercounty Engineering's failure to comply with such act. ATTEST on S .Roy lr- AT ulio Corena Maurice A. Hynes, President Intercounty Engineering, Inc. CONTRACTOR BY: March 30, 2010 DATE END OF SECTION 00660-1 01108-023.0003 SECTION 00665 TRENCH SAFETY ACT COMPLIANCE Bidder acknowledges that the Florida Trench Safety Act, Section 553.60 et. seq. which became effective October 1, 1990, shall be in effect during the period of construction of the project. The Bidder, by signing and submitting the bids, in writing, assuring that it will perform any trench excavation in accordance with applicable trench safety standards. The Bidder further identifies the following separate item of costs of compliance with the applicable trench safety standards as well as the methods of compliance: Methods of Compliance .---ST:"<_ � \c \ .l \'j LC -- (fill in methods) Total $ C - CO Bidder acknowledges that this cost is included in the applicable items of the Proposal and in the Grand Total Bid Price. Failure to complete the above will result in the bid being declared non- responsive. The Bidder is, and the Owner and Engineer are not, responsible to review or assess Bidder's safety precautions, programs or costs, or the means, methods, techniques or technique adequacy, reasonableness of cost, sequences or procedures of any safety precaution, program or cost, including but not limited to, compliance with any and all requirements of Florida Statute Section 553.60 et. seq. cited as the "Trench Safety Act". Bidder is, and the Owner and Engineer are not, responsible to determine if any safety or safety related standards apply to the project, including but not limited to, the "Trench Safety Act." Signature of Authorized' rese tative (Manual) Name of Authorized Representative (Typed or Printed) Sworn to and subscribed before me in the State and County first mentioned above on the day of oi\>. ( C.4r. , 20 --- Notary Public My Commission Expires: (affix seal) NoTARY I �7 LIC.STATP, OF onim ,,,,,,J Lori S. Roy � y .I y*, Cnmmission # DD$34OS4 Expires; JAN, 23, 2013 RONDED 1 '-111.' A L.A.N I'[C BONDING CO.,1NC. END OF SECTION 00665-1 01108-023.0003 This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By CEC AI.1}.1t1( ..v COUNCIL or 1 \011v}1KING CortTAN1k National Society of Professional Engineers Professional Engineers in Private Practice Awe American Society IE of Civil Engineers PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining the Built Environment Construction Specifications Institute EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 1 Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C-001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C-800) (2002 Edition). EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 6 1.01 Defined Terms 6 1.02 Terminology 8 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 9 2.02 Copies of Documents 9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 9 2.04 Starting the Work 9 2.05 Before Starting Construction 9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference 9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 9 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 10 3.01 Intent 10 3.02 Reference Standards 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 10 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents 11 3.06 Electronic Data 11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 11 4.01 Availability of Lands 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 12 4.04 Underground Facilities 13 4.05 Reference Points 13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site 13 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 14 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds 14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance 15 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance 15 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance 16 5.06 Property Insurance 16 5.07 Waiver of Rights 17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 17 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace 17 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer 18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence 18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours 18 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 18 6.04 Progress Schedule 18 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" 19 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties 21 6.08 Permits 21 6.09 Laws and Regulations 21 6.10 Taxes 22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas 22 6.12 Record Documents 22 6.13 Safety and Protection 22 6.14 Safety Representative 23 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 3 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs 23 6.16 Emergencies 23 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples 23 6.18 Continuing the Work 24 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 24 6.20 Indemnification 24 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services 25 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 25 7.01 Related Work at Site 25 7.02 Coordination 26 7.03 Legal Relationships 26 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 26 8.01 Communications to Contractor 26 8.02 Replacement of Engineer 26 8.03 Furnish Data 26 8.04 Pay When Due 26 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 26 8.06 Insurance 26 8.07 Change Orders 26 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 26 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities 27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 27 9.01 Owner's Representative 27 9.02 Visits to Site 27 9.03 Project Representative 27 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work 27 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work 27 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 28 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work 28 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 28 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities 28 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 28 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work 28 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders 29 10.04 Notification to Surety 29 10.05 Claims 29 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 30 11.01 Cost of the Work 30 11.02 Allowances 31 11.03 Unit Price Work 31 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 32 12.01 Change of Contract Price 32 12.02 Change of Contract Times 33 12.03 Delays 33 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.01 Notice of Defects 33 13.02 Access to Work 33 13.03 Tests and Inspections 33 13.04 Uncovering Work 34 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work 34 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work 34 13.07 Correction Period 34 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work 35 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work 35 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 36 14.01 Schedule of Values 36 14.02 Progress Payments 36 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 4 14.03 14.04 14.05 14.06 14.07 14.08 14.09 ARTICLE 15.01 15.02 15.03 15.04 ARTICLE 16.01 ARTICLE 17.01 Contractor's Warranty of Title Substantial Completion Partial Utilization Final Inspection Final Payment Final Completion Delayed Waiver of Claims 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION Owner May Suspend Work Owner May Terminate for Cause Owner May Terminate For Convenience Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION Methods and Procedures 17 - MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice 17.02 Computation of Times 17.03 Cumulative Remedies 17.04 Survival of Obligations 17.05 Controlling Law 17.06 Headings 37 37 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 40 40 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 5 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defmed, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement --The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment --The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid --The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder --The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents --The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements --The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9. Change Order --A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim --A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract --The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor conceming the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price --The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times --The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) com- plete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor --The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work --See Paragraph 11.O1.A for definition. 17. Drawings --That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defmed. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer --The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. Field Order --A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 6 which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition --The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 23. Hazardous Waste --The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations- -Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinanc- es, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 25. Liens --Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 26. Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 27. Notice of Award --The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 28. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Con- tract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 29. Owner --The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 30. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls. 31. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 32. Progress Schedule --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33. Project --The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual --The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material --Source, special nucle- ar, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 36. Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 37. Resident Project Representative --The autho- rized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38. Samples --Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Schedule of Submittals --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 40. Schedule of Values --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 41. Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 42. Site --Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 43. Specifications --That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 7 workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 44. Subcontractor --An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 45. Substantial Completion --The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 46. Successful Bidder --The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 47. Supplementary Conditions --That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 48. Supplier --A manufacturer, fabricator, suppli- er, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 49. Underground Facilities --A11 underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 50. Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 51. Work --The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 52. Work Change Directive --A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered", "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's - recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 8 assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). E. Furnish, Install, Pe1form, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro- vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu- ments, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times com- mence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi- vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 9 Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula- tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake respon- sibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambigu- ity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 10 a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in viola- tion of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or 3. Engineer's written interpretation clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60 - day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party.. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. or ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive fmal payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 11 C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsur- face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connec- tion therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, explo- ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright CO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 12 Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Sup- plementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Under- ground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price .or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of _ Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 13 in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information 'contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or re- vealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the conse- quences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 14 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Compa- nies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor' s employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sus- tained: a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 15 any other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as addi- tional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insur- ance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims - made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifi- cally required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; Owner; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 16 subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certifi- cates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accor- dance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order . B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 17 shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no responsible for the means, methods, techniques, such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or insurers and, if required in writing by any party in Engineer in the design or specification of a specific interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of performance of such duties. construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superin- A. If either Owner or Contractor has any tendent who shall not be replaced without written notice objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other received from the superintendent shall be binding on party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor. certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B. Owner and Contractor shall each 6.02 Labor; Working Hours provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the perform construction as required by the Contract Docu- Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other ments. Contractor shall at all times maintain good disci - party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the pline and order at the Site. start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the party's interests at the expense of the party who was Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order performed during regular working hours. Contractor will shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given Insurer after prior written notice to Engineer. A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in transportation, construction equipment and machinery, writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct quality of materials and equipment. the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -18 cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjust- ments will comply with any provisions of the General Re- quirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: 1) shall certify that the proposed substi- tute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to that specified, and c) be suited to the same use as that specified; 2) will state: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -19 a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will preju- dice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time; b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Docu- ments (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and c) whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in con- nection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified , and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; 4) and shall contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, B. Substitute Construction Methods or Proce- dures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcon- . tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reason- able objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued . No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall consti- tute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 20 C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all ,Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities per- forming or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifica- tions and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcon- tractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appro- priate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer„ and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applica- ble to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. AD rights reserved. 00700 - 21 Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equip- ment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the com- pletion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engi- neer for Owner. 6.13 Safety. and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precau- tions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 22 not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Draw- ings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or , or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordi- nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- dance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- dance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals , any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures 6.16 Emergencies 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protec- tion of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 23 installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. the suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submit- ted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of con- struction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of cor- rected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor 's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Sub- contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 24 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- ity by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable . B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employ- ee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 25 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.0] Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- tract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibili- ties will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by A. In case of termination of the employment of others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper Engineer. execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Condi- tions: 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 26 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insur- ance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undis- closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 Owner 's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsi- bilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at inter- vals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of EJCDC C-700 Standard Genera) Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 27 such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment , a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and .Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be respon- EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 28 sible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the require- ments of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsi- bility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A.Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropri- ate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 29 Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor,. unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make pay- ments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 30 b. Cost, including transportation and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the perfor- mance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equip- ment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor- neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 31 A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price al] allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and signifi- cantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 32 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplat- ed by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times , or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor''s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 33 Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed, by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 34 Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re- moved and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications . D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 35 with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take posses- sion of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provid- ed in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Applica- tion for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicat- ed; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- dance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 36 results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsi- bilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subse- quently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- ment; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reduction in Payment 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnish- ing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to • a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 37 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, , Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before fmal payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or correct- ed) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommen- dation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following condi- tions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan- tially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 38 Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicat- ing in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and , will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 39 continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjust- ment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.01.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B, and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 40 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process, or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 41 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regula- tions, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warran- ties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Docu- ments, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 42 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1 DEFINITIONS Add the following: The term(s) "or equal" or "approved equal," shall be interpreted to mean an item or material or equipment similar to that named and which is suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function and be of the same quality as that named. Such material or equipment shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. The term Acceptance, shall be interpreted to mean that the OWNER of the work is satisfied that it is fully complete and in accordance with the Contract Documents. The term Affidavit, shall be interpreted as the instrument which is to be signed by the Contractor and submitted to the OWNER through the Engineer, upon completion of that job, showing that all bills have been paid. It shall also mean such instrument that may be requested by the OWNER incident to partial payments. The term Approval, shall be interpreted as the item in question is accepted as satisfactory. The term Article, shall be interpreted as the prime subdivision of a section of these or any other referenced Specifications, the instructions to Bidders, the Special Conditions and the General Conditions. The term Materials, shall be interpreted as any substance proposed to be used in connection with the construction of any structure, facility or appurtenance, or of other work under the contract. The term "Provided", as used in the Specifications upon the Drawings, shall be understood to mean "provided complete in place", that is, "furnished and installed". Where "as shown," "as indicated", "as detailed", or words of similar importance are used, it shall be understood that the references to the Drawings and/or Specifications accompanying these documents are intended unless otherwise expressly stated. The words "furnish", "furnish and", "install", and "provide" or words with similar meaning shall be interpreted unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". 2. AWARD OF CONTRACT The award of the contract, if it is awarded, will be to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder. No Notice of Award will be given until the OWNER has concluded such investigations as he deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidders to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the satisfaction of the OWNER within the time prescribed. The OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not pass such investigation to the OWNER's satisfaction. In analyzing Bids, the OWNER may take into consideration alternates and unit prices, if requested by the Bid forms. If the Contract is awarded, the OWNER will issue the Notice of Award and give the successful Bidder a contract for execution within Sixty (60) days after the opening of Bids. 00800-1 01108-023.0003 3. FORFEITURE OF BID SECURITY Failure of the successful Bidder to execute and deliver the Agreement and deliver the required Bonds to the OWNER within 10 working days or 15 calendar days of receipt of the Agreement from the Owner, shall be just cause for the OWNER to annul the Notice of Award and declare the Bid and any security therefore forfeited. 4. QUALIFICATION OF SUB CONTRACTORS MATERIALMEN AND SUPPLIERS Within ten working days after bid opening, the CONTRACTOR will submit to the OWNER and the ENGINEER for acceptance a list of the names of sub contractors and such other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish principal items of materials or equipment) proposed for those portions of the work as to which the identity of the subcontractors and other persons and organizations must be submitted as specified in the Contract Documents. Within thirty working days after receiving the list, the Engineer will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing if either the OWNER or the ENGINEER, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any subcontractor, person or organization on such list. The failure of the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make objection to any subcontractor, person or organization on the list within thirty days of receipt shall constitute an acceptance of such subcontractor, person or organization. Acceptance of any such subcontractor, person or organization shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER or the ENGINEER to reject defective work, material or equipment or work material or equipment not in conformance with the requirements of the contract documents. 5. DELIVERY OF BONDS Add to paragraph 2.01 Failure of the successful Bidder to execute the Agreement and deliver the required Bonds within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award shall be just cause for the Owner to annul the award and declare the Bid and any guarantee thereof forfeited. 6. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Add the following to paragraph 2.02 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, up to five (5) copies of the drawings and specifications in lieu of the ten (10) copies as stated. 7 CHANGE OF THE CONTRACT TIME Add paragraph 12.03 Because this is a calendar day contract, normal rainfall, weather and climatic conditions which may be reasonably expected are not considered grounds for an extension of contract time. 8. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Add the following to paragraph 14.07(c). The certificate of completion will not be issued nor the final payment made until ALL punch list items have been completed. 00800-2 01108-023.0003 9. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Refer to General Condition 5.04 The Contractor will, at his own expense, purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect the Owner and the Contractor from claims under workmen's compensation laws, disability benefit laws or other similar employee laws; from claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees, or any person other than his employees, including claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; from claims for injury to or destruction of tangible property including loss of use resulting therefrom - any or all of which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract Documents, whether such operations be by any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts may be legally liable. This insurance shall be written for not less than $1,000,000.00 combined single limit per occurrence (no aggregate limitation) or as required by law, whichever is greater, and shall include contractual liability insurance. Before starting the work, the Contractor will file with the Owner and Engineer certificates of such insurance, acceptable to the Owner; these certificates shall contain a provision that the coverage afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or materially changed until at least 15 days after written notice is given to the Owner and Engineer. These policies shall be written to cover the Contractor and Owner jointly. The Certificate of Insurance form is included in Section 00650. 10. OWNERS INDEMNITY Refer to General Conditions 5.03 through 5.04 and 6.20. A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and furnish to the Owner during the life of this Contract, full Owner's Protective Liability Insurance that will protect him against all losses or claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and their officers, agents, and employees, against and from all claims and liability arising under or by reason of the Contract or any performance of the WORK, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the OWNER and/or the ENGINEER. Such indemnification by the CONTRACTOR shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Liability or claims resulting directly or indirectly from the negligence or carelessness of the CONTRACTOR or its agents in the performance of the WORK, or in guarding or maintaining the same, or from any improper materials, implements, or appliances used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the CONTRACTOR or its agents; 2. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from or based on the violation of any law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the CONTRACTOR or its agents: 3. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the use or manufacture by the CONTRACTOR, its agents, or the OWNER in the performance of this Contract of any copyrighted composition, secrete process, patented or unpatented invention, article, or appliance, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in this Contract; 4. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the breach of any 00800-3 01108-023.0003 warranties, whether express or implied, made to the OWNER or any other parties by the CONTRACTOR or its agents; 5. Liabilities or claims arising directly or indirectly from the willful misconduct of the CONTRACTOR or its agents; and 6. Liabilities or claims arising directly or indirectly from any breach of the obligations assumed herein by the CONTRACTOR. C. The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER, and the ENGINEER for all costs and expenses, (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court costs) incurred by said OWNER, and the ENGINEER in enforcing the provisions of this Paragraph. D. The indemnification obligation under this Paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation of the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such subcontractor or other person or organization under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employees benefit acts. 11. PROPERTY INSURANCE Refer to General Conditions 5.06. A. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, obtain and maintain property insurance and furnish to the Owner during the life of this Contract the full insurable value of the project. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor and Subcontractors in the work shall insure against the perils of Fire, Extended Coverage, Vandalism and Malicious Mischief. B. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other for damages cause by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance provided under this Article, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The Contractor shall require similar waivers by Subcontractors. 12. SALES TAX Refer to General Conditions 6.10. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the requirements and procedures as applicable of the State of Florida pertaining to the exemption from State Sales Tax as it may apply to the Owner. 13. INDEMNITY Refer to General Conditions 5.01. The Bid Items for Payment and Performance Bond premium and consideration for indemnification to Owner and Engineer are included in the Schedule of Prices and must be completed by the Bidder in order to comply with Florida Statute 725.06. 00800-4 01108-023.0003 14. PERMITS Refer to General Conditions 6.08. The Contractor will be required to obtain all required permits, including a permit from the Village of Key Biscayne Public Works Department, and Miami -Dade Public Works Department, prior to the start of construction. The Contractor will be required to comply with all permitted drawings. 15. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Refer to General Conditions 6.09 A. The Contractor shall obey all applicable Federal, State and local laws including but not limited to the ones listed below. B. The Contractor shall comply with Executive Order No. 11246, entitled "Equal Opportunity Employment," as amended by Executive Order No. 11275, and as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations (No. 41 CFR, Chapter 60). C. The Copeland "Anti -Kickback" Act (18 U.S.C. Section 874), as supplemented in U.S. Department of Labor Regulations (29 CFR, Chapter 60). D. All applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act of 1970 (40 U.S.C. Section 1857 et. seq.) as amended and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.) as amended. E. The Florida State Statute 446.101 Apprentice and Training Employment Regulations. F Florida Industrial Code No. 8C as amended and especially 8C-29 (CB -1958), Florida Department of Commerce, Bureau of Workmen's Compensation. G. The requirements of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 200d) (Nondiscrimination in Federally Assisted Programs) and implementing regulations issued at 24 CFR Part 1. H. Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6101-07) and implementing regulations at 24 CFR Part 146, and the prohibitions against discrimination against handicapped individuals under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) and implementing regulations at 24 CFR Part 8. I. The requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (12 U.S.C. 1701u). J The requirements of Executive Orders 11625 and 12432 (concerning Minority Business Enterprise), and 12138 (concerning Women's Business Enterprise). 16. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Refer to General Conditions 14.02 Owner shall, within thirty (30) days of presentation to him of the Application for Payment with Engineer's recommendation pay Contractor the amount recommended. This is in lieu of 20 00800-5 01108-023.0003 days. 17. PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENT PROCEDURES Refer to General Conditions 14.02 and 14.07 A. If the work progresses according to this Contract, the Contractor will be paid each month, 90 percent of the value of the work completed during the preceding month. For the purpose of preparing a monthly estimate for partial payment, the Contractor will make an approximate estimate of the value of all work done and materials furnished as of the last day of each calendar month, and will deduct 10 percent thereof and all previous payments and charges, and the balance will be paid by the Owner to the Contractor on or about sixty days after the submittal to the Owner. The Owner's Engineer shall review, revise and correct, if necessary, and then approve the estimate for partial payment before it is submitted by the Owner's Engineer to the Owner. The 10 percent which is deducted each month is reserved by the Owner as a partial guaranty to it of the faithful execution of this Contract. As a consideration of such payment of 90 percent, the Owner shall have the right to enter upon and put into proper service any or all parts of the work which may be in condition for use; however, such use shall not be construed as the final acceptance and the commencement of the one year guarantee bond period for any or all parts of the work, unless final acceptance is made for the complete project at that time. No claim or charge is to be made by the Contractor for such use, nor is such use to be construed as an acceptance by the Owner of any part of the work so used. B. Upon receipt of written notice from the Contractor that the work has been completed in conformity with the Drawings and Specifications and any approved changes thereto, the Owner's Engineer shall promptly examine the work and, making such tests as he may deem proper and using all of the care and judgment normally exercised in the examination of completed work by a properly qualified and experienced professional engineer, shall satisfy himself that the Contractor's statement appears to be correct. He shall then inform the Owner in writing that he has examined the work and that it appears to conform to the Contract Drawings, Specifications and any approved Change Orders and that therefore he recommends acceptance and final payment to the Contractor. However, it is agreed by the Owner and the Contractor that such statement by the Owner's Engineer does not in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to deliver a completed job in good and workmanlike condition, and does not render the Engineer or the Owner liable for any faulty work done or materials used by the Contractor. C. The Owner's Engineer will then make a final estimate of the value of all work done and will deduct therefrom all previous payments which have been made. The Owner's Engineer will report such estimate to the Owner together with his recommendation as to the acceptance of the work or his findings as to any deficiencies therein. Such recommendation as to the acceptance of the work by the Owner's Engineer will be made to his best knowledge and behalf. After receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the properly executed Affidavit and the Release of Lien and within 60 days after approval of the Engineer's estimate and recommendation by the Owner, the amount of the estimate, less any charges or damages herein provided for, will be paid. Upon such final payment, the Owner shall be released by the Contractor from all liability whatever growing out of this Contract, except for the balance, if any, of such amount as may have been retained to cover charges, claims or damages, as specified; and if the Owner is satisfied that no such charges, claims or damages exist or will arise, no such amount will be retained. All prior estimates 00800-6 01108-023.0003 are subject to correction in the final estimate. D. Each monthly request for a partial payment shall be submitted on an Application for Payment Form shown on Page 00800-8 & 9 which shall be accompanied by an executed copy of the Certification of Contractor shown on Page 00800-10, and by a progress report. E. Measurement and payment for work items for which direct payment is provided will be achieved as required by the Technical Specifications. When no direct payment for work or materials is required in General Conditions, the Special Conditions, the Proposal, the sections of the Technical Specifications or in other parts of the Contract Documents or shown, indicated or noted on the Drawings, compensation therefor shall be included in the Contract Unit or Lump Sum Prices for the several pay items under this Contract and shown and listed in the Proposal. F When the work has been completed, the Contractor shall execute a Final Release of Lien and an Affidavit declaring that all bills have been paid in full. G. These documents will be furnished to the Owner in a form similar to those which appear on the following pages: 18. MEDIATION Any claim or dispute arising out of or related to this agreement shall be subject to informal mediation as a condition precedent to the institution of legal or equitable proceeding by either party. Both parties waive the right to arbitration. The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in Miami -Dade County, Florida, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in the circuit court for the 11th Judicial Circuit for the State of Florida. 19. ATTORNEY'S FEES In the event of any dispute and/or legal action arising from an interpretation and/or the performance of any of the documents and/or contracts in this Manual, Owner and Contractor hereby agree that the prevailing party shall be awarded reasonable attorney's fees and costs, including but not limited to, the cost of paralegals, accountants and attorney's fees and costs of appellate proceedings, if applicable. 20. INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplementary Condition, the general conditions and/or any other documents in this Manual, and in consideration of the sum of $10.00 paid by Owner to Contractor, the Contractor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Owner harmless from any costs, expenses, damages and/or liability to the Owner arising from Contractor's Work. 21. EXPRESS WARRANTIES Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under this Supplemental Conditions, the general conditions and/or any other document in this Manual, Contractor expressly warrants all labor and materials used in the Work for a period of one (1) year from the date Final Payment is received by the Contractor. 00800-7 01108-023.0003 22. PROHIBITED MATERIALS Pursuant to Chapter 83-174, Laws of Florida, the use of asbestos or asbestos -based materials is strictly prohibited. 23. RECORDS RETENTION Refer to General Conditions 6.12. The Contractor shall retain all relevant project records for three years after receiving final payment from the Owner. 24. SOURCE OF SUPPLY — Convict labor (Federal -Aid Contracts Only) Do not use materials that were produced after July 1, 1991, by convict labor for Federal -aid highway construction projects unless the prison facility has been producing convict -made materials for Federal -aid highway construction projects before July 1, 1987. Use materials that were produced prior to July 2, 1991, by convicts on Federal -aid highway construction projects free from the restrictions placed on the use of these materials by 23 U.S.C. 114. The Department will limit the use of materials produced by convict labor for use in Federal -aid highway construction projects to: 1. materials produced by convicts on parole, supervised release, or probation from a prison or, 2. materials produced in a qualified prison facility. The amount of such materials produced for Federal -aid highway construction during any 12 - month period shall not exceed the amount produced in such facility for use in such construction during the 12 -month period ending July 1, 1987. 25. WORK PERFORMED BY EQUIPMENT -RENTAL AGREEMENT The limitations set forth in 8-1, concerning the amount of work that may be sublet, do not apply to work performed by equipment -rental agreement. However, for any work proposed to be performed by equipment -rental agreement, notify the Engineer in writing of such intention before using the rented equipment, and indicate whether the equipment will be rented on an operator non -operated basis. Include with the written notice a listing and description of the equipment and a description of the part of the work to be performed with such equipment. As an exception to the above requirements, the Department will not require written notice for equipment to be rented (without operators) from an equipment dealer or from a firm whose principal business is the renting or leasing of equipment. The operators of all rented equipment, whether rented on an operated or a non -operated basis are operators are subject to all wage rate requirements applicable to the project. When renting equipment without operators, the Contractor shall carry the operators on his own payroll. For equipment that is rented on an operated basis, and when required by the Contract or requested by the Engineer, furnish payrolls from the lessor with the names of the operators shown thereon. When a lessor provides rentals of equipment on an operated basis that exceed $10,000, such lessor is subject to any Equal Employment Opportunity requirements that are applicable to the project. 00800-8 01108-023.0003 Date: APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. Project No. To: (OWNER) From: (CONTRACTOR) Contract for: For Work accomplished through the date of: , 20 SUMMARY OF CONTRACT AMOUNTS 1. Original Contract Price: .. 2. Change Orders No. through: 3. Contract Price with all approve Change Orders: .. 4. Work completed to date: .. 5. Less (10%) Retainage: .. 6. Amount due to date: 7. Less previous payments (or applications): 8. AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $ Note: This application must be accompanied with the Certification of Contractor Form and worksheet for completed items as shown on page 00800-10. Accompanying Documentation: Payment of the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended. Dated: , 20 Corzo Castella Carballo Thompson Salman, P.A. (ENGINEER) Engineers / Architects / Planners By: Project Manager 00800-9 01108-023.0003 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. Contractor's Schedule of Completed Work Items Project: Owner's Contract No.: For work accomplished through the date of: , 20 Engineer's Project No.: Sheet of Item No. Description ORIGINAL CONTRACT QUANTITIES WORK COMPLETED Quantity Unit Unit Price Amount Quantity Amount Totals (Original Contract) Change Order No. 1: Change Order No. 2: PROJECT TOTAL: $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 00800-10 01108-023.03 CERTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR According to the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that all items and amounts shown on Application for Payment No. are correct, that all work has been performed and/or materials supplied in full accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract, dated , 20 , between (Owner) and (Contractor); I further certify that all just and lawful bills against the undersigned and his subcontractors and suppliers for labor, material and equipment employed in the performance of this Contract have been paid in full accordance with their terms and conditions; that all taxes imposed by Chapter 212, Florida Statutes (Sales and Use Tax Act), as amended, have been paid and discharged; and that there are no Vendor's, Mechanic's or other Liens or rights to liens or conditional sales contracts which should be satisfied or discharged before such payment is made. Date: Contractor: STATE OF FLORIDA) ss COUNTY OF ) Personally appeared before me this day of , 20 , known (or made known) to me as the (Owner) (Partner)(Corporate Officer)- Give Title of Contractor(s), who subscribed and swore to the above instrument in my presence. Notary Public - (Type Name) State of Florida -at -Large My Commission Expires: The Contractor shall execute this Certificate and attach it to each Application For Payment. 00800-11 01108-023.0003 AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA) ss COUNTY OF ) Before me, the undersigned authority, authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgements, personally appeared , who, after being first duly sworn, upon oath deposes and says that all lienors contracting directly with, or directly employed by (him, them, it) and that all taxes imposed by Chapter 212, Florida Statutes (Sales and Use Tax Act) as amended, have been paid and discharged, and that all bill, wages, fees, claims and other charges incurred by in connection with the construction of have been paid in full. SIGNED: By: WITNESSES: SWORN AND SUBSCRIBED TO BEFORE ME THIS day ,20 AD. Notary Public State of Florida -at -Large My Commission Expires: 00800-12 01108-023.0003 FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that for and in consideration of the sum of Dollars ($ ) paid to by the , receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, do(es) hereby release and quitclaim to the Village of Key Biscayne, the Owner, its successors or assigns, all liens, lien rights, claims or demands of any kind whatsoever which now has (have) or might have against the property, building, and/or for any incidental expense for the construction of: thereon or in otherwise improving said property situated as above described. IN WITNESS WHEREOF have (has) hereunto set hand and seal this day of , 20_, A.D. WITNESS: (Seal) SWORN AND SUBSCRIBED TO BEFORE ME THIS day of , 20 A.D. Notary Public State of Florida at -Large My Commission Expires: 00800-13 01108-023.0003 SECTION 00900 ADDENDUM 00900-1 01108-023.0003 The Village of Key Biscayne Rehabilitation of Storm Water PS OL-1 Addendum #1 March 1, 2010 TO ALL BIDDERS The following changes are issued to add to, modify and/or clarify the Construction Plans, Contract Documents and Specifications. These changes shall have the full force and effect as the contract forms. Costs involved, if applicable, shall be included in the Bid Form. All Bidders shall incorporate this addendum into the Bid Documents and shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may result in disqualification of the Bid. 1 Within two (2) weeks that the Notice to Proceed is issued, the Contractor shall submit a Pump Station Bypass Plan for review and acceptance by the Owner. Bypass pumps installed must be capable of the equivalent of 4,000 gallons per minute. Any costs associated with pump bypass shall be included in bid item PS -2. END OF ADDENDUM No. 1 L:\Projects\ 1108-023\03\Specs\Addendum#1.doc SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.1 SCOPE A. This project consists of the rehabilitation of two storm water pumps, located on Ocean Lane, modifications to the pump station top slab, installation of a new 16" ductile iron pipe connection to an existing drainage well, and all site clean-up and restoration, within the Village of Key Biscayne, as shown on project manual and plans prepared by Corzo Castella Carballo Thompson Salman, P.A., Project No. 1108-023.03. 1.2 NOTICES A. In conformance with the requirements of Article 1.04 Notice and Service of the General Conditions all notices or other papers required to be delivered by the Contractor to the Owner shall be delivered to the office of the Owner's Engineer, at an address provided to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference. 1.3 COORDINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS A. In case of discrepancy, computed dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions; supplemental specifications shall govern over Standard Specifications; and Special Conditions shall govern over; Drawings, Supplemental and Standard Specifica- tions. 1.4 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing all lines and grades together with all reference points as required by the various trades. All layout work shall be done using competent and experienced personnel under the supervision of a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Florida. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor, instruments and stakes, templates, and other materials necessary for marking and maintaining all lines and grades. The lines and grades shall be subject to any checking the Owner or Engineer may decide necessary. C. No separate cost item is provided for laying out the work, the cost of which is considered incidental to the work and shall be included in the unit prices for items in the Proposal. D. The Contractor shall safeguard all existing and known Property comers, monuments and marks adjacent to but not related to the work and shall bear the cost of re- establishing them if disturbed or destroyed. He shall also safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, monuments and bench marks made or established on the work, bear the cost of re-establishing them if disturbed and bear the cost of rectifying work improperly installed due to not maintaining or protecting or to removing without authorization such established points, stakes and marks. 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 01000-1 01108-023.03 A. In addition to the provisions of the General Conditions, Article 1.03.9, the following parties will be asked to attend the Preconstruction Conference: BellSouth Telephone Company, Adelphia Communications, Florida Power & Light Company, Village of Key Biscayne Public Works, City Gas Company of Florida, Miami -Dade Water and Sewer Department, and Miami -Dade County Public Works Department. At the preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall present a construction phasing plan for the Engineers approval. 1.6 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. Before starting work, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required licenses and permits. The Village of Key Biscayne will waive the fees for such permits it normally issues. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an office with telephone facilities where he or a responsible representative of his organization may be reached at any time while work is in progress. Such office may be at any location the Contractor considers desirable within Miami -Dade or Broward County. 1.8 USE OF EXPLOSIVES A. No blasting shall be done. 1.9 USE OF PUBLIC STREETS A. The use of public streets and alleys shall be such as to provide a minimum of inconvenience to the public and to other traffic. Certain elements of the work will be conducted off peak hours as specified in the Contract Documents. Any earth or other excavated material spilled from trucks shall be removed immediately by the Contractor and the streets cleaned to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1.10 CARE OF TREES, SHRUBS AND GRASS A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for maintaining in good condition all cultivated grass plots, trees and shrubs. Where maintained shrubbery, grass strips or area must be removed or destroyed incident to the construction operation, the Contractor shall, after completion of the work, replace or restore to the original condition all destroyed or damaged sod, shrubbery or grass areas. Tree limbs which interfere with equipment operation and are approved for pruning shall be neatly trimmed and the tree cut coated with a tree paint. The cost for restoration shall be included in the total Bid amount, no separate pay item for this work provided. 1.11 OBSTRUCTIONS A. All water pipes, storm drains, force mains, gas or other piping, telephone or power cables or conduits, and all other obstructions, whether or not shown, shall be tempo- rarily removed from or supported across pipeline excavations. Before disconnecting any pipes or cables, the Contractor shall obtain permission from the owner, or shall make suitable arrangements for their disconnection by the owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any such pipes, conduits or cables, and shall restore them to service promptly as soon as the work has progressed past the point 01000-2 01108-023.03 involved. Approximate locations of known water, sanitary, drainage, power and telephone installations along route of new pipelines or in vicinity of the work are shown, but must be verified in the field by the Contractor. The Contractor shall uncover these pipes, ducts, cables, etc., carefully, by hand, to verify location and depth of cover. Any discrepancies or differences found shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer of Record in order that necessary changes may be made. These conditions are supplemental to general requirements elsewhere in these specifications. Where fences, walls or other man-made obstructions exist illegally in the public right-of-way, the Owner will have them removed upon adequate prior notice by the Contractor. 1.12 DAMAGE TO EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for and make good all damage to pavement and driveways beyond the limits of the work zone, to buildings, telephone or other cables, water pipes, sanitary pipes, or other structures which may be encountered, whether or not shown on the Drawings. B. Information shown on the Drawings as to the location of existing utilities has been prepared from the most reliable data available to the Engineer. This information is not guaranteed, however, and it shall be this Contractor's responsibility to determine the location, character and depth of any existing utilities. He shall assist the utility companies, by every means possible to determine said locations. Extreme caution shall be exercised to eliminate any possibility of any damage to utilities resulting from his activities. 1.13 NOTIFICATION TO UTILITY COMPANIES A. The excavators shall comply with Florida Statute 553.851 regarding notification of existing gas and oil pipeline company owners and shall also notify "SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL FOR FLORIDA, INC." at 1-(800)432-4770 prior to excavating. Evidence of such notice shall be furnished to the City prior to excavating. 1.14 TESTS A. The Contractor will pay for all required tests. Generally, tests will be compaction and density tests, limerock quality tests, concrete quality tests (cylinder breaks). On asphaltic concrete and pipe, the manufacturer's or supplier's certificate that the material meets the requirements of the specification will be accepted subject to verification by the Owner's Engineer. Any and all tests which have to be repeated because of the failure of the tested material to meet specifications shall be paid for by the Contractor and the costs of any such tests shall be deducted from payments due the Contractor. Water required for leakage tests shall be furnished by the Contractor. B. Testing Frequencies Concrete: Perform one (1) test per 50 C.Y., or at least one (1) per day if less than 50 C.Y. One test shall consist of one (1) slump, temperature read and one (1) set of five (5) cylinders for compressive strength. Subgrade: For sub -grade perform one (1) density test every 500 L.F. each lane (100% T-99). Sample for proctor test. 01000-3 01108-023.03 For stabilized sub -grade, perform one (1) density test every 500 L.F. each lane (98% T-180). Sample for proctor test, and L.B.R. For Limerock Base, perform one (1) density test every 500 L.F. each lane (98% T-180). Use Pit Proctor. For Curb Pad, perform one (1) density test every 1000 L.F. (98% T- 180). Drainage: For trenches, perform one (1) density test every 1000 L.F. 1.15 RECORD AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. During the entire construction operation, the Contractor shall maintain records of all deviations from the Drawings and Specifications and shall prepare therefrom "record" drawings showing correctly and accurately the locations of all improvements to reflect the work as it was actually constructed. The locations of all improvements shall be as surveyed and certified by a Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida and shall include edge of pavement and back of sidewalk elevations taken at 50 foot intervals and at high and low points, rim and invert elevations on all storm water inlets and manholes, trench bottom elevations on all trench drains taken at 25 -foot intervals and top of pipe elevations on all storm sewers taken at 25 -foot intervals. These drawings shall consist of reproducibles and shall conform to recognized standards of drafting, shall be neat and legible. One set of reproducibles and one set of blue line prints shall be submitted to the Owner. An electronic copy of record drawings in usable AutoCAD format shall also be submitted to the Owner. Final acceptance of the project will be withheld until delivery of the set of "record" drawings is made to the Owner. 1.16 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for having determined to his satisfaction, prior to the submission of his bid, the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character and quality of the substrata, the types and quantity of materials to be encountered, the nature of the ground water conditions, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this contract. The prices established for the work to be done will reflect all costs pertaining to the work. Any claims for extras based on substrata or ground water table conditions will not be allowed. 1.17 SUSPENSION OF WORK A. Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with work either before or after the start of construction because of any litigation or other reason beyond the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for damage by reason of said delay; but time for completion of the work will be extended to such reasonable time as the Owner may determine to compensate for time lost by such delay, with such determination to be set forth in writing. 1.18 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. The Village of Key Biscayne will provide temporary power and water as required by Contractor. 1.19 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 01000-4 01108-023.03 A. General: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper maintenance control and detour of vehicular and pedestrian traffic in the area of construction, during the course of construction. All traffic control and maintenance procedures shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Florida Department of Transportation and Miami -Dade County traffic engineering and the Village of Key Biscayne. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility, as Bidder, prior to submitting his Bid, to determine the requirements of these agencies so that his Proposal reflects all costs to be incurred. No claims for additional payment will be considered for costs incurred in the proper maintenance, control, detour and protection of vehicular or pedestrian traffic. 2. Traffic shall be maintained at all times where practical and as more particularly specified hereinafter. No traffic shall be detoured without prior knowledge and approval of the respective traffic control agency having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall notify such agencies 48 hours in advance of such time he proposes to detour traffic. 3. The Contractor shall keep all law enforcement, fire protection and ambulance agencies informed, in advance, of his construction schedules, and shall notify all such agencies, 48 hours in advance, in the event of detour of any roadway. 4. All traffic control signs and devices, barricades, flashers, flambeaus and similar devices shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor. 5. Excavated or other material stored adjacent to or partially upon a roadway pavement or sidewalk shall be adequately marked for traffic and pedestrian safety at all times. Necessary access to adjacent property shall be provided at all times. 6. The work shall be conducted in a manner to cause the least possible interruption to traffic. Where traffic must cross excavations, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges at street intersections and driveways. 7 The Contractor shall notify all businesses in the area that will be affected by the proposed detour or lane closure, 48 hours in advance of proposed work. 8. The Contractor shall provide access to all private property and driveways at all times. 1.20 BARRICADES AND PROTECTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall protect his work throughout its length by the erection of suitable barricades and handrails, where required. He shall further indicate this work at night by the maintenance of suitable lights or flares, especially along or across through -fares. Wherever it is necessary to cross a public walk, he shall provide suitable safe walkways with hand railings. He shall also comply with all laws or ordinances covering the protection of such work and the safety measures to be employed therein. The Contractor shall carry out his work so as not to deny access to private property. All utility access manholes, valves, fire hydrants and letter boxes shall be kept accessible at all times. 01000-5 01108-023.03 1.21 DEMOLITION AND DISPOSAL A. Contractor shall be responsible for collection of all demolition debris and transportation and delivery to off -site disposal site. 1.22 SITE CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for clean-up of site and restoration of all existing sidewalk surfaces, roadways, landscape areas and any structures or amenities within or adjacent to project areas. END OF SECTION 01000-6 01108-023.03 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 LOCATION OF WORK A. Work site(s) are located in the Village of Key Biscayne. B. Reflects Drawings in the Appendix. 1.02 WORK TO BE PERFORMED A. The Work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of providing equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles; and for furnishing transportation and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications; and for the performance of labor, work, or other operations in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Wherever the Contract Documents address a third party, i.e., subcontractor, manufacturer, etc., it is to be considered as the Contractor through the third party. C. Wherever a reference to number of days is noted, it shall mean calendar days. 1.03 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT A. Modify roof of pump station. B. Remove pumps (2) and haul to local pump representative for disassembly and repairs. C. Deliver and re -install pumps and test. D. Install new 16" diameter ductile iron pipe and steel discharge piping and valves. E. Convert Well #3 well head to a pressure -type well head. F. Remove and replace pressure -switches, and sensor piping. 1.04 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION A. Following receipt of Notice to Proceed with the Work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner at least five days before he is ready to start actual construction to allow the Owner time to make arrangements for inspection of the Work. B. Work under the Contract shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner as to result in the least possible disruption to the operation of the Lift Station. Station control modifications shall not be made without first obtaining written permission from the Owner. 02/10 01010-1 01108-023.0003 C. In performing the work in the sequence, all requirements of the Contract Documents shall be strictly followed. SWITCHES BETWEEN THE EXISTING AND NEW WORK SHALL BE OPERATED BY THE OWNER. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL OPERATE SUCH SWITCHES. D. Temporary installation/connections may be used where sufficient time is not available to complete a particular aspect of the Work. All such subject temporary installations shall be subject to review and acceptance by the Engineer. E. The Contractor shall note that some areas of the Work require work on existing panels or conduit and structures which will require wastewater dewatering. F Cancellation of Planned Shutdown: A planned shutdown in accordance with the above described procedures may be cancelled by the Owner upon 24 -hour notification by the Owner to the Contractor. Such cancellation shall be expected due to wet inclement weather conditions or other conditions beyond the control of the Owner or Contractor. All efforts shall be taken to check weather forecasts and the like prior to scheduling station shutdowns. However, if a cancellation must occur, the Owner shall not be responsible for any additional costs associated with mobilization and demobilization. 1.05 ABANDONMENT/SALVAGE OF EXISTING FACILITIES A. The Work requires the Contractor to interface with existing structures, mechanical equipment, electrical facilities, and conduit which will be abandoned or otherwise removed and/or relocated as part of the Work. Prior to beginning any work associated with existing facilities to be abandoned, salvaged, or otherwise removed or relocated, the Contractor shall inform the Owner of his intent so that all arrangements can be made with the Owner for disconnecting electrical service (where appropriate), isolating conduits (where possible), or otherwise removing existing facilities from service to the extent possible. The Contractor shall not proceed without written authorization from the Owner. B. Conduits: The Contractor shall abandon, salvage, or otherwise remove existing conduit or segments of existing conduit shown to be abandoned in place, salvaged, or removed as part of the Contract work. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all conduit shown on the Drawings to be abandoned shall be abandoned in place. Conduit shown to be abandoned need only be removed a minimum three feet clear of new utilities to be installed. Abandon -in -place shall be defined as installing plugs, or other permanent closure, as reviewed and accepted by the Engineer on all terminations, open ends or ends of conduit designated as being cut, capped and anchored in an acceptable manner. The conduit will remain buried unless otherwise noted. C. Conduit indicated on the Drawings as being removed, or any conduit to be abandoned which interferes with new structures or conduit, shall be excavated and removed using methods which will not disturb adjacent conduit or other facilities. All conduit materials shall be subject to salvage by the City as defined below. Any remaining conduit on both ends of conduit segments removed shall be abandoned in -place per the above definition. After conduit has been removed, the Contractor shall backfill the evacuated area in accordance with requirements set forth in other sections of these specifications. 02/10 01010-2 01108-023.0003 D. Salvage: The Owner may desire to salvage certain items of existing equipment which are to be dismantled and removed during the course of construction. Prior to removal of any existing equipment or conduit from the work site, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Engineer whether or not the particular item or items are to be salvaged. Items to be salvaged shall be stockpiled on the site, or delivered to a storage area at a location as directed by the Owner. All other items of equipment shall be disposed of off -site by the Contractor at his expense, in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. 1.06 REHABILITATION A. Certain areas of existing structures, piping, conduits, and the like will be affected by work necessary to complete modifications under this Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible to rehabilitate those areas affected by its construction activities. B. Where new conduit is to be connected to existing piping, the existing conduit shall be cut square and the ends properly prepared for the connection shown on the drawings. Any damage to the lining and coating of the existing conduit shall be repaired by the Contractor. C. Disposal of Debris: All debris, materials, conduit, and miscellaneous waste products from the Work described in the section shall be removed from the project as soon as possible. They shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations. The Contractor is responsible for determining these regulations and shall bear all costs or retain any profit associated with disposal of these items. 1.07 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE A. The Contractor's use of the project site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on -site storage of materials, on -site fabrication facilities, and field offices, as noted on the Contract Drawings. 1.08 OWNER USE OF THE PROJECT SITE A. The Owner may utilize all or part of the existing facilities during the entire period of construction for the conduct of the Owner's normal operations. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner to minimize interference with the Contractor's operations and to facilitate the Owner's operations. 1.09 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTS A. Contractor must coordinate this work with that of theOwner and other Contractors. 1.10 PARTIAL UTILIZATION OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER A. The Contractor is hereby advised that the Owner may accept the responsibility for the maintenance and protection of a specific portion of the Project if utilized prior to Completion. However, the Contractor shall retain full responsibility for satisfactory operation of the total project. 1.12 PERMITS 02/10 01010-3 01108-023.0003 A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure all permits required to complete the work under this contract, except permits obtained by the Owner. B. No separate or direct payment will be made to the Contractor for permits and inspection requirements, but all such costs shall be included in the applicable items in the Schedule of Prices. The Owner will furnish signed and sealed sets of Contract Documents for permit use as required. 1.13 FIELD ENGINEERING A. The Contractor shall employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Florida and acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. B. Provide Field Engineering Services: Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. C. Submit a copy of registered site drawing and certificate signed by the Land Surveyor that the elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1.14 DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURES, PIPING AND UTILITIES A. Where the dimensions and locations of existing structures, piping, and utilities are of critical importance in the installation or connection of new work, the Contractor shall verify such dimensions and locations in the field before the fabrication of any materials or equipment which is dependent on the correctness of such information. 1.15 COORDINATION WITH FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT A. Contractor shall coordinate the modifications to the electrical power supply for each of the liftstations, such that FP&L will perform the work of their facilities to provide power for the stations. B. Contractor shall perform work, furnish materials, and provide necessary labor and equipment to connect the new Iiftstation equipment to the existing or modified FP&L supply. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 02/10 01010-4 01108-023.0003 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the Proposal and the Contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment, for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the Contract, and also in full payment for all loss or damages arising from the nature of the work, or from any discrepancy between the actual quantities of work and quantities herein estimated by the Engineer/Architect, or from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the Owner. B. The prices stated in the proposal include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the work as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. C. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for the various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor feel that the cost for any item of work has not been established by the Bid Form or Payment Items, he shall include the cost for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that his proposal for the project does reflect his total price for completing the work in its entirety. 1.2 MEASUREMENT A. The quantities for payment under this Contract shall be determined by approximate measurements of the completed items, in place, ready for service and accepted by the Owner, in order to determine a percentage completion for each work item as described on the bid form. 1.3 PAYMENT ITEMS A. Basis of Payment Contract prices for the various work items are intended to establish a total price for completing the project in its entirety. The Contractor shall include in the Bid price any work item and materials for which a separate pay item has not been included in the Bid Form. All work and incidental costs shall be included for payment under the several scheduled items of the overall contract, and no separate payment will be made therefor. END OF SECTION 01025-1 01108-023.0003 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Work included: Make submittals required by the Contract Documents, and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with the specified requirements. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: A.. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Individual requirements for submittals also may be described in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. C. Work not included: 1. Submittals which are not required will not be reviewed by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor may require his subcontractors to provide drawings, setting diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall remain between the Contractor and his subcontractors and will not be reviewed by the Engineer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Make submittals of Shop Drawings, Samples, substitution requests, and other items in accordance with the provisions of this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination of submittals: 1. Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. 2. Verify that each item and the submittal for it conform in all respects with the specified requirements. 3. By affixing the Contractor's signature to each submittal, certify that this coordination has been performed. B. Substitutions: 1. The Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. Substitutions will be considered only when listed at time of bidding, on the Contractors letterhead and when substantiated by the Contractor's submittal of required data within 10 calendar days after the bid opening. 2. The following products do not require further approval except for interface within the Work: a. Products specified by reference to standard specifications such as ASTM and similar standards. b. Products specified by manufacturer's name and catalog model number. 01340-1 01108-023.0003 number. 3. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved in writing for this Work by the Engineer. C. "Or Equal": 1. Where the phrase "or equal," or "or equal as approved by the Architect/Engineer," occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that the materials, equipment, or methods will be approved as equal unless the item has been specifically so approved for this Work by the Engineer. 2. The decision of the Engineer shall be final. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Scale and measurements: Make Shop Drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the Work. B. Types of prints required: 1. Submit Shop Drawings in the form of three blueline or blackline prints of each sheet. 2. Blueprints alone will not be acceptable. C. Review comments of the Engineer will be shown on the blueline or blackline when it is returned to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for his purposes. 2.2 MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE A. Where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers includes data not pertinent to the submittal, clearly show which portions of the contents is being submitted for review. B. Submit the number of copies which are required to be returned, plus one copy which will be retained by the Engineer. 2.3 SAMPLES (ONLY IF REQUIRED IN OTHER SECTIONS) A. Provide Sample of Samples identical to the precise article proposed to be provided. Identify as described under "Identification of submittals" below. B. Number of Samples required: 1. Unless otherwise specified, submit Samples, in the quantity which is required to be returned, plus one which will be retained by the Engineer. 2. By prearrangement in specific cases, a single Sample may be submitted for review and, when approved, be installed in the Work at a location agreed upon by the Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Consecutively number all submittals. 1. When material is resubmitted for any reason, transmit under a new letter of 01340-2 01108-023.0003 transmittal and with a new transmittal number. 2. On resubmittals, cite the original submittal number for reference. B. Accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal showing all information required for identification and checking. C. On at least the first page of each submittal, and elsewhere as required for positive identification, show the submittal number in which the item was included. D. Maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the Work, showing current status of all submittals at all times. Make the submittal log available to the Engineer for his review upon request. 3.2 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS A. Unless otherwise specified, make submittals in groups containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking each item when it is received. 1. Partial submittals may be rejected as not complying with the provisions of the Contract. 2. The Contractor may be held liable for delays so occasioned. 3.3 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery. B. In scheduling, allow at least ten working days for review by the Engineer following his receipt of the submittal. 3.4 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A. Review by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors which may exist in the submitted data. B. Revisions: 1. Make revisions required by the Engineer. 2. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, he shall so notify the Engineer within ten calendar days in writing. If after the review of the Engineer it is determined that the required revisions are in fact a legitimate change in work or time the procedures set forth in Articles 10, 11, & 12 of the General Conditions shall be followed. 3. Make only those revisions directed or approved by the Engineer. C. Reimbursement of Engineer's costs: 1. In the event substitutions are proposed to the Engineer after the Contract has been awarded, the Engineer will record all time used by him and by his consultants in evaluation of each such proposed substitution. 2. Whether or not the Engineer approves a proposed substitution, the Contractor promptly upon receipt of the Engineer's billing shall reimburse the Engineer at the rate of three times the direct cost to Engineer and his consultants for all time spent by them in evaluating the proposed substitution. END OF SECTION 01340-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 01505 CONTROL OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish personnel and equipment which will be efficient, appropriate and large enough to secure a satisfactory quality of work and a rate of progress which will insure the completion of the work within the time stipulated in the Proposal. If at any time such personnel appear to the Engineer to be inefficient, inappropriate or insufficient for securing the quality of work required or for producing the rate of progress aforesaid, he may order the Contractor to increase the efficiency, change the character or increase the personnel and equipment, and the Contractor shall conform to such order. Failure of the Engineer to give such order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure the quality of the work and rate of progress required. 1.02 PRIVATE LAND A. The Contractor shall not enter or occupy private land outside of easements, except by written permission of the private property owner. 1.03 PIPE LOCATIONS A. Pipeline shall be located substantially as indicated on the Drawings, but the Engineer reserves the right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to avoid interference with existing structures or for other reasons. 1.04 OPEN EXCAVATIONS A. All open excavations shall be adequately safeguard by providing temporary barricades, caution signs, lights and other means to prevent accidents to persons, and damage to property. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide suitable and safe bridges and other crossings for accommodating travel by pedestrians and workmen. Bridges provided for access to private property during construction shall be removed when no longer required. The length of open trench will be controlled by the particular surrounding conditions, but shall always be confined to the limits prescribed by the Engineer. If the excavation becomes a hazard, or if it excessively restricts traffic at any point, the Engineer may require special construction procedures such a limiting the length of open trench, prohibiting stacking excavated material in the street, and requiring that the trench shall not remain open overnight. B. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open trenches. All trenches, excavated material, equipment, or other obstacles which could be dangerous to the public shall be well lighted at night. 1.05 TEST PITS A. Test pits for the purpose of locating underground pipeline or structures in advance of the construction shall be excavated and backfilled by the Contractor at his cost at the direction of the Engineer. Test pits shall be backfilled immediately after their purpose has been satisfied and the surface restored and maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 01505-1 01108-023.0003 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT A. All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall cooperate with the General Contractor and his subcontractors or trades, and shall assist in incorporating the work of other trades where necessary or required. B. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein or directed by the Engineer. 3.02 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from damage in any way. No wheeling or walking or placing of heavy loads on it shall be allowed and all portions damaged shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his own expense. B. All structures shall be protected in a manner approved by the Engineer. Should any of the floor or other parts of the structures become heaved, cracked or otherwise damaged, all such damaged portions of the work shall be completely repaired and made good by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, in the final inspection of work, any defects, faults or omissions are found, the Contractor shall cause the same to be repaired or removed and replaced by proper materials and workmanship without extra compensation for the materials and labor required. Further, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for the satisfactory maintenance and repair of the construction and other work undertaken herein, for at least the guarantee period described in the contract. C. Further, the Contractor shall take all necessary precaution to prevent damage to any structure due to water pressure during and after construction and until such structure is accepted and taken over by the Owner. END OF SECTION 01505-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 01550 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, supplies, personnel, labor and services to accomplish maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian traffic at all locations required to complete this project and as authorized by the Engineer. B. The intent is to maintain safe and expeditious movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic around every work area where the public may be exposed to the potential hazards of the contract operations. C. The term "Maintenance of Traffic" as used in the contract drawings or in these Specifications shall mean the maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian traffic movement through and/or around any work site within a public right-of-way in a manner such as to provide minimum disruption and maximum safety to both the public and project personnel and equipment. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintenance of Traffic in the public rights -of -way shall be in strict accordance with the manual of uniform traffic control devices (M.U.T.C.D.). B. Maintenance of Traffic on F.D.O.T. roads shall be as indicated on the contract drawings and as specified in F.D.O.T. index 600. C. All traffic control and warning devices so specified; which are not on F.D.O.T. roadways, shall unless otherwise specified by the Department of Traffic and Transportation, be furnished, installed according to the Miami -Dade County Public Works Manual, part I, Standard Details (No. R-19 series), and maintained by the contractor involved. D. When required by the Village of Key Biscayne, supervision of traffic control and safety by a Uniformed Police Officer shall be furnished by the Contractor without cost to the Village. The Contractor is required to retain the services of the Village of Key Biscayne Police Officers for the supervision. Further, any and all additional traffic measures deemed necessary by such officers shall be carried out by the Contractor without cost to the City. 1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. All open trenches and holes adjacent to roadway or walkways shall be properly marked and barricaded to assure the safety of both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. B. No trenches or holes near walkways, in roadways or their shoulders are to be left open during night-time hours without express permission of the Village of Key Biscayne, Public Works Department and the Engineer, in writing. Trenches shall be backfilled or covered with steel plates. END OF SECTION 01550-1 01108-023.0003 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Temporary Controls to protect the Work during construction and until final acceptance of the Work. 1.02 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide protection for plant life designated to remain. Replace damaged plant life. C. Protect vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.03 FENCING A. Provide commercial grade chain link fence or other similar type fencing as needed to protect work. B. Provide 4 foot high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular gates with locks. 1.04 DRAINAGE CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. 1.05 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual Sections of these Specifications. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 01560-1 01108-023.0003 1.06 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and existing facilities, and City's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Coordinate with Owner's security program. 1.07 DUST CONTROL A. Execute Work by methods to minimize dust generation from construction operations. B. Provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1.08 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. B. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. C. Provide temporary measures as needed to prevent water flow into the Work. D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays. E. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. 1.09 NOISE CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise from noise produced by construction operations. 1.10 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01560-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 01640 PRODUCT HANDLING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Work included: Protect products scheduled for use in the Work by means including, but not necessarily limited to, those described in this Section. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of the Specifications. B. Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Include within the Contractor's quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials. 1.4 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. Except as otherwise approved by the Engineer determine and comply with manufacturer's recommendations on product handling, storage, protection and installation. 1.5 PACKAGING A. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container with labels intact and legible. 1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The Engineer may reject as non -complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the Engineer as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information. 1.6 PROTECTION A. Protect finished surfaces through which equipment and materials are handled. B. Provide protection for finish floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces. C. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the Owner. 01640-1 01108-023.0003 1.7 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS A. In the event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the Engineer to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion. END OF SECTION 01640-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and Maintenance (0 & M) Manual(s) submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections of these Specifications. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following (list exceptions in the request): 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, the Contractor shall demonstrate 100 -percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation required for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. b. If 100 -percent completion of the applicable portion of the Work cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information as indicated. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. 8. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touch up painting and coating. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. 01700-1 01108-023.0003 B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Engineer will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: When requesting final inspection, include exceptions in the request. Before requesting final inspection of the Work for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following: 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Engineer's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Engineer. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Engineer. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Engineer will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Engineer. 1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Engineer will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Engineer will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. 1.05 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Engineer's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain at least one clean, undamaged set each of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the sets to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 01700-2 01108-023.0003 1 Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related Change -Order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. C. Record Specifications: Maintain at least one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related Record Drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Engineer for the Owner's records. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Engineer for the Owner's records. E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer and the Owner's personnel at the Project site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Engineer for the Owner's records. G. Operation and Maintenance (0 & M) Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in heavy-duty, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information and any information indicated in Section 01730: 1 Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of guarantees and warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn -around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance procedures and recommendations. 8. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 01700-3 01108-023.0003 PART 2 — PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Operation and Maintenance (0 & M) manuals 2. Record documents 3. Spare parts and materials 4. Tools 5. Lubricants 6. Fuels 7. Identification systems 8. Control sequences 9. Hazards 10. Cleaning 11. Warranties and bonds 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Start-up 2. Shutdown 3. Emergency operations 4. Noise and vibration adjustments 5. Safety procedures 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments 7. Effective energy utilization 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. c. Clean the site, including landscape areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even -textured surface. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 01700-4 01108-023.0003 D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. 1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION 01700-5 01108-023.0003 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Section covers cleaning, grubbing, stripping and demucking of the construction site, complete as specified herein. B. Clear and demuck the areas within the limits of construction as required, including drainage easements. The width of the area to be cleared and demucked shall be established by the Engineer prior to the beginning of any work. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02220: Structural Excavation, Backfill & Compaction B. Section 02221: Trenching, Bedding & Backfill for Pipe PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING A. The surface of the ground, for the area to be cleared and grubbed shall be completely cleared of all timber, brush, stumps, roots, grass, weeds, rubbish and all other objectionable obstructions resting on or protruding through the surface of the ground. However, those tress which are designated by the Engineer shall be preserved as hereinafter specified. Clearing operations shall be conducted so as to prevent damage to existing structures and installations, and to those under construction, so as to provide for the safety of employees and others. Clearing for structures shall consist of topsoil and vegetation removal. Clearing for pipelines shall consist of vegetation removal. 3.02 GRUBBING A. Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps, roots larger than 1 ' inches in diameter, mattered roots, brush, timber, logs and any other organic or metallic debris resting on, under or protruding through the surface of the ground to a depth of 18 inches below the subgrade. All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of such objects, shall be refilled with suitable materials and compacted to a density conforming to the surrounding ground surface. 3.03 STRIPPING A. In areas so designated, top soil, not muck shall be stockpiled. Topsoil so stockpiled shall be protected until it is placed as specified. Any topsoil remaining after all work is in place shall be disposed or by the Contractor. 02100-1 01108-023.0003 3.04 DEMUCKING A. When encountered, organic material (muck) shall be excavated and removed. This material may be stockpiled temporarily, but must be disposed of as directed by the Engineer or the Owner. 3.05 DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall dispose of all material and debris from the clearing and grubbing operation by shipping such material and debris and disposing such material to a suitable location as required by the Engineer or the governmental agencies. Disposal by deep burial will not be permitted. The cost of disposal of material (including hauling) shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, the cost of which shall be included in the contract prices. 3.06 PRESERVATION OF TREES A. Those trees which are designated by the Engineer or as shown on the drawings for preservation shall be carefully protected from damage. The Contractor shall erect such barricades, guards, and enclosures as may be considered necessary by him for the protection of the trees during all construction operations. 3.07 PRSERVATION OF DEVELOPED PRIVATE PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care to avoid necessary disturbance of developed private property as applicable. Trees, shrubbery, gardens, lawn and other landscaping, which in the opinion of the Engineer must be removed, shall be replaced and replanted to restore the construction easement to the condition existing prior to construction. B. All soil preparation procedures and replanting operations shall be under the supervision of nurseryman experienced in such operations. C. Improvements to the land such as fences, walls, outbuildings, etc., which of necessity must be removed shall be replaced with equal quality materials and workmanship. D. The Contractor shall clean up the construction site across developed private property directly after construction is complete upon approval of the Engineer. 3.08 PRESERVATION OF PUBLIC PROPERTY A. The appropriate paragraphs of Articles 3.06 and 3.07, of these specifications shall apply to the preservation and restoration of all damaged areas of public lands, rights -of -way, easements, etc. END OF SECTION 02100-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 02151 SHORING AND BRACING OF EXCAVATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work included: Provide shoring at excavations and else where as required to protect workmen, materials, other properties, and the public. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. As established in the General Conditions of the Contract, the Contractor is solely responsible for means and methods of construction and for the sequences and procedures to be used. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are familiar with the specified requirements and the methods required for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Employ a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida, who is qualified to design the shoring system and to inspect and report on the quality of its construction. All drawings must bear the signature and seal of this engineer. C. Comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, specifically the Florida Trench Safety Act. D. The shoring design and construction shall take into consideration all the information regarding the following: 1. Soil investigation report prepared for this Work. 2. Existing Utilities. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340 "Submittals and Substitutions". B. Submit shoring design for approval by Owner. 1. Should changes in the shoring design be required coordinate all such changes with the Engineer and secure the Owner. 02151-1 01108-023.0003 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Provide list of materials as required for the shoring system. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 DESIGN A. Design a shoring system which will safely and adequately prevent collapse of adjacent materials and which will permit construction of the Work to the arrangement shown on the Drawings. B. Secure approval from Owner. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Construct and install the shoring system in accordance with the design as approved by the Owner. END OF SECTION 02151-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 02211 ROCK AND BOULDER EXCAVATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Section includes the excavation, disposal and replacement of rock and boulders. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Rock excavation shall mean rock which, in the opinion of the Engineer, requires for its removal, drilling, wedging, sledging, or barring. B. Boulder excavation shall mean boulders exceeding 1 -cubic yard in volume which can be excavated without resorting to blasting. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 BLASTING A. Blasting will not be permitted on this project due to the nearby proximity structures. 3.02 DISPOSAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ROCK A. Trench excavation, consisting of rock and boulders exceeding 50 -pounds in weight, and smaller fragments when directed by the Engineer, shall not be used for backfilling. Rock disposed by washing shall be replaced by available surplus excavation. Approved borrow to supply any deficiency of canal backfill shall be provided by the Contractor without additional payment. B. Fragments of ledge and boulders smaller than 50 -pounds in weight may be used in backfilling pipe trenches to the extent approved by the Engineer. The small fragments of rock used as backfill shall not be placed in the trench until the pipe has at least 2 -feet of earth cover. The Contractor shall place stone in these layers on the sides of the trench, alternating with earth to fill voids and prevent settlement in the trench. Backfilling trench is further specified under Section 02221. Nesting of rock fragments will not be permitted and will be removed as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02211-1 01108-023.0003 SECTION 02220 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Section includes, except as elsewhere provided, excavation, filling and grading under and around structures to the subgrades and grades indicated on the Drawings. B. Supplemental Foundation and Site Preparation Notes may be indicated on the Structural Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Document 00700: General Conditions B. Section 02100: Site Preparation 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. B. Testing and Inspection Service: The Owner will engage soil testing and service for quality control testing during earthwork operations. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS applicable inspection A. The Contractor shall examine the site and review the available test borings or undertake his own soil borings prior to submitting his bid, taking into consideration all conditions that may affect his work. The Owner and Engineer will not assume responsibility for variations of subsoil quality or conditions at locations other than places shown and at the time the investigation was made. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Engineer and the Owner of such piping or utility immediately for directions. 2. Cooperate with the Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 3. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated on the Drawings to be removed. C. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and 02220-1 01108-023.0003 other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Sheeting and Bracing in Excavations: 1. In connection with the construction of below grade structures, the Contractor shall construct, brace, and maintain cofferdams consisting of sheeting and bracing as required to support the sides of excavations, to prevent any movement which could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper constriction, and to protect adjacent structures, existing piping and foundation material from disturbance, undermining, or other damage. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting, but if voids are formed, they shall be immediately filled and rammed. 2. All sheeting and bracing not left in place shall be carefully removed in such a manner as not to endanger the construction of other structures, utilities, existing piping, or property. Unless otherwise approved or indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications, all sheeting and bracing shall be removed after completion of substructure, care being taken not to disturb or otherwise injure the finished structures. All voids left or caused by withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refilled with sand by ramming with tools especially adapted to that purpose, by watering or otherwise as may be directed. 3. The right of the Engineer to order sheeting and bracing left in place shall not be construed as creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders, and his failure to exercise his right to do so shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages to persons or property occurring from or upon the work occassioned by negligence or otherwise, growing out of failure on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting and bracing to prevent any caving or moving of the ground. 4. The Contractor shall construct the cofferdams and sheeting outside the neat lines of the foundations unless indicated otherwise to the extent, he deems it desirable for his method of operation. Sheeting shall be plumb and securely braced and tied in position. Sheeting, bracing and cofferdams shall be adequate to withstand all pressures to which the structure will be subjected. Pumping, bracing, and other work within the cofferdams shall be done in a manner to avoid disturbing any construction of the masonry enclosed. Any movement or bulging which may expense so as to provide the necessary clearances and dimensions. 5. Drawings of the cofferdams and design computations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval, and construction shall not be started until such drawings are approved. However, approval of these drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the cofferdam. The drawings and computations shall be prepared and stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Florida and shall be in sufficient detail to disclose the method of operation for each of the various stages of construction, if required, for the completion of the substructures. B. Dewatering, Drainage and Floatation: 1. The Contractor shall construct and place all concrete work, structural fill, bedding rock, and limerock base course, in -the -dry. In addition, the Contractor shall make the final 24 -inches of excavation for this work in -the -dry and not until the water level is a minimum of 12 -inches below proposed bottom of excavation. 02220-2 01108-023.0003 2. The Contractor shall, at all times during construction, provide and maintain proper equipment and facilities to remove promptly and dispose of property all water entering excavations and keep such excavations dry so as to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed subgrade foundation condition until the fill and structure to be built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural elevations. 3. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the natural undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at proposed bottom of excavation. 4. Wellpoints may be required for predrainage of the soils prior to final excavation for some of the deeper in -ground structures, and for maintaining the lowered groundwater level until construction has been completed to such an extent that the structure or fill will not be floated or otherwise damaged. Wellpoints shall be surrounded by suitable filter sand and no fines shall be removed by pumping. Pumping from wellpoints shall be continuous and standby pumps shall be provided. 5. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment and perform all work required to install and maintain the drainage systems he proposes for handling groundwater and surface water encountered during construction of structures and compacted fills. 6. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor's proposed method of dewatering shall include a groundwater observation well at each structure to be used to determine the water level during construction of the structure. Locations of the observation wells shall be at structures as approved by the Engineer prior to their installation. The observation wells shall be extended to 6 -inches above finished grade, capped with screw -on caps protected by 24" x 24" wide concrete base, and left in place at the completion of this Project. 7 Prior to excavation, the Contractor shall submit his proposed method of dewatering and maintaining dry conditions to the Engineer for approval. However, such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the satisfactory performance of the system. The contractor shall be responsible for correcting any disturbance or natural bearing soils or damage to structures caused by an inadequate dewatering system or by interruption of the continuous operation of the system as specified. 8. As part of his request for approval of a dewatering system, the Contractor may be requested to demonstrate the adequacy of the proposed system and wellpoint filter sand by means of a test installation. Discharge water shall be clear, with no visible soil particles in a one -quart sample. 9. During backfilling and construction, water levels shall be measured in observation wells located as directed by the Engineer. 10. Continuous pumping will be required as long as water levels are required to be below natural levels. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample of fill material obtained from on -site sources at least 10 -calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. B. For each material obtained from other than on -site sources, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of the material and shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, 02220-3 01108-023.0003 a representative sample at least 10 -calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials for use as base, fill and backfill shall be as described below. a. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) M- 145, soil classification Groups A-1, A-2-4, A-2-5 and A-3. b. Unsatisfactory soil materials are those defined in AASHTO M-145 soil classification Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6 and A-7 along with peat and other highly organic soils. 2. Materials shall be furnished as required from off site sources and hauled to the site. B. Structural Fill: 1. Structural fill material shall be satisfactory soil material consisting of a minimum of 60 percent clean medium to fine grain sized quartz sand, free of organic, deleterious and compressible material. Rock in excess of 2 -1/2 -inches in diameter shall not be used in the fill material. Structural fill shall not contain hardpan, stones, rocks, cobbles or other similar materials. C. Crusher -Run Gravel: 1. The impervious aggregate base, crusher -on gravel, subbase or shoulder course material shall be uniform quality throughout. The material retained on the No. 10 sieve shall be composed of aggregate meeting the requirements for Class A or B coarse aggregate, except the percent of soft fragments allowed shall be as shown in the requirements below. To be used only if requested by Contractor and approved by Engineer. 2. The impervious aggregate may be produced from an approved quarry source, or bank or pit deposit, which will yield a satisfactory mixture conforming to all requirements of these specifications after it has been crushed or processed as a part of the mining operations, or the material may be furnished in two sizes of such gradation that when combined in the central mix plant the resultant mixture shall conform to the required specifications. Impervious aggregate base, subbase or shoulder material shall conform to the following requirements: a. Gradation, Percent by Weight Passing Each Sieve. 12" Sieve 100 3/" Sieve 60-100 No. 10 Sieve 30- 55 No. 60 Sieve 8- 35 No. 200 Sieve 5- 20 02220-4 01108-023.0003 Test on Material Passing No. 10 Sieve Volume Change, Percent 0-18. Test on Material Retained on 3/8 Sieve Soft Fragments, Percent 0-30. 3. Method of tests shall be in accordance with the following: Gradation AASH 0: T27 Volume Change GHD: 6 Soft Fragments AASHTO: T-189 D. Limerock Base Course: 1. Limerock shall not contain cherty or other extremely hard pieces, or lumps, or balls or pockets of sand material in sufficient quantity as to be detrimental to the proper bonding, finish or strength of the limerock base. 2. Gradation and Size Limits: At least 97 -percent (by weight of the material shall pass a 3 -1/2 -inch sieve and the material shall be graded uniformly down to dust. The fine material shall consist of dust of fracture. All crushing or breaking up which might be necessary in order to meet such size requirements shall be done before the material is in place. E. Common Fill: 1. Common fill material shall be satisfactory soil material containing no more than 20 -percent by weight finer than No. 200 -mesh sieve. It shall be free from organic matter, muck, marl, and rock exceeding 2 -1/2 -inches in diameter. Common fill shall not contain broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other similar material. 2. Material falling within the above specification, encountered during the excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpiles for reuse. All material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for reuse shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable materials. F. Bedding Rick: 1. Bedding rock shall be 3/8" to 3/4 -inch washed and graded limerock. This rock shall be graded so that 99 -percent will pass a 3/4 -inch screen and 80 -percent will be retained on a No. 8 screen. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine and accept existing grade of walks, pavements and steps prior to commencement of work and report to Engineer if elevations of existing subgrade substantially vary from elevations shown on the Drawings. 02220-5 01108-023.0003 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing required grade elevations. B. Excavation Classifications: The following classifications of excavation will be made when unanticipated rock excavation or unclassified excavation is encountered in the work. Do not perform such work until material to be excavated has been cross - sectioned and classified by Engineer or specialized geotechnical consultant. 1. Authorized earth excavation includes removal and disposal of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface, underground structures and utilities indicated to be demolished and removed, material of any classification indicated in soil boring date on subsurface conditions, and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock excavation or unauthorized excavation. 2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of material beyond the limits needed to establish required grade and subgrade elevations without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Engineer shall be at the Contractor's expense. a. Under footings and foundation bases, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean (unreinforced) concrete fill may be used to bring bottom elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Engineer. Reinforcement shall be placed as needed or directed by the Engineer. b. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classifications, unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify the Engineer who will reserve the right to contact a specialized geotechnical consultant and make an inspection of conditions. 1. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at the required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace the excavated material as directed by the Engineer. 2. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed beyond the authorized limits will be paid on the basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. D. Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction or as shown on the Drawings. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 1. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. E. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross -braces, in good serviceable condition. 1. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. 02220-6 01108-023.0003 F Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Maintain groundwater table level a minimum of one -foot below excavation level. 1. Do no allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, wellpoints, sumps, suction and discharge lies, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 3. While dewatering for new Construction in the vicinity of existing structures, depletion of the groundwater level underneath these existing structures may cause settlement. To avoid this settlement, the groundwater level under these structures shall be maintained by appropriate methods of construction as approved by the Engineer. G. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified. H Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet, and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction, and for inspection, or as shown on the Drawings. 1. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavated by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. 2. Do not excavate to the bearing levels designated on the drawings until surface compaction is completed. 3.03 BACKFILL AND FILL A. General: Place material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below. 1. Structural fill shall be used below spread footing foundations, slab -on grade floors, and other structures and as backfill within three feet of the below grade portion of structures. 2. Crusher -run gravel shall be used under and around drainage sumps. It can be used at the request of the Contractor and if approved by the Engineer as base material for areas approved by the Engineer. 3. Limerock base course shall be used under roadways, parking areas, and walks and for riprap. Limerock base course may be used by the Contractor at other similar locations if approved by the Engineer or indicated on the Drawings. 4. Common fill shall be used at all other locations. 5. Bedding rock shall be used for pipe bedding, under and around manhole base and at other locations indicated on the Drawings or approved by the Engineer. 02220-7 01108-023.0003 B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance by Engineer of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. 3. Removal of concrete formwork. 4. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. 5. Removal of trash and debris. 6. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls. Layout and location of bracing shall consider loads of the structure as well as the effects of the soil and groundwater. C. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow strip, or break-up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with exisitng surface. 1. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for the particular area classification, break up the ground surface, pulverize, moisture -condition to the optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. D. Fill Placement: 1. Material placed in fill areas under and around structures shall be deposited within the lines and to the grades shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer, making due allowance for settlement of the material. Backfill shall be carried up evenly on all walls of an individual structure simultaneously with no more than a two -foot elevation variation allowed. Fill with no more than a two -foot elevation variation allowed. Fill shall be placed only on properly prepare surfaces which have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. 2. Fill material can be obtained from cut areas within the construction project site. If sufficient satisfactory soil material is not available from excavation on site, the Contractor shall provide fill material as may be required from off -site sources at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Fill shall be brought up in substantially level lifts throughout the site, starting in the deepest portion of the fill. The entire surface of the work shall be maintained free from ruts, and in such condition that construction equipment can readily travel over any section. Fill shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy or against concrete structures until they have attained sufficient strength. 4. Fill shall be dumped and spread in layers by a bulldozer or other approved method. During the process of dumping and spreading, all roots, debris, and stones greater in size than specified under Materials, shall be removed from the fill areas, and the Contractor shall assign a sufficient number of men to this work to insure satisfactory compliance with these requirements. 5. If the compacted surface of any layer of material is determined to be too smooth to bond properly with the succeeding layer, it shall be loosened by harrowing or by another approved method before the succeeding layer is placed. 02220-8 01108-023.0003 6. All fill materials shall be placed and compacted "in -the -dry." The Contractor shall dewater excavated areas as required to perform the work and in such manner as to preserve the undisturbed state of the natural inorganic soils. 3.04 COMPACTION A. General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage of density specified on the structural drawings for each area classification. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer in writing that penetration tests can be performed. Written notice from the Contractor shall precede completion of compaction operations by at least 2 - working days. B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: 1. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density in accordance with AASHTO T-180. a. Underneath structures and 5 -feet 0 -inches around perimeter of foundation: Compact top 12 -inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 98 -percent maximum dry density. b. Building Slabs and Footings: Compact top 12 -inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 98 -percent maximum dry density. c. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6 -inches of subgrade 95 - percent maximum dry density. d. Walkways: Compact to 6 -inches of subgrade 95 -percent maximum dry density. e. Pavements and Steps: Compact top 6 -inches of subgrade at 98 - percent maximum dry density. 2. Moisture content of soil shall be within 2 -percent of the optimum. C. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 2. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction, but is otherwise satisfactory may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to satisfactory value. D. Structural fill shall be placed in layers not more than 9 -inches loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment. Each layer shall be compacted by a minimum of six coverages with the equipment described below, to at least 98 percent of maximum dry density as determined by AASHTO-T-180. Incidental compaction due to traffic by construction equipment will not be credited toward the required minimum coverages. E. Common fill consisting of other than structural fill shall be placed and compacted in a manner similar to that described above for structural fill, with the following exception: layer thickness prior to compaction may be increased the 12 -inches in open area; and common fill except dike fill, required below water level in peat excavation areas may be placed as one lift, in -the -wet, to an elevation one foot above the water level at the time of filling. 02220-9 01108-023.0003 F Compaction of the fill by such means shall be to the same degree of compaction as obtained by rubber -tired or vibratory roller equipment, and the Engineer may make the necessary tests to determine the amount compactive effort necessary to obtain equal compaction. Large compaction equipment shall not be used within -5 feet of structures. Compaction equipment is subject to approval by the Engineer. G. Place fill material in layers not more than 12 -inches loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. Use manually operated sled -type vibratory compactors next to structures and confined areas not accessible to heavy mechanical compaction equipment. H. If the Engineer shall determine that added moisture is required, water shall be applied by sprinkler tanks or other sprinkler systems, which will insure uniform distribution of the water over the area to be treated, distribution of the water over the area to be treated, and give complete and accurate control of the amount of water to be used. If too much water is added, the area shall be permitted to dry before compaction is continued. I. The Contractor shall supply all hose, piping, valves, sprinklers, pumps, sprinkler tanks, hauling equipment, and all other materials and equipment necessary to place the water in the fill in the manner specified. 3.05 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade -fill areas within limits of project including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown, or between such point and existing grades. No soft spots or uncompacted areas will be allowed in the work. B. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to Buildings as shown on the Drawings, to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: C. Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2 -inch when tested with a 10 -foot straightedge. D. Stones or rock fragments larger than 2 -1/2 -inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 -inches of the subgrade line of all dike, fills or embankments. E. All cut and fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section and alignment shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer to prevent ponding water on driveways, walkways or against structures. F During grading, protect all buried valved extensions and covers, sprinklers and any other mechanical or structural object protruding from below grade. 02220-10 01108-023.0003 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed. B. If in the opinion of the Engineer, based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or fills, which have been placed, are below specified density, provide additional compaction and testing at no additional expense. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 1. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIAL A. All surplus and unsuitable excavated material shall be disposed of by the Contractor in the following ways. 1. Transport to an appropriate soil storage area and stockpile or spread as needed. 2. Transport and legally dispose of. Any permit required for the hauling and disposing of this material shall be obtained prior to commencing hauling operations. B. Suitable excavated material may be used for fill if it meets that specifications for satisfactory material and is approved by the Engineer. Excavated material so approved may be neatly stockpiled at the site where designated by the Engineer provided there is an area available where it will not interfere with the operator of the facility nor inconvenience traffic or adjoining property owners. C. Excavated rock may be used in open fill areas only with the approval of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02220-11 01108-023.0003 SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL FOR PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to perform all excavation, backfill, fill, grading and slope protection required to complete the sewer piping and utility work shown on the Drawings and specified herein. The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: sewer structures, duct work, conduit, pipe, paving, backfilling, fill, grading, disposal of surplus and unsuitable materials, and all related work such as sheeting, and bracing. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02151: "Shoring and Bracing of Excavations" B. Section 15062: "Ductile Iron Pipe & Fittings" 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of Owner. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall examine the site and undertake his own soil borings prior to submitting his bid, taking into consideration all conditions that may affect his work. The Owner and Engineer will not assume responsibility for variations of sub -soil quality or conditions. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Engineer and the owner of such piping or utility immediately for directions. 2. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. C. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. For each material obtained from other than on -site sources, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of the material and shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample weighing approximately 50 pounds, at least ten calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. 02221-1 01108-023.0003 1.06 TRENCH PROTECTION A. Contractor shall construct and maintain sheeting and bracing as required to support the sides of excavations, to prevent any movement which could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper construction; and to protect adjacent structures, existing piping and/or foundation material from disturbance, undermining, or other damage. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting, and if voids are formed, they shall be immediately filled and rammed. B. For pipe trench sheeting, no sheeting is to be withdrawn if driven below mid -diameter of any pipe, and no wood sheeting shall be cut off at a level lower than 1 foot above the top of any pipe unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. If during the progress of the work the Engineer decides that additional wood sheeting should be left in place, he may direct the Contractor in writing. If steel sheeting is used for trench sheeting, removal shall be as specified above unless written approval is given by the Engineer for an alternate method of removal. C. All sheeting and bracing not specified to be left in place shall be carefully removed in such a manner as not to endanger the construction or other structures, utilities, existing piping, or property. All voids left or caused by withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refilled with sand by ramming with tools especially adapted to that purpose, by watering, or otherwise as may be directed. D. The right of the Engineer to order sheeting and bracing to be left in place shall not be construed as creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders, and his failure to exercise his right to do so shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages to persons or property, occurring from or upon the work, occasioned by negligence or otherwise, growing out of a failure on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting and bracing to prevent any caving or moving of the ground. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials for use as base, fill and backfill shall be as described below: a. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) M- 145, soil classification Groups A-1, A-2-4. A-2-5 and A-3. b. Unsatisfactory soil materials are those defined in ASSHTO M-145 soil classification Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-6, and A-7 along with peat and other highly organic soils. B. Structural Fill: Structural fill material shall be satisfactory soil material consisting of a minimum of 60 percent clean medium to fine grain sized quartz sand, free of organic, deleterious and/or compressible material. Rock in excess of 2-1/2 inches in diameter shall not be used in the fill material. Structural fill shall not contain hardpan, stones, rocks, cobbles or other similar materials. C. Common Fill: 1. Common fill material shall be satisfactory soil material containing no more than 20 percent by weight finer than No. 200 mesh sieve. The material shall be free from organic matter, much, marl, and rock exceeding 2-1/2 inches in diameter. Common fill shall not contain broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other similar 02221-2 01108-023.0003 materials. 2. Material falling within the above specification, encountered during the excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpile(s) for reuse. All material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for reuse shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable materials. D. Rock bedding shall be 3/8 -inch to 3/4 -inch washed and graded limerock. This rock shall be graded so that 99 percent will pass a 3/4 -inch screen and 80 -percent will be retained on a No. 8 screen. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All excavation, backfill and grading necessary to complete the Work shall be made by the Contractor and the cost thereof shall be included in the contract price. B. Material may be obtained on -site with the approval of the Owner, or shall be furnished as required from off site sources and hauled to the site. C. The Contractor shall take all the necessary precautions to maintain the work area in a safe and workable condition. D. The Contractor shall protect his work at all times by flagging, marking, lighting and barricading. It shall also be the Contractor's responsibility to preserve and protect all above and underground structures, pipe lines, conduits, cables, drains or utilities which are existing at the time he encounters them. Failure of the Drawings to show the existence of these obstructions shall not relieve the Contractor from this responsibility. The cost of repair of any damage which occurs to these obstructions during or as a result of construction shall be borne by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Excavation for all trenches required for the installation of pipes and electrical ducts shall be made to the depths indicated on the Drawings. Excavate trench to provide a minimum of 36 -inch clear cover over the pipe bell unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, and to sufficient depth to provide the bedding depth indicated on the Drawings. Excavate in such manner and to such widths as will give suitable room for laying the pipe. The trench width at the top of the pipe shall not exceed the allowable as determined by the depth of cut and these specifications. B. Rock shall be removed to provide a minimum clearance of 8 -inches around the bottom and sides of all the pipe or ducts being laid. C. Where pipe or ducts are to specified be laid in limerock bedding or encased in concrete, the trench may be excavated by machinery to or just below the designated subgrade, provided that the material remaining in the bottom of the trench is no more than slightly disturbed. D. Where the pipes or ducts are specified to be laid directly on the trench bottom, the lower parts of the trenches shall not be excavated to the trench bottom by machinery. The last of the material being excavated shall be done manually in such a manner that will give a flat bottom true to grade so that pipe or duct can be evenly and uniformly 02221-3 01108-023.0003 supported along its entire length on undisturbed material or bedding rock. Bell holes shall be made as required manually so that there is no bearing surface on the bells and pipes are supported along the barrel only. 3.03 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations, and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting structure bases, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey stormwater runoff and water removed from excavations into collection areas or to direct stormwater runoff in the historical flow direction. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. Maintain proper erosion and sedimentation control measures to avoid siltation of existing stormwater management systems. 3.04 PIPE INTERFERENCE AND ENCASEMENT A. The Contractor shall abide by the following schedule of criteria concerning interference with other facilities. 1. In no case shall there be less than 18 inches of vertical separation between any two pipe lines, or 4 inches of separation between pipe lines and structures. 2. Where the above conditions cannot be met, or unless otherwise specified on the Drawings, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer. B. The Engineer shall have full authority to direct the placement of the various pipes and structures in order to facilitate construction, expedite completion and to avoid conflicts. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. Backfilling over pipes shall begin as soon as practicable after the pipe has been laid, jointed, and inspected, and the trench filled with suitable compacted material to the mid - diameter of the pipe. B. All backfilling shall be performed expeditiously and as detailed on the Drawings. C. Any space remaining between the pipe and sides of the trench shall be packed full by hand shovel with selected earth, free from stones having a diameter greater than 2 inches and thoroughly compacted with a tamper as fast as fill is placed, up to a level of one foot above the top of the pipe. Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density in layers not to exceed 4 inches in depth up to the centerline of the pipe from the trench bottom and in layers not to exceed 6 inches from the pipe centerline to 12 inches above the pipe. D. The backfill shall be carried up evenly on both sides with at least one person tamping for each person shoveling material into the trench. E. The remainder of the trench above the compacted backfill, as just described above, shall be filled and thoroughly compacted with common fill by rolling, ramming, or puddling, as the Engineer may direct. Compact common fill in 6 -inch layers to 95 02221-4 01108-023.0003 percent of maximum dry density. F When the finish surface above the trench is flexible pavement, backfill and compact as indicated to 12 inches below the surface of the subgrade as shown on the Drawings. G. The bedding rock shall consist of at least 6 inches of washed and graded limerock placed in the trench to the proposed elevation of the centerline of the pipe prior to laying the piping. The bedding shall not be used under any circumstances as a drain for groundwater. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to maintain the bedding in a compacted state and to prevent washing, erosion or loosening of this bed. H. In location where pipes pass through building walls, the Contractor shall take the following precautions to consolidate the backfill up to an elevation of at least 1 foot above the bottom of the pipes: 1. Place structural fill in such areas for a distance of not less than 3 feet on either side of the center line of the pipe in level layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth. 2. Wet each layer to the extent directed and thoroughly compact each layer with a power tamper to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.06 GRADING A. Grading shall be performed at such places as are indicated on the Drawings, to the lines, grades, and elevations shown or as directed by the Engineer and shall be made in such a manner that the requirements for formation of embankments can be followed. All unacceptable material encountered, of whatever nature within the limits indicated, shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the performance or condition of the work. B. If at the time of excavation it is not possible to place all available material in its proper section of the permanent structure, the excess material shall be stockpiled in approved areas for later use. Stockpiling or double handling of excavation material shall not bear any additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner, through his Engineer, reserves the right to make adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necessary as the Work progresses, due to discrepancies on the Drawings, adverse field conditions, or in order to obtain satisfactory construction. D. Stones or rock fragments larger than 2-1/2 inches in their greatest dimensions will not be permitted in the top 6 inches below the subgrade line of all dikes, fills or embankments. E. All fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross-section and alignment shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. F In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the side slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut slopes shall be uniformly graded to the slope, cross-section and alignment shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineers. G. No grading is to be done in areas where existing pipe lines that may be uncovered or damaged until such lines which must be maintained are projected or relocated; or, where lines are to be abandoned, all required valves are closed and drains plugged at 02221-5 01108-023.0003 manholes. H. The Contractor shall replace all pavement cut or otherwise damaged during the progress of the Work as specified elsewhere herein. 3.07 DISPOSAL OF UNSUITABLE AND SURPLUS MATERIAL A. All surplus and unsuitable excavated material shall be disposed of in one of the following ways as directed by the Engineer. 1. Transport to designated soil storage area on Owner's property and stockpile or spread as directed by the Engineer. 2. Transport from Owner's property and legally dispose of off -site. Any permit required for the hauling and disposing of this material beyond Owner's property shall be obtained prior to commencing hauling operations. B. Suitable excavated material may be used for fill if it meets the specifications for common fill and is approved by the Engineer. Excavated material so approved may be neatly stockpiled at the site where designated by the Owner/Engineer provided there is an area available where it will not interfere with the operation of the facility nor inconvenience traffic or adjoining property owners. END OF SECTION 02221-6 01108-023.0003 SECTION 02223 EXCAVATION BELOW NORMAL GRADE AND GRAVEL REFILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the material at or below the normal grade of the bottom of the trench (9 -inches below the invert of the pipe) is unsuitable for foundation, it shall be removed to the depth directed by the Engineer and replaced by drain rock. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily limited to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Section 02221: "Trenching, Bedding and Backfill for Pipe" PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Drain rock shall be 3/8 -inch to 3/4 -inch washed and graded limerock. The rock shall be graded so that 99 percent will pass a 3/4 -inch screen and 80 percent will be retained on a No. 8 screen. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND DRAINAGE: A. Whatever the nature of unstable material encountered or the groundwater conditions, trench drainage shall be complete and effective. B. If the Contractor excavates below grade through error or for his own convenience, or fails to properly dewater the trench, or disturbs the subgrade before dewatering is sufficiently complete, he may be directed by the Engineer to excavate below grade as set forth in the preceding paragraph, in which case the work of excavating below grade and finishing and placing the refill shall be performed at the Contractors own expense. 3.02 REFILL A. If the material at the level of trench bottom consists of fine sand, sand and silt or soft earth which may penetrate into the drain rock matrix, the subgrade material shall be removed to the extent directed and the excavation refilled with coarse sand, or a mixture graded from coarse sand to fine peastone, to form a filter layer preserving the voids in the gravel bed of the pipe. The composition and gradation of gravel shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placement. Refill shall be placed in 6 -inch layers thoroughly compacted. If directed by the Engineer, drain rock shall be used for refill of excavation below grade. END OF SECTION 02223-1 01108-023.0003 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide concrete reinforcement where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 — "Cast -in -Place Concrete". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Comply with pertinent provisions of the following, except as may be modified herein. 1. ACI 318: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2. ACI 315: Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures 3. ASTM A615: Standard Specifications for Deformed and Plan Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A82: Standard Specifications for Steel Wire fabric for concrete reinforcement. 5. ASTM A185: Standard Specifications for Welded Steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcement 6. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340 "Submittals and Substitutions". B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Itemized list of materials proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Shop Drawings showing details of bars, anchors, and other items, if any, provided under this Section. 03200-1 01108-023.0003 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640 "Product Handling". B. Delivery and Storage: 1. Use necessary precautions to maintain identification after bundles are broken. 2. Store in a manner to prevent excessive rusting and fouling with dirt, grease, and other bond -breaking coatings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Bars: 1. Provide deformed billet steel bars complying with ASTM A615, using grades shown on the Drawings. 2. Where steel grades are not shown on the Drawings, use grade 60. B. Steel Wire: 1. Comply with ASTM A82. 2. For tie wire, comply with Fed Spec QQ-W-461, annealed steel, black, 16 gauge minimum. C. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Provide welded steel, complying with ASTM A185. D. Welding Electrodes: 1. Comply with AWS A5.1, low hydrogen, E70 series. E. Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement in place: 1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Do not use wood, brick, or other non -complying material. 3. For slabs on grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 4. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with either hot -dip galvanized or plastic -protected legs. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with the CRSI Manual. 2. In case of fabricating errors, do not straighten or re -bend reinforcement in a manner that will weaken or injure the material. 3. Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be acceptable. a. Bar lengths, depths, and/or bends exceeding the specified fabrication tolerances. b. Bends or kinks not shown on the Drawings. c. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause. 03200-2 01108-023.0003 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with the specified standards for detail and method of placing reinforcement and supports, except as may be modified herein. 2. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. 3. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, and concrete placing operations. 4. Locate and support reinforcement by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. 5. Place reinforcement to obtain minimum coverage for concrete protection. 6. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with the specified tie wire. 7. Set wire ties so twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. B. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable, lapping adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, plus two inches, 12 inches, or as noted on the Drawings. C. Provide sufficient numbers of supports, and of strength sufficient to carry the reinforcement specified. D. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 inches beyond last leg of any continuous bar support. E. The minimum clear distance between parallel bars, except in columns, shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the bars. In no case shall the clear distance between bars be less than one inch, nor less than one and one-third times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate. F Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. G. Interior and exterior horizontal lapped corner bars shall be provided at all corners to match the size, type, and spacing of horizontal footing, or wall reinforcement. H. Concrete Protection for Reinforcement: The following minimum concrete cover shall be provided for reinforcement: 1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth 3 inches 2. Concrete exposed to earth or weather: #6 through #11 bars 2 inches #5 bar, W31 or D31 wire, and smaller 1 -1/2 -inches 3. Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground: Slabs, walls, joists: #11 and smaller 1 -inch 4. The above protective coverings are minimum standards; however protective coverings shall not be less than required for fire -resistive ratings. 5. The Contractor shall provide the necessary bolsters, chairs, concrete blocks, and miscellaneous reinforcement for the support of reinforcing. Steel wire bar supports used in slabs, beams, and columns shall be Class B, plastic -protected. 03200-3 01108-023.0003 3.03 SPLICES A. Lap Splices: 1. Tie securely with the specified wire to prevent displacement of splices during placement c concrete. B. Splice Devices: 1. Obtain the Engineer's approval prior to using splice devices. 2. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Splice in a manner developing at least 125% of the yielding strength of the bar. C. Welding: 1. Perform in accordance with AWS D1.4. D. Do not splice bars except at locations shown on the Drawings, except as otherwise specifically approved by the Engineer. E. In slabs, beams, and girders, splices in reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall lot avoided wherever possible. Such splices where used shall be welded, lapped, or otherwise fully developed, but, in any case shall transfer the entire stress from bar to bar without exceeding the allowable bond and shear stresses. The minimum overlap for a lapped splice shall be 24 ba diameters, but not less than 12 inches. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the clear distance from a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars. F. Splices in slabs or walls not shown in the plans shall be Class B contact lap splices. 3.04 TESTING A. Samples: 1. Samples for physical tests of reinforcement will consist of at least two pieces, each 18 - inches long, of each size of reinforcement steel, selected by the testing agency from material at the building site or at the fabricator's or supplier's yard. 2. Material to be sampled at the building site shall have been delivered thereto at least 72 - hours before it is needed. B. Test: 1. Where samples are taken from bundles as delivered from the mill, with the bundles identified as to heat number, and provided mill analyses accompany the report, then one tensile test and one bend test will be made from a specimen of each ten tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement steel. 2. Where positive identification of the heat number cannot be made, or where random samples are taken, then one series of tests will be made from each 2-1/2 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement steel. END OF SECTION 03200-4 01108-023.0003 SECTION 03250 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, CURBS, CURBS & GUTTERS, CROSSWALKS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Provide cast -in -place concrete, sidewalks, curbs, curbs and gutters, crosswalks and miscellaneous concrete, where shown on the Drawings as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related Work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. The concrete curb and sidewalk contractor/sub-contractor shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in the construction of urban and decorative sidewalks. B. Quality control: 1. See requirements for testing as stated in part 3 of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MIXES A. Provide a mix design prepared by the approved testing agency, based on strengths of the approved materials, and meeting the requirements stated on the Drawings, and Specifications. 1. Secure the Engineers approval of each mix design, including new mix designs required to be prepared should there occur a change in materials being used. 2.2 CONCRETE QUALITY A. Concrete shall be Class I normal weight, and shall attain a 28 -day compressive strength of a minimum of 3000 psi. 03250-1 01108-023.0003 1. The maximum water -cement ratio shall be 0.65. 2. The minimum cement content for concrete shall be five bags per cubic yard. 3. Concrete shall contain a water reducing admixture capable of increasing workability and reducing the amount of mixing water, conforming to ASTM C494-82, Type A. Other admixtures may be used if approved by the Engineer. Admixtures shall be added to the mix in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications, and at a controlled rate. 2.3 COLORING A. Integral Colored Concrete mixture shall be Class I concrete, as described above. Concrete shall be supplied with the color admixture added. Admixture coloring, as specified in drawings, shall be plant mixed and shall be manufactured by the Lambert Corporation or an approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. All roots, vegetation and other deleterious materials shall be removed from the area of the proposed sidewalk. Roots, when present, shall be removed to a depth of 12". Existing rock shall be removed to at least 1" below proposed subgrade elevation. Fill materials, where required, shall be clean limerock or mixture of limerock and sand acceptable to the Engineer. Subgrade shall be compacted to a minimum field density of 95% of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO Method, Designation T180-74, Method D. 3.3 FORMS A. General: Steel forms shall be used for all work except at sidewalk radii where wood forms (1/4" min. thickness) may be used and which shall be bent to a smooth uniform curve. Wood forms shall not be used for Curb or Curb & Gutter work. Forms shall be as follows: (a) externally secured and braced where feasible; (b) substantial and unyielding; (c) of adequate strength to contain the concrete without building between supports and without apparent deviation form the neat lines, contours and shapes shown in the plans. They shall be designed to withstand the additional forces of vibration without apparent deviation from the desired shape or position. Assembled forms shall be mortar tight and, shall be constructed to render a concrete surface of smooth, uniform finish. Provisions shall be made for the removal of forms without injury to concrete surfaces. Blocks and bracing shall be removed from the forms and in no case shall any portion of the forms be left in the concrete. The Contractor, where practical, may use asphalt abutting the sidewalk in lieu of form work. The asphalt must be saw cut in such a manner that the edge of the sidewalk where it abuts the asphalt is true to grade and alignment. The form shall be set plumb, properly aligned, and with their bottom in furl and continuous contact with the subgrade. Forms shall be cleaned and lightly oiled 03250-2 01108-023.0003 before concrete is placed. B. Form Alignment, Bracing and These: Forms shall be constructed in such manner that they may be adequately secured for alignment, shape and grade. Bracing systems, ties and anchorages used for this purpose shall be substantial and sufficient to insure against apparent deviation from shape, alignment and grade. Nails driven into existing concrete shall not be used for this purpose. Bracing systems, ties anchorages shall not be used which will unnecessarily deface of mark, or have an injuries or undesirable effect on surfaces which will be a part of the finished surface. C. Preparation and Cleaning: The condition of the forms shall meet the following requirements at the time concrete casting is begun: (a) All forms shall be treated with an approved form -release agent before placing concrete. Material which will adhere to, or disorder the concrete shall not be used. (b) The forms shall be cleaned of all dirt, sawdust, shavings and other debris. (c) All inspection and cleanout holes shall be closed and secured. 3.4 CONCRETE MIXING A. Job mixed concrete shall not be permitted. B. Ready -mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of the Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete, ASTM C94- 85. C. No concrete shall be retempered after it has taken an initial set nor shall any batch or portion thereof be deposited in forms more than one and one-half hours after the mixing of that particular batch has commenced. D. No water shall be added at the job site to concrete delivered by truck as ready for use without the approval of the Engineer, and then, only when slump tests are made and the concrete so delivered is known to be of less than the slump specified. E. Concrete consistency: 1. Use the amount of water established by the approved mix design. a. Do not exceed the maximum quantity specified for the grade of concrete. b. Use the minimum amount of water necessary to produce concrete of the workability required by the Engineer. c. Do not supplement the predetermined amount of water with additional water for any reason. 2. Measure concrete consistency by ASTM C143 method. a. As part of the routine testing and inspecting, test twice each day or partial day's run of the mixer. b. Maintain a complete and accurate record of tests. 3. Provide a 3" maximum concrete slump. F Miscellaneous provisions: 1. Provide strengths of concrete as shown on the Drawings. 2. Provide concrete dense and free from honeycomb and other defects. 3. Place and finish members to conform to the shapes and dimensions indicated, with all surfaces true to line, plumb, and level. 03250-3 01108-023.0003 3.5 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. Provide reinforcement as detailed on Drawings and Specifications. 3.6 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Inspection: No concrete shall be placed until inspected for depth, forming and reinforcement. Proper finishing tools shall be on the jobsite at time of inspection. Failure to obtain required inspection shall be sufficient cause for rejection. Such inspection and approval shall not relieve the contractor of the responsibility of obtaining satisfactory concrete surfaces, free from warping, bulging or other objectionable defects. Special attention shall be paid to the ties and bracing. Where the forms appear to be insufficiently braced or unsatisfactorily built, the progress of the work shall be stopped until the defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Preparation: 1. Remove all laitance, oil, and loose particles from concrete and concrete surfaces, and thoroughly clean the forms with water under stiff pressure. 2. Remove laitance after concrete has hardened partially (not less than two hours nor more than four hours after place in) by brushing with stiff bristles, or by directing a stream of water from a 1/4" nozzle, or by other method approved by the Engineer, to expose the clean top surface of the coarse aggregate. 3. Where cleaning is not satisfactory to the Engineer sandblast the surface and then wash again. C. Method of Depositing 1. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practical in its final position to avoid segregation due to handling or flowing. The concrete shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily. No concrete that has been contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited on the work. 2. When concreting is started, it shall be carried on as a continuous operation until the placing of the panel or section is completed. The top surface shall be generally level. 3. All concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by suitable means during the operation of placing, and shall be thoroughly worked, into corners. 4. Place concrete only under the degree of inspection described elsewhere in these Specifications, and as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 5. Do not place concrete outside of regular working hours unless required inspection authorities have been notified properly and are present. 6. Concrete shall be pump -mix. 7 Deposit concrete so that the surface is kept level throughout, a minimum being permitted to flow from one position to another, and place as rapidly as practicable after mixing. 8. Do not use in this Work any concrete not placed within 30 minutes after leaving the mixer. D. Adverse Weather: 1. The Contractor shall assume all risks connected with the placing of concrete during adverse weather conditions, and permission given to place concrete 03250-4 01108-023.0003 under such conditions will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for satisfactory results. Should concrete placed under such conditions, prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed, disposed of and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3.7 FINISHING A. Exposed work shall have a steel trowelled finish after which it shall be lightly broomed to eliminate a slick finish. After forms have been removed from exposed areas, all voids shall be filled and rubbed where necessary using color compound to give the face a finished look. All laitance and stopover shall be thoroughly removed from any adjacent surfaces before the final finishing process is completed. 3.8 EDGES AND JOINTS A. Edges of all sidewalks shall be finished with one -quarter inch (1/4") radius joint and edging tools. Edges of curbs shall be to the radius shown on typical section. B. Joints in sidewalks shall be spaced uniformly equal to width of sidewalk except where sidewalk exceeds six feet (6') in which case the uniform spacing shall be one- half width with a longitudinal joint at mid -width. All such joints shall be formed with tool having a bit depth of one and one-half inches (1-1/2") as approved by the City and shall have a minimum tooled radius of one -quarter inch (1/4") each side. At spacing of twenty feet (20') maximum (or nearest multiple of required joint spacing) there shall be an open joint one -quarter inch (1/4"), minimum, wide and full depth of sidewalk which may be formed with removable spline but having edges tooled to a one -quarter inch radius. Expansion joints or saw cutting can only be used where approved in writing. An open joint shall be provided where new sidewalk abuts existing. A longitudinal joint parallel to curb poured monolithic with the sidewalk shall be tooled to a minimum depth of one -quarter inch and with a one -quarter inch radius each side. Joints in curbs or curbs and gutters shall be at a maximum spacing of ten feet (10') or a minimum spacing of four feet (4') and formed with a one -quarter inch thick steel template of proper contour and with exposed edges tooled to a one -quarter inch radius. C. Expansion material must be used between the back of curb (or curb and gutter) and sidewalk, between concrete driveway and sidewalk, between any existing vertical surface (except existing sidewalk) and sidewalk and between root barriers and sidewalk. Expansion joints shall be a maximum of 1/2" thick and the expansion material shall be cut one -eighth inch (1/8") below the surface at the proposed sidewalk curb or gutter. D. When specified on the plans or requested by the Contractor and approved by this department, sawcutting of sidewalks, curb or gutter shall be done as follows: 1. All joints shall be formed (at wearing surface) with tool having a bit of at least one-half inch (1/2") deep and radius of one -quarter (1/4") each side. 2. Open joints where required shall be saw cut the full depth of sidewalk, curb or gutter. 3. Intermediate joints at spacing required shall be saw cut a minimum depth of one and one-half inch (1-1/2"). 03250-5 01108-023.0003 4. Saw blades used shall not be less than one -eighth inch (1/8") nor more than one -quarter (1/4") thick and shall not be allowed to deviate from a straight line, but such joints shall be clean cut and uniform in width with tooled edges at surface remaining undamaged. 5. Open joints shall be saw cut within forth-eight(48) hours and intermediate joints with twenty-four (24) hours after finishing. E. Concrete sidewalks which are part of driveways and approaches shall have joint spacing to match adjoining sidewalk. 3.9 CURING A. Concrete shall be cured by use of a clear compound compatible with the coloring compound and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Submit the proposed material and method for approval prior to use. B. Care shall be used in the use of water or plastic membranes as their use may have an adverse effect on the coloring compound and/or finish. 3.10 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. The following concrete will be deemed to be defective, and shall be removed promptly from the job site. 1. Concrete which is not formed as indicated, is not true to intended alignment, is not plumb or level where so intended, is not true to intended grades and levels; 2. Has voids or honeycomb that have been cut, resurfaced, or filled, unless with the approval of the Architect; 3. Has sawdust, shavings, wood, or embedded debris; 4. Or does not conform fully to provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Repairs and replacement 1. Defective concrete may be cut out and repaired with gunite, or other approved methods, when and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Where defective concrete is found after removal of the forms, cut out the defective concrete, if necessary, and make the surfaces match adjacent surfaces. 3. Work uneven surfaces and angles of concrete to a surface matching adjacent concrete surfaces. 3.11 TESTING A. The Engineer shall have the right to order tests on any material entering into concrete or reinforced concrete to determine its suitability for the proposed purpose. To order reasonable tests of the concrete from time to time to determine whether the materials and methods in use are such as to produce concrete of the necessary quality; and to order the test under load of any portion of the structure, when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to the adequacy of the structure to serve the purpose for which it is intended. B. Tests of materials and of concrete shall be in accordance with the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials. Test shall be made by a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. Test reports shall be submitted to the 03250-6 01108-023.0003 Engineer. The costs of such tests resulting from construction related problems shall be assumed by the Contractor. C. Tests on concrete used in construction shall be made by an approved testing laboratory, and reports submitted to the Engineer. The costs of such tests shall be assumed by the Contractor. 1. Not less than three specimens shall be made for each standard test, nor less than one test for each 50 cubic yards of concrete used on the project. 2. Specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with the Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field, ASTM C31-84. 3. Specimens shall be tested in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Compression Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders, ASTM C39-84. Reports to the Engineer shall be submitted for each test performed. 4. Test cylinders taken off truck -mixed concrete shall be taken at the approximate one -quarter point and the three-quarter point of the load. D. The age for strength tests of concrete shall be 28 days. Strength tests for an earlier age shall be submitted if the Engineer has approved concrete in the structure to receive its full working loads at such earlier time. Seven day tests may be used with the approval of the Engineer, provided that the relation between the seven and 28 - day strengths of the concrete is established by tests for the materials and proportions used. E. To conform to the requirements of these specifications, the average strength of the laboratory cured cylinders representing each class of concrete as well as the average of any five consecutive strength tests representing each class of concrete shall be equal to or greater than the specified strength and not more than one strength test in ten shall have an average value of less than 90 percent of the specified strength. F When there is a question as to the quality of the concrete in the structure, the Engineer shall have the right to require core tests in accordance with the Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete, ASTM C42 -84a, to order load tests on that portion of the structure where the questionable concrete has been placed, or to require other reasonable tests to evaluate the strength of the structure. END OF SECTION 03250-7 01108-023.0003 SECTION 03251 JOINTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required to make all joints tight in the concrete as detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, as provided in the General Conditions and Section 01340, shop drawings showing placement of forms, form joints, major inserts and blockouts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EXPANSION JOINTS - FLOOR A. Floor expansion joints shall be types UX-F100 and UX-J100, 1 -inch joint systems as manufactured by MM Systems Corporation, Tucker, Georgia or approved equal. B. Retainers shall be extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T5. Aluminum retainers shall be chemically treated to prepare surfaces for complete adhesion of the sealant. C. Sealant shall be an elastomeric material capable of allowing multi -directional movement while maintaining cohesion and adhesion capabilities. The sealant shall have a maximum hardness of Shore A25 with tensile strength and elongation to meet ASTM D412. The sealant shall perform between temperatures of -20 degrees Fahrenheit and 150 degrees Fahrenheit. Moisture vapor transmission shall meet ASTM C355. D. The joint assembly shall be capable of a minimum of 50 percent movement in any direction from the normal position. E. All aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete or masonry shall receive one sprayed -on, factory applied coat of baked -on epoxy primer. F Sealant of color shall be selected by the Engineer. 2.02 EXPANSION JOINTS - OTHER A. Pre -molded joint filler shall be 3/ -inch thick or as shown on the Drawings and shall be a self -expanding cork, Servicised Products, W.R. Grace and Company, Code No. 4324 equal by W.R. Meadows, Inc., or equal. 03251-1 01108-023.0003 B. Joint sealant shall be a two component synthetic rubber compound based on Thiokol liquid polysulphide polymer by W.R. Grace and Company, Toch Bros., Tremco Co., or equal. 2.03 WATERSTOPS A. Water stops for construction joints, if so indicated, shall be 8 or 12 inches x 1/8 -inch steel and be hot -dipped galvanized unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Steel water stops shall have all joints fully welded and shall be carefully set and held in place so that 4 -inches extends straight into concrete placement at each side of joint. B. Pre -molded joint fillers shall be installed at all locations shown on the Drawings. C. Joint sealant for all joints indicated on the Drawings shall be placed to the depths shown. Preparation of surfaces, priming, and the handling and preparation of materials shall be in complete compliance with the manufacturer's instructions as approved. D. Flex -Seal systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 03251-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. General: Provide cast -in -place concrete where shown on the Drawings as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 03200 — "Concrete Reinforcement" 2. Section 03350 — "Concrete Finishing" 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Quality Control: 1. See requirements for testing as stated in Part 3 of this Section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340 "Submittals and Substitutions". 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640 "Product Handling". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT A. Provide a standard brand of Portland cement complying with ASTM C150, Type 1 or 2, low alkali. Do not change the brand of cement during progress of the Work except as approved in writing by the Engineer. 2.02 AGGREGATES A. General: 1. Provide hardrock aggregate complying with ASTM C33-84, with additional attributes as specified herein. 2. For making grading tests of fine and coarse aggregate, use square mesh wire cloth complying with ASTM El 1. 03300-1 01108-023.0003 B. Fine Aggregate: 1. Provide washed natural sand having strong, hard, durable particles, and containing not more than 2 -percent by weight of deleterious matter such as clay lumps, mica, shale, or schist. 2. Grade from coarse to fine within the following limits: TABLE 03300-1 FINE AGGREGATES Sieve Size Percentage by weight passing sieves 3/8" Minimum Maximum 100 --- No. 4 95 100 No. 8 65 95 No. 16 45 75 No. 30 30 50 No. 50 10 22 No. 100 2 8 C. Coarse Aggregate: 1. Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, hard, fine grained, sound crushed rock or washed gravel, or a combination of both, containing not more than 5% by weight of flat, chip -like, thin, elongated, friable, or laminated pieces, nor more than 2 -percent by weight of shale or cherty material. a. Any piece having a length in excess of five times the average thickness shall be considered flat or elongated. 2. Use coarse aggregate of the largest practicable size for each condition of placement, subject to the following size limitations: a. Do not exceed 3/4 of the clear distance between reinforcing bars, 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, or 1/3 the depth of any slab section. 3. Grade combined aggregates within the following limits. 03300-2 01108-023.0003 TABLE 03300 - 2 COURSE AGGREGATES Sieve Size size in inch( Percentage by weight passing sieves 1-1/2" aggregate 1" aggregate 3/4" aggregate Minimum Maximurr Minimum Maximurr Minimum Maximurr 1-1/2" 95 --- --- --- --- --- 1" 75 90 90 100 --- --- 3/4" 55 77 70 90 90 100 3/8" 40 55 45 65 60 80 No. 4 30 40 31 47 40 60 No. 8 22 35 23 40 30 45 No. 16 16 30 17 35 20 35 No. 30 10 20 10 23 13 23 No. 50 2 8 2 10 5 15 No. 100 0 3 0 3 0 5 D. Lightweight Aggregate, Coarse and Fine: Provide rounded, sealed, expanded shale or clay conforming to ASTM C330. 2.03 WATER A. Use only water which is clean and free from deleterious amounts of acid, alkali, salt, and organic materials. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Use only a standard brand of admixture for concrete, approved by the Engineer. 2.05 OTHER MATERIALS A. Abrasive: Abrasives to be used on concrete shall be approved by Engineer. B. Curing Materials: 1. Curing paper: Comply with ASTM C171, type 1, regular. 2. Liquid curing compounds: a. Provide a standard brand, clear or black as directed by the Engineer for the particular application, and complying with ASTM C309. b. When black compound is used, provide compatibility with the adhesive used for laying floor covering in such areas. 03300-3 01108-023.0003 C. Floor Hardener: 1. Provide mineral or metallic hardener, natural gray in color 2. Acceptable products: a. "Lithochrome" by L.M. Scofield Company; b. "Hydroment" by the Upco Company; c. "Colorcron" or "Masterplate" by Master Builders; d. "Harcol" or "Ferrolit H" by Sonneborn; e. "Colorundum" or "Duraflex" by A.C. Horn Products. 2.06 CONCRETE MIXES A. Provide a mix design prepared by the approved testing agency, based on strengths of the approved materials, and meeting the requirements stated on the Drawings, and Specifications. 1. Secure the Engineers approval of each mix design, including new mix designs. New mix designs shall be prepared for all changes in materials being used. 2.07 CONCRETE QUALITY A. Concrete shall be normal weight, and shall attain a 28 -day compressive strength of a minimum of 3000 psi. Concrete shall adhere to the following unless otherwise specified in other sections herein: 1. The maximum water -cement ratio shall be 0.65. 2. The minimum cement content for concrete shall be five bags per cubic yard. 3. Concrete shall contain a water reducing admixture capable of increasing workability and reducing the amount of mixing water, conforming to ASTM C494, Type A. Other admixtures may be used if approved by the Engineer. Admixtures shall be added to the mix in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications, and at a controlled rate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 CONCRETE MIXING A. Job mixed concrete shall not be permitted. B. Ready -mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of the Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete, ASTM C94. C. No concrete shall be re -tempered after it has taken an initial set nor shall any batch or portion thereof be deposited in forms more than one and one-half hours after the mixing of that particular batch has commenced. D. No water shall be added at the job site to concrete delivered by truck as ready for use without the approval of the Engineer, and then, only when slump tests are made and the concrete so delivered is known to be of less than the slump specified. 03300-4 01108-023.0003 E. Concrete Consistency: 1. Use the amount of water established by the approved mix design. a. Do not exceed the maximum quantity specified for the grade of concrete. b. Use the minimum amount of water necessary to produce concrete of the workability required by the Engineer. c. Do not supplement the predetermined amount of water with additional water for any reason. 2. Measure concrete consistency by ASTM C143 method. a. As part of the routine testing and inspecting, test twice each day or partial day's run of the mixer. b. Maintain a complete and accurate record of tests. 3. Provide a 3" maximum concrete slump unless otherwise specified in other sections herein. F Miscellaneous Provisions: 1 Provide strengths of concrete as shown on the Drawings. 2. Provide concrete dense and free from honeycomb and other defects. 3. Place and finish members to conform to the shapes and dimensions indicated, with all surfaces true to line, plumb, and level. 3.03 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. Provide one layer of 6 x 6 W1-4 x W1-4 woven wire fabric complying with ASTM A185, or reinforce as indicated on the Drawings. 3.04 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Before placing concrete, thoroughly clean slabs, wash off with water. B. Time of Placing: 1. Secure the Engineer's approval of reinforcement before commencing placement of concrete. C. Preparation: 1. Remove all laitance, oil, and loose particles from concrete and concrete surfaces, and thoroughly clean the forms with water under sufficient velocity to remove deleterious materials. 2. Remove laitance after concrete has hardened partially (not less than two hours nor more than four hours after placing) by brushing with stiff bristles, or by directing a stream of water from a 1/4" nozzle, or by other method approved by the Engineer, to expose the clean top surface of the coarse aggregate. 3. Where cleaning is not satisfactory to the Engineer, sandblast the surface and then wash again. D. Method of Depositing 1. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practical in its final position to avoid segregation due to handling or flowing. The concrete shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily. No concrete that has been contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited on the work. 2. When concreting is started, it shall be carried on as a continuous operation until the placing of the panel or section is completed. The top surface shall be generally level. 3. All concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by suitable means during the operation of placing, and shall be thoroughly worked into corners. 03300-5 01108-023.0003 4. Place concrete only under the degree of inspection described elsewhere in these Specifications, and as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 5. Do not place concrete outside of regular working hours unless required inspection authorities have been notified properly and are present. 6. Concrete shall be pump -mix. 7 Deposit concrete so that the surface is kept level throughout, a minimum being permitted to flow from one position to another, and place as rapidly as practicable after mixing. 8. Do not use in this Work any concrete not placed within 30 minutes after leaving the mixer. E. Bonding: 1 Before concrete is deposited on existing slab, the surface of the slab shall be cleaned of all foreign matter and Iaitance, and wetted. The cleaned and wetted surfaces of the slab shall first be slushed with a coating of neat cement against which the new concrete shall be placed before the mortar has attained its initial set. Existing slab should be roughened and a bonding agent approved by the Engineer should be applied. 3.05 SODA AND ACID WASH A. At concrete surfaces to receive plaster, paint, or other finish, and which have been formed by oil -coated forms, scrub with a solution of 1-2-lbs. caustic soda to one gal of water. B. On surfaces where smooth wood or waste molds have been used, scrub with a solution of 20 - percent muriatic acid or hydrochloric acid. C. After the surfaces have been scrubbed, wash with clean water as soon as possible. 3.06 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. The following concrete will be deemed to be defective, and shall be removed promptly from the job site. 1. Concrete which is not formed as indicated, is not true to intended alignment, is not plumb or level where so intended, is not true to intended grades and levels, or; 2. Has voids or honeycomb that have been cut, resurfaced, or filled, unless with the approval of the Engineer, or; 3. Has sawdust, shavings, wood, or embedded debris, or; 4. Does not conform fully to provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Repairs and replacement 1. Defective concrete may be cut out and repaired with gunite, or other approved methods, when and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Where defective concrete is found after removal of the forms, cut out the defective concrete, if necessary, and make the new surfaces match adjacent surfaces. 3. Work uneven surfaces and angles of concrete to a surface matching adjacent concrete surfaces. 03300-6 01108-023.0003 3.07 TESTING A. The Engineer shall have the right to order tests on any material entering into concrete or reinforced concrete to determine its suitability for the proposed purpose; to order reasonable tests of the concrete from time to time to determine whether the materials and methods in use are such as to produce concrete of the necessary quality; and to order the test under load of any portion of the structure, when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to the adequacy of the structure to serve the purpose for which it is intended. B. Tests of materials and of concrete shall be in accordance with the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). Test shall be made by an accredited laboratory. Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer. The costs of such tests resulting from construction related problems shall be assumed by the Contractor. C. Tests shall conform to the following: 1. Not Tess than three specimens shall be made for each standard test, nor less than one test for each 50 cubic yards of concrete used on the project. 2. Specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with the Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field, ASTM C31. 3. Specimens shall be tested in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Compression Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders, ASTM C39. Reports to the Engineer shall be submitted for each test performed. 4. Test cylinders taken off truck -mixed concrete shall be taken at the approximate one - quarter point and the three-quarter point of the load. D. The age for strength tests of concrete shall be 28 days. Strength tests for an earlier age shall be submitted if the Engineer has approved concrete in the structure to receive its full working loads at such earlier time. Seven day tests may be used with the approval of the Engineer, provided that the relation between the seven and 28 -day strengths of the concrete is established by tests for the materials and proportions used. E. To conform to the requirements of these specifications, the average strength of the laboratory cured cylinders representing each class of concrete, as well as the average of any five consecutive strength tests representing each class of concrete, shall be equal to or greater than the specified strength. Not more than one strength test in ten shall have an average value of less than 90 percent of the specified strength. F When there is a question as to the quality of the concrete in the structure, the Engineer shall have the right to require core tests in accordance with the Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete, ASTM C42, to order load tests on that portion of the structure where the questionable concrete has been placed, or to require other reasonable tests to evaluate the strength of the structure. END OF SECTION 03300-7 01108-023.0003 SECTION 03315 GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials for grout in accordance with the provisions of this Section and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as required to produce finished grout, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01340 — "Submittals and Substitutions" B. Section 03300 — "Cast -in -Place Concrete" 1.03 REFERENCES A. Specifications, codes, and standards shall be as specified in Section 03300 "Cast - in -Place Concrete," and as referred to herein. B. Additional Commercial Standards: CRD-C 621 Corps of Engineers Specification for Non -Shrink Grout 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit certified test results verifying the compressive strength, shrinkage, and expansion requirements specified herein; and manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement and appropriate uses for each type of grout used in the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Non -shrink grout shall be a pre-packaged, non -organic, non -gas liberating, non- metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non -shrink grout specified herein shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for each particular application. B. Non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 5000 psi, shall have no shrinkage (0.0 -percent) and a maximum 4.0 -percent expansion in the plastic state when tested in accordance with ASTM C 827, and shall have no shrinkage (0.0 -percent) and a maximum of 0.2 percent expansion in the hardened state when tested in accordance with CRD C 621. 03315-1 01108-023.0003 2.02 EPDXY GROUT A. Epoxy mortar (grout) shall be used to set items specified. Epoxy mortar (grout) shall be a pre-packaged mix containing aggregate and epoxy mortar adhesive; utilize "Permatop" as manufactured by Permagile Corp. of America, or approved equal. 2.03 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.04 CONSISTENCY A. The consistency of grouts shall be that necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted for the particular application. Dry pack consistency is such that the grout is plastic and moldable but will not flow. Where "dry pack" is called for in the Contract Documents, it shall mean a grout of the above described consistency. 2.05 MEASUREMENT OF INGREDIENTS A. Pre-packaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All surface preparation, curing, and protection of cement grout shall be as specified in Section 03300 "Cast -in -Place Concrete". The finish of the grout surface shall match that of the adjacent concrete. B. All mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, and other means of execution for pre-packaged grouts shall be done according to the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer. 3.02 CONSOLIDATION A. Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled. END OF SECTION 03315-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work included: Provide finishes on cast -in -place concrete as called for on the Drawings, specified herein, and needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - "Cast -in -Place Concrete". 2. Section 03480 — "Precast Concrete Specialties". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Except as may be modified herein or otherwise directed by the Engineer, comply with ACI 301 - "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340 — "Submittals and Substitutions". B. Product Data: Within 35 -calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Engineer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used for this work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640 — "Product Handling". 03350-1 01108-023.0003 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and these Specifications, and determine the location, extent, and type of required concrete finishes. 2. As required for this work, provide the materials specified herein, or equals approved in advance by the Engineer. B. Concrete Materials: Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 03300 - "Cast -in -Place Concrete", except as may be modified herein. C. Liquid Bonding Agent: "Weld -Crete", manufactured by the Larsen Products Corporation. D. Curing and Protection Paper: 1. Approved products: a. "Sisalkraft, Orange Label", or; b. Equal products complying with ASTM C171. 2. Where concrete will be exposed and will be subjected to abrasion, such as floor slabs, use non -staining paper such as "Sisalkraft, Seekure 896," or equal paper faced with polyethylene film. E. Liquid Curing Agents: 1. Where application of specified finish materials will be inhibited by use of curing agents, cure the surface by water only; do not use chemical cure. 2. For chemical curing, use "Hunt TLF" manufactured by Hunt Process Company, Inc. F Floor Sealer: Acceptable products: 1. "Superkote Special Clear Sealer" manufactured by Ven-Chem Company, Inc., P. O. Box 3186, Santa Barbara, California, 93105, (213)342-1195. 2. "Supershield" manufactured by James Darcey Company, Inc., 19712 Merridy Street, Chatsworth, California, 91311, (213)349-3705. G. Slip -Resistant Abrasive Aggregate: 1. Provide aluminum oxide, 14/36 grading. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Carborundum Company. b. Norton Company. c. L. M. Scofield Company. 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject for the approval of the Engineer. 03350-2 01108-023.0003 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A. General: 1. After removal of forms, give the concrete surfaces one or more of the finishes specified below where so indicated on the Drawings. 2. Revise the finishes as needed to secure the approval of the Engineer. B. As -cast finish: 1. Rough form finish: a. Leave surfaces with the texture imparted by forms, except patch tie holes and defects. b. Remove fins exceeding 1/4 -inch in height. 2. Smooth form finish: a. Coordinate as necessary to secure form construction using smooth, hard, uniform surfaces, with number of seams kept to a practical minimum and in a uniform and orderly pattern. b. Patch tie -holes and defects. c. Remove fins completely. C. Rubbed Finished: 1. Provide these finishes only where specifically called for, and then only on a "smooth form finish" base as described above. 2. Smooth rubbed finish: a. Produce on newly hardened concrete no later than the day following form removal. b. Wet the surfaces, and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive until uniform color and texture are produced. c. Do not use a cement grout other than the cement paste drawn from the concrete itself by the rubbing process. 3. Grout cleaned finish: a. Do not start cleaning operations until all contiguous surfaces to be cleaned are completed and accessible. b. Do not permit cleaning while the work progresses. c. Mix one part Portland cement and 1-1/2 parts fine sand with sufficient water to produce a grout having the consistency of thick paint. d. Substitute white Portland cement for part of the gray Portland cement as required to produce a color matching the color of surrounding concrete, as determined by a trial patch. e. Wet the surface of the concrete sufficiently to prevent absorption of water from the grout, and apply the grout uniformly with brushes or spray gun. f Immediately after applying the grout, scrub the surface vigorously with a cork float or stone to coat the surface and fill all air bubbles and holes. 03350-3 01108-023.0003 and holes. g. While the grout is still plastic, remove all excess grout by working the surface with a rubber float, sack, or other means. h. After the surface whites from drying (about 30 -minutes at normal temperatures), rub vigorously with clean burlap. i. Keep the surface damp for at least 36 -hours after final rubbing. D. Unspecified Finish: If the finish of formed surfaces is not specifically called out elsewhere in the Contract Documents, provide the following finishes as applicable. 1. Rough form finish: a. For all concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. 2. Smooth form finish: a. For all concrete surfaces exposed to public view. 3.03 FINISHING SLABS A. Definition of Finishing Tolerances: 1 "Class A": True plane within 1/8 -inch in ten feet as determined by a ten foot straightedge placed anywhere on the slab and in any direction. 2. "Class B": True plane within 1/4 -inch in ten feet as determined by a ten foot straightedge placed anywhere on the slab and in any direction. 3. "Class C": True plane within 1/4 -inch in two feet as determined by a two foot straightedge placed anywhere on the slab and in any direction. B. Scratched Finish: After the concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and leveled to a Class C tolerance, roughen the surface with stiff brushes or rakes before the final set. C. Floated Finish: 1. After the concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and leveled, do not work the concrete further until ready for floating. 2. Begin floating when the water sheen has disappeared and when the surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation. 3. During or after the first floating, check the planeness of the surface with a ten foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. 4. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce a surface with a Class B tolerance throughout. 5. Re -float the slab immediately to a uniform sandy texture. D. Troweled Finish: 1. Provide a floated finish as described above, followed by a power troweling and then a hand troweling. a. Produce an initial surface which is relatively free from defects, but which still may show some trowel marks. b. Provide hand troweling when a ringing sound is produced as the trowel is moved over the surface. c. Thoroughly consolidate the surface by hand troweling. 2. Provide a finished surface essentially free from trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and in a plane of Class A tolerance. a. For concrete on metal deck, Class B plane tolerance is acceptable. b. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, use grinding or other 03350-4 01108-023.0003 other means as necessary and remove all defects of such magnitude as would show through the floor covering. E. Broom Finish: 1. Provide a floated finish as described above. 2. While the surface is still plastic, provide a textured finish by drawing a fiber bristle broom uniformly over the surface. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, provide the texturing in one direction only. 4. Provide "light", "medium" of "coarse" texturing as directed by the Engineer or otherwise called for on the Drawings. F. Unspecified Finish: If the finish of slab surfaces is not specifically called for elsewhere in the Contract Documents, provide the following finishes as applicable: 1. Scratched finish: a. For surfaces scheduled to receive bond -applied cementitious applications. 2. Floated finish: a. For surfaces intended to receive roofing. 3. Troweled finish: a. For floors intended as walking surfaces. b. Floors scheduled to receive floor coverings or waterproof membrane. 4. Broom finish: a. Exterior pedestrian ramps. 5. Non -slip finish: a. Platforms, steps, and landings b. Exterior pedestrian ramps. 3.04 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot and cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Preservation of Moisture: 1. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, apply one of the following procedures to concrete not in contact with forms immediately after completion of placement and finishing: a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. b. Application of absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet. c. Application of sand kept continuously wet. d. Continuous application of steam (not exceeding 150 -degrees Fahrenheit) or mist spray. e. Application of waterproof sheet materials specified in Part 2 of this Section. f. Application of other moisture -retaining covering as approved by the Engineer. g. Application of the curing agent specified in Part 2 of this Section or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Where forms are exposed to the sun, minimize moisture loss by keeping the forms wet until they can be removed safely. 3. Cure concrete by preserving moisture as specified above for at least seven days. 03350-5 01108-023.0003 C. Temperature, Wind, and Humidity: 1. Cold weather: a. When the mean daily temperature outdoors is less than 40 -degrees Fahrenheit, maintain the temperature of the concrete between 50 - degrees Fahrenheit and 70 -degrees Fahrenheit for the required curing period. b. When necessary, provide proper and adequate heating system capable of maintaining the required heat without injury due to concentration of heat. c. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 -hours unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of the concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. 2 Hot weather: When necessary, provide wind breaks, fog spraying, shading, sprinkling, ponding, or wet covering with a light colored material, applying as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. 3. Rate of temperature change: Keep the temperature of the air immediately adjacent to the concrete during and immediately following the curing period as uniform as possible and not exceeding a change of 5 -degrees Fahrenheit in any one hour period, or 50 -degrees Fahrenheit in any 24 -hour period. D. Protection from Mechanical Injury: 1. During the curing period, protect the concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances such as heavy shock, load stresses, and excessive vibration. 2. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage from construction equipment, materials, and methods, from the application of curing procedures, and from rain and running water. 3. Do not load self-supporting structures in such a way as to overstress the concrete. END OF SECTION 03350-6 01108-023.0003 SECTION 03480 PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. General: The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor and equipment to precast manholes, wet -wells, valve pits, meter pits and other utility structures as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1. Section 02221 — "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe" 2. Section 03200 — "Concrete Reinforcement" 3. Section 03921 — "Manhole and Wetwell Resurfacing and Lining System" 1.03 REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL A. Manholes shall have an invert channel shaped to correspond with the lower half of the pipe. The top of the shelf shall be at the elevation indicated and shall be sloped to drain toward the flowing -through channel. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to construct watertight structures. B. The forms, dimensions, concrete, and construction methods shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of construction. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Assurance: Use a precasting plant which has been certified by the precast concrete institute and has been engaged for more than five -years in the manufacturing of precast utility structures. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340 — "Submittals and Substitutions". B. Product Data: Within 21 -calendar days after award of the Contract, submit the following: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications, catalog cuts, and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer's recommend installation procedures which, when approved by the Engineer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedure used on the work. 4. Shop Drawings showing complete details and reinforcement schedules for fabrication, assembly and installation. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640 — "Product Handling". 03480-1 01108-023.0003 B. The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer, or other representatives of the Owner. Such inspection may be made at the places, and the sections shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements; even though sample sections may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Sections rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. All sections which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or removed and replaced, entirely at the Contractor's expense. C. At the time of inspection, the section will be carefully examined for compliance with the ASTM designation specified below and these Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. All sections shall be inspected for general appearance, dimensions, "scratch -strength", blisters, cracks, roughness, soundness, etc. The surface shall be dense and close -textured. D. Imperfections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the Engineer, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs shall be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at the end of 7 -days and 5,000 psi at the end of 28 -days, when tested in 3 -inch by 6 -inch cylinder stored in the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of the Engineer. E. Each section of the utility structure must be inspected and stamped at the casting yard by an accredited testing laboratory. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS A. Precast concrete manhole barrel sections and eccentric top sections shall conform to Specifications for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections, ASTM C478, except as otherwise specified below. The method of constructions shall conform to the detailed Drawings appended to these specifications and the following additional requirements: 1. The minimum wall thickness for the various size barrel sections shall be 8 -inches, unless otherwise specified herein and approved by the Engineer. 2. Barrel sections shall have tongue and groove joints. Joints shall have round rubber gaskets performed and set in specially provided indentations. The round rubber gasket shall conform to ASTM C443 standard specifications, or Federal Specification SS -S-00210 (GSA-FSS), "Ram-Nek" as manufactured by the K.T. Snyder Co., Houston, Texas, or approved equal. 3. Concrete shall conform to ASTM C94, Type 2 cement, with a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi, unless otherwise specified herein. Mortar shall be composed of one part cement to two parts sand. 4. The date of manufacture and the name or trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on the inside of each precast section. Each precast section of the structure must be inspected and stamped by an accredited testing laboratory. 03480-2 01108-023.0003 5. Sections shall be cured by an approved method for at least 28 -days prior to painting, and shall not be shipped until at least 2 -days after having been painted. 6. Top sections shall be eccentric cone type unless otherwise specified. 7. Precast concrete slab tops, where required, shall be capable of supporting the overburden plus a live load equivalent to AASHTO H-20 loading. 8. The tops of base sections shall be suitable shaped to mate with the precast barrel sections. 9. Reinforcement bars for wet wells shall be as specified on the Drawings. 10. The exterior of sanitary sewer structures shall be coated with Tnemec heavy duty coal tar epoxy (16 mils thick), containing not less than 72 -percent by volume non- volatile solids. B. Precast electrical hand -holes and covers shall be as specified and as shown on the Drawings. C. Precast leveling rings for setting cast iron frames over manholes shall be 2 -inch thick and have one No. 2 continuous reinforcing steel bar. D. Where pipes enter or exit sanitary sewer structures, a "Kor-N-Seal" molded neoprene boot with stainless steel internal and external bonds as manufactured by the National pollution Control Systems, Inc., Nashua, New Hampshire, or an approved equal shall be provided, unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Manholes and other precast structures shall be constructed to the dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as specified in these Specifications. B. The base section shall be cast -in -place concrete, as specified in Section 03300 "Cast -in - Place Concrete", placed on a thoroughly compacted gravel sub -base. The tops of the cast -in -place base section shall be shaped to mate with the precast barrel section, and shall be adjusted in grade so that the top of the section is at the approximately correct elevation. Precast concrete structure sections shall be set so as to be vertical and with section in true alignment, with a maximum allowed tolerance of 1/2 -inch, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall install the precast sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint. C. Precast base sections, conforming to all requirements of ASTM C478 and above listed requirements for precast sections may be used. D. The outside and inside joint shall be filled with mortar and finished flush with the adjoining surfaces. Allow joints to set for 24 -hours before coating. While setting concrete for manholes or while plastering manholes, great care shall be taken not to allow mortar or other materials to get into the sewer lines. The Contractor shall provide two plumbers test plugs of each size sewer pipe on the job to plug the lines during the work of this section. E. After structures are assembled, the inside surface of the walls shall be located with a heavy duty epoxy inner, as specified in Section 03921 — "Manhole and Wetwell Resurfacing and Lining System". 03480-3 01108-023.0003 F Backfilling shall be performed in a careful manner, bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. If leaks appear in the structures, the inside joints shall be caulked to the satisfaction of the Engineer. G. Where holes must be cut in the precast sections to accommodate pipes, cutting shall be done prior to setting them in place to prevent any subsequent jarring which may loosen the mortar joints. All cutting is to be performed only by power driven abrasive wheels or saws. H. Cast iron frames specified shall be placed over precast concrete leveling rings, shimmed and set in Portland cement mortar to the required grade. No more than 3 -courses of leveling rings shall be used. I. Brick may be used for leveling only upon the approval of the Engineer. J. New pipe connections to new and existing manholes are to be caulked watertight with non -shrinking grout in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 03480-4 01108-023.0003 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, fabricate, and install miscellaneous metalwork and appurtenances, complete, all in accordance with these requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Painting and protective coating for metalwork and fabricated items shall, unless otherwise specified herein, be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 09850 - "Painting." 1.03 REFERENCES A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these Specifications, all work specified herein shall conform to, or exceed, the requirements of the Building Code and the applicable requirements of the following documents to the extent that the provisions of such documents are not in conflict with the requirements of this Section: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), specifications as referred to herein. 2. American Welding Society (AWS) "Structural Welding Code -Steel" (AWS DI.1) which includes qualification procedures for welders. 3. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" and "Commentary on the AISC Specification." 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) "Specifications for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members" and "Commentary on the AISI Specification." 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations. 6. Aluminum Association "Specifications for Aluminum Structures" and "Engineering Data for Aluminum Structures." 7 National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers "Metal Stairs Manual." B. References herein to "Building Code" or SFBC shall mean the South Florida Building Code, Broward County Latest Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings of all miscellaneous metalwork shall be submitted to the Engineer for review in accordance with Section 01340 - "Submittals and Substitutions." B. Safe working load capacity in tension and shear for each size and type of concrete anchor used shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 05500-1 01108-023.0003 2.01 MATERIALS A. All structural steel shapes, plates, bars, and their products shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36 - "Specifications for Structural Steel. B. Unless otherwise shown, miscellaneous "steel" metalwork of fabricated steel, which will be used in a corrosive environment and/or will be submerged in water/wastewater shall be coated in accordance with Section 09850 - "Painting" and shall not be galvanized prior to coating. All other miscellaneous steel metalwork shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication as specified herein. C. Unless otherwise shown, aluminum metalwork shall be of Alloy 6601-T6. Aluminum in contact with concrete, masonry, wood, porous materials, or dissimilar metals shall have contact surfaces coated in accordance with Section 09850 - "Painting". Aluminum design shall be in accordance with the Aluminum Association standards. Aluminum shall be fastened with 316 stainless steel bolts. D. Unless otherwise shown, iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48 - "Specifications for Gray Iron Castings", Class 30B or better. E. Fasteners shall meet all design requirements for intended application. Fasteners not manufactured in the United States shall be tested and certification provided with respect to specified and required quality and strength standards. Certifications of origin shall be submitted for all U.S. fasteners supplied on the project. 2.02 BOLTS AND CONCRETE ANCHORS A. For all conditions, all bolts, concrete anchors, anchor bolts, and nuts shall be ASTM Type 316 stainless steel. Threads shall be Coarse Thread Series conforming to the requirements of the American Standard for Screw Threads for all bolts and nuts. B. Galvanized bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and similar threaded fasteners shall conform to ASTM A307. After being properly cleaned, when called for to be galvanized, shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 153 "Specifications for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware." Field repairs to galvanizing shall be made using "Galvinox," "Galvo-Weld," or approved equal. C. Concrete Anchors: Where concrete anchors are called for on the Drawings, one of the types listed below shall be used, except, where one of the types listed below is specifically called for on the Drawings, only that specific type shall be used. The determination of anchors equivalent to those listed below shall be on the basis of ultimate tensile and shear capacities from test data published by the manufacturer. 1 Shell -Type anchors: Shell -type anchors shall be self -drilling or non -drilling Red Head anchors as manufactured by the Phillips Drill Company, or equal. 2. Wedge anchors: Wedge anchors shall be Red Head wedge -type anchors as manufactured by the Phillips Drill Company, Parabolt anchors as manufactured by the Molly Division of Emhart Corporation, or equal. 3. Adhesive anchors: Adhesive anchors shall be capsule -type Redi-Chem anchors as manufactured by the Phillips Drill Company, Parabond Capsule anchors manufactured by the Molly Division of Emhart Corporation, or equal. Anchors which use a pour -in or injection system for the epoxy resin placement may be used, provided that test data are submitted substantiating the equivalence of tensile and shear capacities to the capsule -type anchors specified herein. PART 3 - EXECUTION 05500-2 01108-023.0003 3.01 EXECUTION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metals where site welding is required. B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates, and in appropriate sections. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, and free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on Drawings. D. Obtain Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making unscheduled adjustments. E. Fabrication and Erection: Except as otherwise shown, the fabrication and erection of structural steel shall conform to the requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction "Manual of Steel Construction." 3.04 WELDING A. All welding shall be by the metal -arc method or gas -shielded arc method as described in the American Welding Society's "Welding Handbook" as supplemented by other pertinent standards of the AWS. Qualification of Welder shall be in accordance with the AWS Standards governing same. B. In assembly and during welding, the component parts shall be adequately clamped, supported and restrained to minimize distortion and for control of dimensions. Weld reinforcement shall be as specified by the AWS Code. Upon completion of welding, all weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments shall be removed. Welds shall be repaired to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours and dimensions. All sharp corners of material which is to be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum of 1/32nd of an inch on the flat. END OF SECTION 05500-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnishing materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required to perform the painting necessary to complete this Contract in its entirety. B. It is the intent of these Specifications to paint all concrete, exposed miscellaneous metal, pipe, fittings, valves, equipment and all other work required to be painted unless otherwise specified. Minor items omitted in the schedule of work shall be included in the work of this Section where they come within the general intent f the specifications as stated herein. C. The Contractor is notified that dual colors may be requested by the Owner under various portions of the painting work. The Contractor may be required to mask portions of the work, etc. and perform other work as may be required to paint additional colors. All cost associated with the painting of dual colors shall be incorporated in the Contractor's price for painting and shall not be considered an extra to the contract. D. The following surfaces or items are NOT required to be painted: 1. Portions of metal other than aluminum embedded in concrete: This does not apply to the back face of items mounted to concrete or masonry surfaces which shall be painted before erection. Aluminum to be embedded in or in contact with concrete shall be coated to prevent electrolysis. 2. Aluminum: gratings, checkered plates, hatches, handrails, toeboards, stairways and walkways 3. Stainless steel, brass, bronze, and aluminum other than exposed tubing 4. Fencing 5. Pipe buried in the ground or embedded in concrete 6. Ducts, pipes, and other miscellaneous items covered with insulation or plastic coated 7. Concealed surfaces of pipe or crawl spaces 8. Concrete pile caps 9. Ramps 10. Seamless flooring and floors of concrete tanks, and concrete walkways 11. Pre -finished plywood and paneling 12. Furring 13. Finish hardware 14. Manhole frames and covers 15. Nonferrous architectural metals, unless specifically noted otherwise 16. Interior PVC pipe and fittings (except where specified) 17. Exposed aggregate 18. Copper sheet metal work 19. Fiberglass 20. Factory finished chemical feed equipment 21. Diesel engines (except as painted by the manufacturer) 22. Electrical switchgear and motor control centers 09900-1 01108-023.0003 23. Packing glands and other adjustable parts and nameplates of mechanical equipment 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 07100 "Waterproofing, Dampproofing, and Caulking". B. Shop priming and surface preparation of ferrous metals are specified in Section 09865 "Surface Preparation", and included in the respective Section with the item to be primed. C. Section 09201 "Cementitious Coatings" 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, manufacturer's specifications, and data on the proposed paint systems and detailed surface preparation, application procedures and dry film thickness. B. All coating systems in contact with potable water shall be within EPA guidelines and its ingredients acceptable to the U. S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for contact with food and potable water. The coating system shall also conform to AWWA D102-78 Inside Paint System No 1, Paint 3. Contractor shall furnish proof coating system meets these requirements. C. Schedule of Painting Operations: The Contractor shall submit for approval a complete Schedule of Painting Operations within 90 days after the Notice to Proceed. This Schedule is imperative so that the various fabricators may be notified of the proper shop prime coat to apply. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly notify and coordinate the fabricators surface preparation and painting operations with these Specifications. The Schedule shall include each surface to be painted, the brand name, the volume solids, the coverage and the number of coats the Contractor proposes to use in order to achieve the specified dry film thickness, and color charts. When the Schedule has been approved, the Contractor shall apply all material in strict accordance with the approved Schedule and the manufacturer's instructions. Wet and dry paint film gages may be utilized by the Engineer to verify the proper application while work is in progress. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All painting materials shall be those manufactured by the Tnemec Company, Inc. The painting schedule has been prepared on the basis of products recommended for application indicated. No brand other than Tnemec will be considered for approval unless the brand and type of paint proposed for each item in the following schedule together with sufficient data substantiated by certified tests conducted at not expense to the Owner, to demonstrate its equality to the paint(s) names is submitted in writing to the Engineer for approval within 30 days after the Notice to Proceed. The type and number of tests performed shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. 09900-2 01108-023.0003 B. All painting materials shall be delivered to the job site in unbroken containers, bearing the manufacturer's brand and name. They shall be mixed, thinned, and applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions for the applicable materials and surface and with the Engineer's approval before using. C. Shop priming shall be done with primers that are guaranteed by the manufacturer to be compatible with the finish paints to be used. D. No paint containing lead will be allowed. Oil shall be pure boiled linseed oil. E. work areas will be designated by the Engineer for storage and mixing of all painting materials. Materials shall be in full compliance with the requirements of pertinent codes and fire regulations. Proper containers outside of the buildings shall be provided and used for painting wastes, and no plumbing fixture shall be used for this purpose. F. All recommendations of the paint manufacturer in regards to the health and safety of workmen shall be followed. G. The paint shall be manufactured by the Tnemec Company, Kansas City, Kansas. 2.02 PAINTING SYSTEMS A. All colors will be selected by the Engineer from Tnemec color charts submitted by the Contractor. B. Surfaces shall have the types of paint as scheduled and applied at the dry film thickness (DFT) in mils per coat noted. C. Any surfaces not specifically named in the Schedule and not specifically excepted shall be prepared, primed and painted in the manner and with materials consistent with these Specifications. The Engineer shall select which of the manufacturer's products, whether the type is indicated herein or not, shall be used for such unnamed surfaces. No extra payment shall be made for this painting. 2.03 FABRICATED EQUIPMENT A. Unless otherwise indicated all fabricated equipment shall be shop primed and shop or field finished. B. All items to be shop primed shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material prior to priming. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any prime coating shall have been improperly applied or if material contrary to these Specifications shall have been used, the coating shall be removed by sandblasting to white metal and reprimed in accordance with these Specifications. C. All shop prime coats shall be of the correct materials and applied in accordance with these Specifications. The Contractor shall remove any prime coats not in accordance with these Specifications. The Contractor shall remove any prime coats not in accordance with these Specifications by sandblasting to near white metal and apply the specified prime coat at no additional cost to the Owner. 09900-3 01108-023.0003 D. Shop primed surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly and retouched with the specified primer before the application of successive paint coats in the field. E. Shop finish coats may be the standard finish or ordinarily applied by the manufacturer when approved by the Engineer. All pumps and motors shall be repainted after installation. F The Contractor shall be responsible for and take whatever steps are necessary to properly protect the shop prime and finish coasts against damage from weather or any other cause. G. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, a shop finish coat does not give the protection quality of other work of similar nature the Contractor shall apply the coat or coats of paint as directed by the Engineer to accomplish the desired protection quality. H. Wherever fabricated equipment is required to be sandblasted, the Contractor shall protect all motors, drives, bearings, gears, etc., from the entry of grit. Any equipment found to contain grit shall be promptly and thoroughly cleaned by the Contractor. I. 2.04 EXTRA PAINT A. Furnish one unopened one -gallon can of each type and each color of paint used. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared as specified herein, and shall be dry and clean before painting. B. All metal welds, blisters, etc., shall be ground and sanded smooth in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements or in, difficult and otherwise inaccessible areas by hand cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP-2. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting. All rust, loose scale, oil, grease and dirt shall be removed by use oil approved solvents, wire brushing or sandblasting. C. Concrete surfaces shall have been finished as specified in Division 3. Concrete shall be free of dust, oil, curing compounds, and other foreign matter. Interior (submerged) concrete surfaces in all water retaining structures to be painted shall be abrasion (sand) blasted to ICRI CSP 2-4 profile. D. Concrete block surface shall be smooth and cleaned of all dust, efflorescence, chalk loose mortar, dirt, grease, oil, tar and other foreign matter, than roughen up to remove glaze. E. All plastic pipe surfaces where specified shall have lightly sanded surfaces before paintings. F Exposed Pipe: Bituminous coated pipe shall not be used in exposed locations. Pipe which shall be exposed after project completion shall be primed in 09900-4 01108-023.0003 accordance with the requirements herein. Any bituminous coated pipe which is inadvertently installed in exposed locations shall be sandblasted clean before priming and painting. G. Primed or Coated Surfaces and Nonferrous Surfaces: All coated surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of successive coats. All nonferrous metals not to be coated shall be cleaned. This cleaning shall be done in accordance with SSPC-SP-1, Solvent Cleaning. H. Shop -Finished Surfaces: All shop -coated surfaces shall be protected from damage and corrosion before and after installation by treating damaged areas immediately upon detection. Abraded or corroded spots on shop -coated surfaces shall be "Hand Cleaned" and then touched up with the same materials as the shop coat. All shop coated surfaces which are faded, discolored, or which require more than minor touch-up in the opinion of the Engineer shall be repainted. Cut edges of galvanized sheets and exposed threads and cut ends of galvanized piping, electrical conduit, and metal pipe sleeves, not to be finished painted, shall be "Solvent Cleaned" and primed with zinc dust -zinc oxide metal primer. I. Galvanized and Zinc -Copper Alloy Surfaces: Surfaces to be painted shall be solvent cleaned, i.e., degreased and then prepared in accordance with the Painting Schedule. Galvanized gravel and drip pipe shall be left in a natural state. Scratch galvanized coatings shall be rejected. Such surfaces not to be painted shall be "Solvent Cleaned." J. Plaster Surfaces: These surfaces shall be clean, free from grit, loose plaster, and surface irregularities. K. All surfaces which receive a cementitious finish and are to be painted shall be allowed at least 28 days of drying time after cementitious finish application and prior to painting. L. Aluminum embedded or in contact with concrete must be painted with one shop coat of zinc chromate followed by one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint. M. Blast Cleaning: 1. Blasting is defined as a method of preparing the surface of steel with the use of abrasives propelled through nozzles or centrifugal wheels. 2. Blast cleaning is broken down into the following categories: Definitions: White Metal Blast -NACE No. 1 or SSPC-SP-5 Near White Metal Blast -NACE No. 2 or SSPC-SP-10 Commercial Blast -NACE No. 3 or SSPC-SP-6 Brush Off Blast -NACE NO. 4 OR SSPC-SP-7 3. White Metal Blast requires removing all mill scale, rust, rust scale, paint or foreign matter. The surface shall have a gray -white uniform metallic color, slightly roughened to form a suitable anchor pattern for coatings. Dry sand or wet sandblasting using compressed air blast nozzles and sand of maximum particle size no larger than that passing a 16 -mesh screen are used. Crushed grit made of cast iron, malleable iron, steel or synthetic grit or shot blasting using a maximum size passing 16 -mesh are also used. 09900-5 01108-023.0003 4. Near White Metal Blast is described as a surface with very light shadows or streaks caused by rust stain and mill scale oxides. 95 -percent of each square inch must be of all visible residues with the remaining 5 -percent limited to the shadows or streaks mentioned above. Dry blasting, wet blasting, grit or shot blasting can be employed using the same particle sizes described under white metal blasting. 5. Commercial Blast is described as a surface with slight shadows, streaks, or discolorations caused by rust stain, mill scale or slight, tight residues of rust or old paint on the bottoms of the pits. Two-thirds of each square inch shall be free of all contaminants with the remaining one-third limited to discoloration and residues mentioned above. 6. Brush-off Blast is described as a surface cleaned of all contaminants except tight mill scale or tightly adhering rust and old paints or coatings which are permitted providing the mill scale and rust have been blasted sufficiently to expose numerous uniformly distributed areas of underlying metal. 7 Dry blasted surfaces must be freed of loose sand, dust and dirt by blowing clean with compressed air. Wet blasted areas must be rinsed with clean water to which a corrosion inhibitor has been added. The surface then must be dried before coating or priming. Nozzles, hoses, compressor and transformer must be free from oil or water. 8. The blast cleaned surface must be primed or coated before any rusting occurs, otherwise the benefit of the cleaning will be lost. Application of the primer or the finished coating system should be made immediately after cleaning. Do not permit blast cleaned metal to weather outside overnight without a protective covering. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General 1. Primer and paint used for a particular surface shall, in general, be as scheduled for that type of new surface. 2. At the request of the Engineer, samples of the finished work prepared in strict accordance with these Specifications shall be furnished and all painting shall be equal in quality to the approved samples. Finished areas shall be adequate for the purpose of determining the quality of workmanship. 3. Protection of moveable objects, equipment, fittings and accessories shall be provided throughout the painting operations. Canopies of lighting fixtures shall be loosened and removed from contact with surface, covered and protected and reset upon completion. Remove all electric plates, surface hardware, etc., before painting, protect and replace when completed. Mask all machinery name plates and all machined parts not receiving a paint finish. Dripped or spattered paint shall be promptly removed. Lay drop cloths in all areas where painting is being done to adequately protect flooring and other work from all damage during the operation and until the finished job is accepted. 4. On metal surfaces, apply each coat of paint at the rate specified by the manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required. If material has thickened or must be diluted for application by spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same film thickness achieved with undiluted material. One gallon of paint of originally furnished by the 09900-6 01108-023.0003 manufacturer shall not cover a greater area when applied by spray gun than when applied unthinned by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of an additional coat(s). On masonry, application rates will vary according to surface texture, however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. 5. Paints shall be mixed in proper containers of adequate capacity. All paints shall be thoroughly stirred before use and shall be kept stirred while using. No unauthorized thinners or other materials shall be added to any paint. 6. Only skilled painters shall be used on the work and specialists shall be employed where required. B. Field Priming: 1. Steel members, metal castings, mechanical and electrical equipment and other metals which are shop primed before delivery at the site will not require a prime coat on the job. All piping and other bare metals to be painted shall receive one coat of primer before exposure to the weather, and this prime coat shall be the first coat as specified in the painting schedule. 2. Equipment which is customarily shipped with a baked -on enamel finish or with a standard factory finish shall not be field painted unless the finish has been damaged in transit or during installation. Surfaces that have been shop painted and have been damaged or where the shop coats or coats of paint have been deteriorated, shall be properly cleaned and retouched before any successive painting is done on them in the field. All such field painting shall match as nearly as possible the original finish. 3. C. Field Painting: 1. All painting at the site shall be designated as Field Painting. 2. All paint shall be at room temperature before applying, and no painting shall be done when the temperature is below 50 degrees F., in dust -laden air, when rain is falling, or until all traces of moisture have completely disappeared from the surface to be painted. 3. Successive coats of paint shall be tinted so as to make each coat easily distinguishable from each other with the final undercoat tinted to the approximate shade of the finished coat. 4. Finish surfaces shall not show brush marks or other irregularities. Undercoats shall be thoroughly and uniformly sanded with No. 00 sandpaper or equal to remove defects and provide a smooth even surface. Top and bottom edges of doors shall be painted and all exterior trim shall be back -primed before installation. 5. Painting shall be continuos and shall be accomplished in an orderly manner so as to facilitate inspection. All exterior concrete and masonry paint shall be performed at one continuos manner structure by structure. Materials subject to weathering shall be prime -coated as quickly as possible. Surfaces of exposed members that will be inaccessible after erection shall be cleaned and painted before erection. 09900-7 01108-023.0003 6. All materials shall be brush painted unless spray painting is specifically approved by the Engineer. 7 Any defective point shall be sandblasted and repainted in accordance with the Engineer's directions. 8. Before final acceptance of the work, all damaged surfaces of paint shall be cleaned and repainted as directed by the Engineer. 9. The aluminum work noted on the Drawings or in the Painting Schedule except all structural walkways, supports, railing, toeboards, grating and checkered plate shall be field painted. 10. Any pipe schedule to be painted and having received a coating of a tar or asphalt -compound shall be painted with two coats or equal before successive coats are applied per the schedule. 3.03 CLEANUP A. The premises shall at all times be kept free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish caused by employees or work. At the completion of the painting remove all tools, scaffolding, surplus materials, and all rubbish from and about the buildings and leave work "broom clean" unless more exactly specified. B. Upon completion, remove all paint where it has been spilled, splashed, or splattered on all surfaces, including floors, fixtures, equipment, furniture, etc., leaving the work ready for inspection. 3.04 SCHEDULES = Not Used 09900-8 01108-023.0003 SECTION 09900 PAINTING SCHEDULE CATEGORY SURFACE SURFACE PREPARATION TNEMEC COATING SYSTEM NO. OF COATS & MILS / DFT Ferrous Metals Submerged or subject to submersion or splash SP10 66-1211 or 20-1211 (1) 104 or 140 One — 4.0 DFT Two — 6.0 DFT coat Exterior non -submerged SP -6 66 73 per One — 3.0 DFT Two — 2.0 DFT per coat Interior non -submerged SP -6 66 73 One — 3.0 DFT Two — 2.0 DFT per coat Copper, Bronze Aluminum, etc.(Non-Ferrous) All SP1 66 73 One — 3.0 DFT Two — 2.0 DFT per coat Concrete/Masonry Submerged or subject to Submersion or splash SP7 Fill bug holes with 218 66 or 20 (1) & (2) 104 or 140 One — 4.0 DFT Two — 6.0 DFT per coat Exterior non -submerged Above grade Clean & Dry 180 (3) 180 (3) One — 4.0 DFT One — 4.0 DFT Exterior below grade Clean & Dry 46H-413 One — 18 to 20 DFT Interior Non Submerged (Floor) SP -7 if possible otherwise acid etch 287 — Color (2) 287 — Color One - 3.0 DFT One - 3.0 DFT Interior Non -Submerged (Sound Block Walls) Clean & Dry 113 -Color (3) 113 -Color (3) One — 4.0 DFT One — 4.0 DFT Concrete/Masonry Interior Non -Submerged (Ceiling) Clean & Dry 113 Color (3) 113 Color (3) One - 4.0 DFT One - 4.0 DFT Interior Cement Plaster Clean & Dry 113 Color (3) One - 4 to 6 DFT Misc. Piping Plastic Pipe (non submerged) Lightly sand Prior to paint 66 73 One - 3.0 DFT Two - 2.0 DFT per coat Steel Pipe (See applicable ferrous metals system above) (See applicable ferrous metals system above) (See applicable ferrous metals system above) Ductile Iron Pipe (See applicable ferrous metal system above) (See applicable ferrous metals system above) (See applicable ferrous metals system above) Pipe in Canal SP5 120-5002 120-5001 One — 15.0 DFT One — 15.0 DFT Miscellaneous Asphalt/Concrete Parking Stalls Parking stall lines shall be approved reflective pavement marking point conforming to DOT standards for materials and installation. NOTES: (1) Series 20 & 140 must be used for potable water. (2) First coat thinned for prime. (3) Must be sprayed and back rolled to obtain required DFT. END OF SECTION 09900-9 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15051 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. The Drawings and Specifications shall be considered complementary, such that materials and work indicated, called for, or implied by one and not by the other shall be supplied and installed as though specifically called for by both. The Drawings are to be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing in detail or to scale all of the equipment or minor items. In the event of discrepancies between the Drawings and the Specifications, or between either of these and any regulations or ordinances governing mechanical work, the Bidder shall notify the Engineer in ample time to permit revisions. 1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION A. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidders to visit the site of the Work and acquaint themselves with all available information regarding the existing facilities. Failure of the Bidders to fully inform themselves of all existing conditions and to include in their proposals a sum to cover each portion of the Work sufficiently will not be cause for additional compensation. 1.03 NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All equipment and materials used in the construction of the Work shall be new, of the best quality and, unless otherwise noted, shall be standard catalog items of the various manufacturers. 1.04 SPACE AND ACCESS A. All equipment shall fit the allotted space and shall leave reasonable access room for the servicing and repairs. Greater space and room required by substituted equipment, as approved by the Engineer, shall be provided by the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to the components specified and shown on the Drawings and necessary for the specified performance, the Contractor shall incorporate in the design and show on the Shop Drawings all the safety features required by the current codes and regulations, including but not limited to those of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and Amendments thereto. 1.06 PUMP AND GUIDE RAIL INSTALLATION A. A sliding guide bracket (connecting to the guide rails) shall be an integral part of the pump unit. The volute casing shall have a discharge flange to automatically and firmly connect with the discharge connection, which will receive the pump discharge connection flange without the need for adjustment, fasteners, clamps or similar devices. B. Installation of the pump unit to the discharge connection shall be the result of a simple linear downward motion of the pump unit guided by two guide rails. No other motion of the pump unit, 15051-1 01108-023.0003 unit, such as tilting or rotating, shall be acceptable. Seating of the discharge interface by means of a diaphragm, the ring or other devices will not be considered acceptable nor equal to the metal to metal contact of the pump discharge flange and mating discharge connection specified and required. No portion of the pump unit shall bear directly on the floor of the wet well. The pumps shall be mounted per the manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated in the Contract Documents. There shall be no more than a 90 -degree bend allowed between the volute discharge flanges and station piping. 1.07 BALANCING PUMPS AND MOTORS A. All pump and motor units shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Unless otherwise specified, the vibration allowance in the units shall not exceed the upper limits as established by the Hydraulic Institute Standards and shall conform to the manufacturer's specifications. 1.08 METAL FASTENERS A. Unless otherwise indicated, metal fasteners and related parts shall be of aluminum or stainless steel and shall be of adequate strength for the purpose intended. 1.09 PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYSIS A. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess cement removed. 1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer, six complete sets of detailed and dimensioned working Shop Drawings showing the construction of the proposed facilities and installation of all equipment complete in every respect. Each Drawing shall be indexed and/or referenced to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. No work upon the manufacture or fabrication of any equipment shall be performed until the Engineer's approval of the Shop Drawings has been obtained. Certified pump curves shall indicate actual test performance of units furnished. The Contractor shall submit, with the certified Dump Shop Drawings, Layout Drawings showing exact installation, Piping and Foundation Details for the Pumping Units being submitted. The various Sections in the Specifications specify additional requirements for Shop Drawings with which the Contractor shall comply. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. 1.11 FACTORY TESTS A. When equipment is required to be factory tested, the results of the test shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval of the tests results before shipment of the equipment. 1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish four sets of bound operation and maintenance manuals (0 & M Manuals) to the Owner. The manuals shall consist of Catalog 15051-2 01108-023.0003 Cuts, Bulletins, Shop Drawings, Wiring Diagrams, Schedules, Parts Lists, Procedures and other data showing the equipment installed. B. All data furnished shall conform to the installation as constructed. Cuts showing other equipment and date not applicable to the installation shall be crossed out and where practical shall be omitted from the manual. The assembly of the maintenance manual shall be in a logical manner and each section shall be indexed in the Table of Contents for the manual. C. Each manufacturer shall outline a maintenance procedure for his equipment installed and the Contractor shall then compile these procedures in a logical manner to provide a procedure for the operating personnel of the Owner to follow in their day to day operation of the facility. This information shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. D. The manuals shall be neatly entitled and shall include the name of the job, the location, year of installation, Owner, Manufacturer, Contractor and Engineer. Copies of Drawings shall be in black on white background and shall be easily legible. The arrangements of the manuals, the method of binding, materials to be included and the composite text shall all be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 1.13 FIELD INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion and testing of the Work and at a time designated, the Contractor shall provide the services of one project engineer for a period of not less than 1 -day to work in conjunction with the suppliers' representatives, as required in these Specifications, in instructing the Owner's representative(s) in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. The project engineer(s) shall also be required to start up and operate under normal working conditions the entire installation as a unit. These field instructions shall cover all the items contained in the operation and maintenance manuals. 1.14 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work, materials, equipment, etc., included in the Work against defects for a period of 1 -year from the date of the final acceptance in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions and of the Contract. In addition to the guarantee, the Contractor shall provide the performance warranties as specified for the equipment in the various sections. 1.15 LUBRICANTS A. The Contractor shall provide a 1 -year supply of all type of lubricants required for the various types of equipment furnished and installed under this Contract. Lubricants shall be in metal containers suitably labeled. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 15051-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15061 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install, mount, anchor, complete, ready for operation and field test all steel pipe as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Steel pipe shall include black steel, galvanized steel, and stainless steel pipe and fittings. C. Provide steel pipe only where specifically called out on the Drawings 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete work is included in Section 03300. B. Field painting is included in Section 09900. C. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15110. D. Pump discharge piping is included in Section 11311. E. Plastic pipe and fittings are included in Section 15064. F. Pipe hangers and supports are included in Section 15094. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. All of the materials specified herein are intended to be standard steel pipe for use in transporting certain chemicals, fuels, or liquids as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All steel pipes shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the steel pipe to be furnished. The piping materials shall be designed, constructed, installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and standards and shall comply with the specifications. B. Steel pipe and fittings shall conform to all applicable standards of ASTM, ANSI, and AWWA. 1.05 REFERENCES A. AWWA Standards: Refer to paragraph 2.03. B. ASTM A193: Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High -Temperature Service. C. ASTM A194: Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High - Pressure and High -Temperature Service. 15061-1 01108-023.0003 D. ASTM A283: Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars. E. ASTM A53: Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. F ASTM A120: Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses. G. ANSI B36.10: Specification for Wrought Steel and Stainless Steel Pipe. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval in accordance with Section 01340, shop drawings and pipe certifications to include dimensioning and technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. B. Submit shop drawings of all valves, pipe handers supports and ancillary equipment associated with the installation of piping. PART 2 — MATERIALS 2.01 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR BURIED SERVICE A. Steel pipe shall be continuous weld (CW) black wrought steel, Standard Schedule 40, conforming to ANSI B86 land, B36.10 and ASTM A53. Pipe shall be furnished with threaded ends. Straight runs shall be joined by threaded end unions. B. Fittings shall be malleable iron, threaded, Class 150 conforming to ANSI B16.3. Threads shall be ANSI/ASME Standard Taper Pipe Threads B1.20.1. Iron shall conform to ASTM A197. C. Union shall conform to ANSI B16.39 Class 150. D. Wrought steel pipe shall be used for diesel fuel service where shown on the drawings. 2.02 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS OTHER THAN BURIED SERVICE A. Galvanized Steel Pipe: 1. Galvanized steel pipe for plant and potable water service shall be hot - dipped, zinc coated galvanized, Grade A, electric resistance welded, Schedule 40 conforming to ASTM A120. All joints shall be threaded joints. Threaded joints shall be made up with a stiff mixture of graphite and mineral oil, or an approved, nontoxic, nonhardening, pipe joint compound applied to the male thread only. After having been set up, a joint shall not be backed off unless the joint is completely broken, the threads cleaned and new compound applied. All joints shall be air tight. A sufficient number of unions shall be provided to allow for convenient 15061-2 01108-023.0003 removal of piping. Fittings for galvanized steel pipe shall be galvanized malleable iron, 150 psi service rating. 2. Where flanged connections are indicated or otherwise required for connection to flanged valves, fittings, and appurtenances they shall be made up using companion type flanges. Where flanged fittings are indicated or otherwise required, they shall be made up using threaded galvanized steel nipples and steel companion type flanges. Companion flanges shall be steel, 150 psi ANSI Standard flat flace flanges of the threaded type. Flanges shall be spot faced on the back around each bolt hole. 3. All exposed threads, wrench marks, or other damage to the zinc coating, shall be protected by the application of two coats of a heavy consistency, bituminous paint, or with two wraps of an approved vinyl or poly -vinyl pressure sensitive tape. Bitunimous paint shall be equal to Bitumastic No. 50, brush applied. Tape shall be equal to 3M Company Scotchrap No. 50, 0.010 -inch thick, installed as recommended by 3M Company over a primer. B. Stainless Steel Pipe: 1. Stainless steel pipe shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. Pipe shall be Schedule 40S, Type 316, annealed, white pickle finish and shall be in accordance with ASTM A312 and ANSI B36.19. C. Steel Pipe Sleeves: 1. Sleeves for pipe passes through floors and walls shall be galvanized Schedule 40 steel pipe conforming to ASTM A120. Sleeves dimensions shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Sleeve ends shall be cut and ground smooth. Sleeves shall be flush with walls and ceiling but shall extend above the floor as shown on the Drawings. Sleeves for use with mechanical type seals shall be sized in conformance with the seal manufacturer's requirements. Mechanical type seals are specified in Section 15100. 2.03 STEEL PIPE FOUR (4) INCHES AND LARGER A. Except as modified or supplemented herein all steel pipe, fittings and specials shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following standard specifications latest editions: AWWA Standards C200 Steel Water Pipe 6 -Inches and Larger C203 Coal -Tar Protecting Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines — Enamel and Tape -Hot -Applied. C205 Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe — 4 -inches and Larger — Shop Applied. 15061-3 01108-023.0003 C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 -Inches through 144 -Inches, Class D C208 Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings C210 Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines B. All steel pipe shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the standards set forth in AWWA C200 latest edition for fabricated or mill type water pipe. The pipe shall be made from sheet or plate rolled into sections having longitudinal or spirally formed butt -welded seams. Girth seams shall be butt welded and shall be at least 8 feet apart except in specials and fittings. The steel shall conform to the standards established in Section 2 and Section 3 of AWWA C200. 1. Minimum Physical Properties of Steel Plate or Sheet: a. All steel pipe, specials and fittings shall be manufactured from steel plate or sheet having a specified minimum yield of 35,000 psi and specified minimum tensile of 60,000 psi. Test reports verifying the actual physical and chemical properties of the piping must be submitted to the Engineer as soon as possible after manufacturing and fabrication. The test reports shall state the hydrotest pressure applied to all sections of straight pipe and to straight pipe used in fabrication of specials and fittings. b. All steel pipe, specials and fittings shall be manufactured or fabricated to the diameter as shown on the drawings. The normal size shall be the outside diameter for 14 -inches and larger. For sizes less than 14 -inches the pipe shall be the normal steel pipe dimensions as listed in ASTM A53 specification. All diameters of steel pipe, specials and fittings shall have minimum nominal wall thicknesses as stated herein below: Diameter Minimum Wall Thickness 54" .375 48" .375 42" .375 36" .375 30" .375 24" & smaller .250 C. All fittings and specials shall be provided with end as required for installation and shall be fabricated to the dimensions as shown on the drawings. All fittings shall be fabricated in accordance with the standards set forth in AWWA C208 latest edition. Fittings and specials shall be fabricated from hydrostatically tested pipe meeting AWWA C200 and will not require any further hydrostatic test in the shop. In reducing sections the wall thickness will be governed by the largest end. 15061-4 01108-023.0003 Elimination of joints shown on the drawings must be approved by the Engineer prior to the fabrication process. D. Flanged and Coupling Standards: 1. All flanges, bolts, nuts and gaskets shall meet standards established in AWWA C207. Flanges shall be Class D suitable for pressure up to and including 150 psi with facing and drilling as stated in Section 3 of C207. Procedure for attachment of flanges shall be in accordance with Section 10 of AWWA C207. Blind flanges shall conform in diameter drilling and thickness to the flanges shall conform in diameter and shall produce a watertight joint under the specified test pressure. 2. Mechanical couplings shall be Dresser Style 38, Rockwell Style 411 or equal. The middle ring of each coupling shall have a minimum thickness at least equal to that specified for the size of pipe on which the coupling is to be used and shall be 7 -inches long for pipe 30 -inches and smaller, 10 - inches long for pipe 36 -inches and larger. The pipe stop shall be omitted from the inner surface of the middle rings, the couplings shall be cleaned, and shop primed with the manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer. Joint harnesses, where applicable, shall conform to the details on the drawings. Lugs shall be attached to the pipe in the shop and coated as specified for the adjacent pipe. E. Pipe supports, anchors, blocking and hangers shall be fabricated in accordance with the details shown on the drawings and shall be installed complete with all accessories required for proper operation of the system. Should it be necessary to modify the details for proper installation, all such modifications shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Lugs required for anchorage of the piping system shall be attached in the shop and coated as the adjacent pipe. F All steel pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances shall be prepared, primed, coated and lined as specified herein below: 1. Exterior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, specials, flanges, anchors and pipe supports exposed in above ground or interior locations shall be thoroughly cleaned in the shop by blasting with grit, shot or sand to SSPC SP6. One coat of primer shall be applied to the cleaned dry surface in a proper workmanship like manner and as recommended by the primer manufacturer. The primer shall be subject to approval of the Engineer and compatible to the finish coat as specified in the paint section of the specifications. Field painting of the installed system shall be as specified in the painting section. 2. Interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials, which are to be installed exposed above ground or in interior locations shall be thoroughly cleaned in the shop by blasting with grit, shot or sand to SSPC SP6. Two coats of paint shall be applied to the interior of the pipe at the shop. The paint coats shall be Bitumastic Solution applied at a minimum of 8 mils D.F.T. per coat. 3. Exterior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings and specials which are to be installed underground and in manholes which will not be encased in concrete shall be coated in the shop with coal tar enamel in accordance with the standards established in AWWA C203, except as modified or supplemented herein. 15061-5 01108-023.0003 4. The exterior coating system for below ground steel pipe shall consist of coal tar enamel, fibrous glass mat, asbestos pipeline felt wrap and finally wrapped with kraft paper and shall be applied by the procedure described in AWWA C203. The coating shall be held back 12 -inches from ends to be mechanically coupled with uncoated areas primed with coal tar primer. The coating system must be done in the shop by an established pipe coating applicator acceptable to the coating materials manufacture and the engineer. Repairs of any damage to the coating system incurred during the shipment and the field coating of couplings and ends where coatings have held back for joints shall be done by experienced and qualified personnel approved by the engineer. Procedure for such field coating shall be as described in AWWA C203. 15061-6 01108-023.0003 5. The interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings and specials which are to be installed below ground shall be cleaned and lined with cement mortar conforming to the standards set forth in AWWA C205. All work performed in the lining process shall be done in a thorough and workmanship like manner by trained personnel under the supervision of experienced men skilled in the operations they supervise. The lining thickness shall be as follows: Pipe Size Coating Thickness Tolerance (inches) (inches) (inches) 4-10 1/4 -1/32 + 1/32 11-23 5/16 -1/16 + 1/8 24-36 3/18 -1/16 + 1/8 over 36 '/Z -1/16 + 1/8 Handling and transporting of cement mortar lined pipe shall be in accordance with Section 6 of AWWA C205 and Section 2.14 of AWWA C203. 2.04 STEEL PIPE AND FITTING FOR GAS PIPING A. Steel piping for gas lines shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A120. All joints shall be threaded. Threaded joints shall be made up with a cement prepared from litharge and glycerin, or Teflon tape. The cement shall be applied to the male thread only. Fittings except unions, shall be carbon steel 2,000 pounds CWP. Unions shall be of the flangled, ammonia type, either two - bolt or four -bolt square. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND TESTING A. Steel pipe shall be installed true to alignment, and rigidly supported anchors shall be provided where indicated. After installation, the piping shall be tested by undergoing a four-hour pressure test at 20 percent above the designed operating pressure plant water supply lines. If any joint or pipe proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. All galvanized steel pipe threads shall be clean, machine cut, and all pipe shall be reamed before erection. Each length of pipe as erected shall be up -ended and rapped to dislodge dirt and scale. C. Screwed joints shall be made up with good quality thread compound and applied to the male thread only. After having been set up, a joint must not be backed off unless the joint is completely broken, the threads cleaned and new compound applied. All joints shall be air tight. D. All galvanized steel piping shall have a sufficient number of unions to allow convenient removal of piping. Unions shall be compatible with pipe. E. Stainless steel pipe shall have threaded joints or otherwise as required and shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. 15061-7 01108-023.0003 F Sleeves of the proper size shall be installed for pipes passing through floors and walls as indicated on the Drawings. Sleeves shall be given a prime coat of rust inhibitive primer. G. When cutting of pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe. Cut ends shall be smooth and at right angles to the axis of the pipe. H. All field welding shall be in accordance with the American Welding Society Standards. The strength of the field weld shall develop the strength of the pipe. Welds shall receive a field coating of paint as specified in Section 09900 and as approved by the Engineer. 3.02 PAINTING A. Pipe and fittings exposed to view, except stainless steel, shall receive a prime coating of rust inhibitive primer. Prior to prime coating, all surfaces shall be cleaned of all mill scale, rust, dirt, grease and other foreign matter. B. All piping and fittings exposed to view except stainless steel pipe shall be painted as specified in Section 09900. Pipe marking is included in Section 09900. The Engineer will assist in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. 3.03 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. The pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. It is the Contractor's responsibility to insure cleanliness of the pipe during installation and backfilling. At the conclusion of the work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all of the pipe, as necessary, which may have entered during the construction period. If, after this cleaning, obstructions remain, they shall be removed. After the pipe is cleaned and if the groundwater level is above the pipe, or following a heavy rain the Engineer will examine the pipe of leaks. If defective pipes or joints are discovered at this time, they shall be repaired by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 15061-8 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15062 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, install, and test ductile iron pipe and fittings, complete in place, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01340 — Submittals and Substitutions B. Section 02221 — Trenching, Bedding, & Backfill for Pipe C. Section 02223 — Excavation Below Normal grade and gravel Refill D. Section 09900 — Painting 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. Piping and fittings shall be installed in those locations and depths as shown on the Drawings. B. The equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard ductile iron pipe and fittings used in transporting water and wastewater. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Iron pipe and fittings shall be furnished by manufacturers who are fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the materials. The pipe and fittings shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with the Specifications in all respects. 1.05 STANDARDS A. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 American National Standard for Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. B. ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. C. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 American National Standard for ductile iron and gray iron fittings 3 inch through 48 inch for Water and Other Liquids. D. ANSI/AWWA CI 11/A21.11 American National Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 15062-1 01108-023.0003 E. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. F ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 American National Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. G. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 American National Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Meal Molds or Sand -Lines molds, for Water or Other Liquids. H. ANSI/AWWA C600: American Water Works Association Standard for Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. I ANSI/AWWA C606: American Water Works Association Standard for Grooved End Pipe and Fittings. J. ASME/ANSI 616.1: Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125. K. ASME/ANSI B16.5: Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 (Flat Face Flange). L. ASME/ANSI B16.42: Ductile Iron Pipe flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 (Flat Face Flange). M. ASTM A307 Grade 6: Low -Carbon Steel Bolts for Flanged Pipe. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings of pipe and fittings in accordance with the requirements in Section 01340 - Submittals and Substitutions. B. Submit pipe mill and test certifications from manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. American Ductile Iron Pipe Company B. United States Pipe and Foundry Company C. McWane Cast Iron Pipe Company D. Clow Water Systems Company 2.02 PIPE A. Pipe shall be centrifugally cast in metal molds or sand lined molds in accordance with ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151) of grade 60-42-10 ductile iron. The above standard covers ductile iron pipe with nominal pipe sizes from three inches up to and including sixty-four inches in diameter. 15062-2 01108-023.0003 2.03 COMPRESSION JOINT PIPE A. Pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 and C150/A21.50. B. Fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA CI 10/A21.10. C. Rubber gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. D. Thickness shall be minimum pressure Class 350 through 12 -inch and pressure Class 250 in sizes 14 -inch and larger. E. Install compression joint pipe below ground. Provide sufficient quantities of lubricant and gaskets. 2.04 FLANGED PIPE A. Ductile iron pipe above grade in wet well and in vaults shall be flanged. All ductile iron pipe below grade shall have thrust restrained mechanical joints. B. Pipe and fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15. C. Thickness shall be minimum pressure Class 350 through 12 -inch and pressure Class 250 in sizes 14 -inch and larger. D. Flanges and flanged fittings shall be flat face conforming to ANSI/AWWA CI 10/A21.10. Full face 1/8 -inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. E. Flanges shall be ductile iron. Cast iron flanges will not be allowed. F Flanged ductile iron pipe shall have factory applied screwed long hub flanges. Flanges shall be faced and drilled after being screwed on the pipe, with flanges true to 90 degrees with the pipe axis and shall be flush with end of pipe conforming to ANSI B16.1 Class 125. G. Bolts for flange pipe shall be low -carbon steel conforming to ASTM A307 Grade B, except where noted. 2.05 MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE A. Pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA A21.50/C151 and C150/A21.50. B. Mechanical and push -on type rubber gaskets shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C 111). C. Thickness shall be minimum pressure Class 350 through 12 -inch and pressure Class 250 in sizes 14 -inch and larger. D. Rubber gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. E. Bolts for mechanical joint pipe shall be tee -head design. Nuts and bolts shall be high - strength low alloy steel. F Restrained joints through sixty-four inch nominal pipe size shall be FLEX -RING, or LOK- 15062-3 01108-023.0003 LOK-RING joints manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Co., TR-FLEX joints by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, or approved equal. Restrained joints on fittings shall be retainer gland mechanical joints, or the fittings may be specifically arranged for joining with restrained joint pipe. Fast -Grip gaskets shall not be allowed. G. Mechanical joint pipe shall be installed below ground. H. Furnish with sufficient supply of accessories, i.e., gaskets, bolts, and glands, as required for each joint. 2.06 FITTINGS A. Shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) for nominal pipe sizes three inches to 64 -inches, and shall be either flanged or mechanical joint. Other fittings, not included in ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) shall conform in design and performance to the requirements of this Standard. B. Shall have a rated pressure equal to or greater than the specified working pressure for pipe sizes of three inches to 64 -inches (350 psi fittings available through and including 24 -inches, only). C. Grey iron fittings which conform to the specifications contained herein may be used with ductile iron pipe providing the piping systems minimum working pressure is met or exceeded. D. Compact fittings shall be used in lieu of standard fittings, per AWWA C153. 2.07 GROOVED END PIPE A. Grooved end pipe and fittings shall be acceptable for above -ground installation. Pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C606. B. Grooved end pipe shall be minimum thickness to conform to former thickness Class 53. C. Grooved end joints shall be flexible type, radius cut grooved, conforming to AWWA C606. D. Grooved end fittings shall be ANSI B16.1, radius cut grooved, rigid joint, as manufactured by Victaulic Company, Gustin-Bacon, or approved equal. E. Grooved end pipe adapter flanges shall be ductile iron, ASTM A536, as manufactured by Victaulic, Gustin-Bacon, or approved equal. F Bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. G. Gaskets for grooved end joints shall be the manufacturer's flush -seal type specifically designed for cast surfaces. Properties shall be as designated in ASTM D 2000. Dimensions shall conform to AWWA C606. Lubricant shall be manufacturer's standard. H. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Dress cut ends of pipe for couplings and adapters as recommended. 15062-4 01108-023.0003 2.08 COATINGS A. A coating of epoxy primer and color coded epoxy in conformance with the Painting Sections shall be applied to a pipe prior to shipment of all piping. B. Pipe specially coated shall be so identified with label indicating "Special Coating". C. Forcemain pipe shall be painted "green"; watermain pipe shall be painted "blue". 2.09 LININGS A. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be lined with a standard cement mortar lining in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. B. Linings need not be seal coated unless recommended by the manufacturer. 2.10 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Location and number of restrained joints shall be as shown on the drawing or be field determined in accordance with the necessary laying lengths when installing the pipe. B. Joint shall be the standard design of the pipe and fitting manufacturer and shall provide a 2:1 safety factor. C. Restrained joints shall be designed for a pressure class rating of 350 psi in sizes 4 -inch through 12 -inch and 250 psi for 14 -inch through 64 -inch, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. D. Bolts and nuts for restrained joints shall be low alloy, high strength steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe, coatings, and linings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before laying, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. B. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to the Owner. All pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before laying, shall be kept clean until they are used in the work, and when installed r until they are used in the work, and when installed or laid, shall conform to the liens and grades required. 3.02 LAYING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C600 except as otherwise provided herein. 15062-5 01108-023.0003 B. All pipe shall be sound and clean before laying. When laying is not in progress, including lunchtime, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by watertight plugs or other approved means. C. Suitable excavations shall be made in the trench bottom to receive pipe with raised bells. D. As soon as the excavation is completed to the normal grade of the bottom of the trench, immediately place screen gravel or crushed stone (where applicable) bedding in the trench, and then the pipe shall be firmly bedded in this material to conform accurately to the line and grade indicated on the Drawings. Blocking under the pipe will not be permitted. Bedding shall conform with minimum AWWA Type -2 condition unless otherwise specified. E. When cutting pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine, leaving a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Cut ends of pipe to be used with a "Tyton" type bell shall be beveled to conform to the manufactured spigot end. The lining shall remain undamaged. 3.03 JOINTS A. Push -on joints shall be made in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends looking ahead. A rubber gasket shall be inserted in the groove of the bell end of the pipe, and the joint surfaces cleaned and lubricated. The plain end of the pipe is to be aligned with the bell of the pipe to which it is to be joined, and pushed home with a jack or by other means. After joining the pipe, a metal feeler shall be used to make certain that the rubber gasket is correctly located. B. Mechanical joints at valves, fittings, and where designated on the Drawings and as specified, shall be in accordance with the "Notes on Method of Installation" under ANSI A21.11 and the instructions of the manufacturer. To assemble the joints in the field, thoroughly clean the joint surfaces and rubber gasket with soapy water before tightening bolts. Bolts shall be tight to the specified torque. Under no condition shall extension wrenches, pipe over handle or ordinary ratchet wrenches be used to secure greater leverage. C. Ball joints, where designated on the Drawings and as specified, shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Where ball joint assemblies occur at the face of structures or tanks, the socket end shall be at the structure or tank and the ball end assembled tot he socket. D. Flanged joints shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.15 including its Appendix "A" and the instructions of the manufacturer. Flanged joints shall be fitted so that the contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket and then are made up with relatively uniform bolt stress. E. All valves, hydrants, fittings and other appurtenances needed upon the pipe lines shall be set and jointed as indicated on the Drawings or as required by the manufacturer. F Unless otherwise noted, underground piping shall be push -on joint or mechanical joint with restraints as needed and above ground or exposed piping shall be flanged or grooved end. 15062-6 01108-023.0003 G. Deflected bell pipe shown on the Drawings is shown only as an assistance in illustrating a preferred means of installation in specific locations, and is not intended to indicate all deflected bell pipe necessary to effect the installation as shown in plan and profile views. The cost of all such deflections shall be included within the bid price for furnishing and installing the pipe. H. When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed deflection recommended by manufacturer. 3.04 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Section of piping designated on the Drawings as having restrained joints or those requiring restrained joints shall be constructed using mechanical or compression joint pipe and fittings, manufacturer's standard, equal to U.S. Pipe TR-FLEX, or where permitted by the Engineer with Meg -A -lug, JCM, Dependo-lok, Uniflange, or equal restraining devices. Mechanical joint ductile iron pipe retainer glands will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. B. Restrained pipe joints that achieve restraint by incorporating cut out sections in the wall of the pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness at the point of cut out that corresponds with the minimum specified wall thickness for the rest of the pipe. C. The minimum number of restrained joints required for resisting forces at fittings and changes in direction of pipe shall be determined from the length of restrained pipe on each side of fittings and changes in direction necessary to develop adequate resisting friction with the soil. The formula and parameters given in the latest edition of the Ductile Iron Pipe Handbook shall be used to determine the minimum requirements. L = 1.5PA (1 -COS X)/fW Where L = length of pipe on each side of fitting or change in direction P = test pressure, 150 psi, unless otherwise noted A = cross-sectional area in square inches based on outside diameter (O.D.) of pipe X = angle of bend or change in direction in degrees f = coefficient of soil friction = 0.4 (maximum), modify if pipe is poly - wrapped W = Wt. earth + Wt. pipe + Wt. water in pipe Wt. earth = (density of soil*) (depth of cover in feet) (O.D. in feet) (2) * Maximum 120 -Ibs. /C.F. at and above maximum water table elevation and 60- Ibs. /C.F. below the maximum water table elevation. D. The Contractor shall also provide restrained joints in accordance with the above criteria wherever thrust blocks are not used in conjunction with below ground fittings on lines 10 -inches in diameter or less. 3.05 PRESSURE & LEAKAGE TESTS A. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage test shall conform with AWWA C600, with the 15062-7 01108-023.0003 exception that the Contractor shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line. B. The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure test shall be 200 psi. the Contractor shall provide temporary plugs and blocking necessary to maintain the required test pressure Corporation cocks at least 3/4 inches in diameter, pipe riser and angle globe valves shall be provided at each pipe dead-end in order to bleed air from the line. Duration of pressure test shall be at least 2 -hours. The cost of these items shall be included as a part of testing. C. The leakage test shall be a concurrent test, at the maximum operating pressure as determined by the Engineer, with the pressure test and shall be not less than 2 -hours in duration. All leaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage eliminated regardless of total leakage as shown by test. Lines which fail to meet tests shall be repaired and re -tested as necessary until test requirements are compiled with. Defective materials, pipes, valves and accessories shall be removed and replaced. The pipe lines shall be tested in such sections as may be directed by the Engineer by shutting valves or installing temporary plugs as required. The pipe shall be filled with water, all air removed and the test pressure maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a force pump to be furnished by the Contractor. Accurate means shall be provided for measuring the water required at this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage. D. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance with AWWA C600 for all pressure lines. No amount of leakage is allowed for pipe under the LA Right -of -Way per FDOT requirements. E. The Contractor must submit his plan for testing to the Engineer for review at least 10 - days before starting the test. The Contractor shall remove and adequately dispose of all blocking materials and equipment after completion and acceptance of the field hydrostatic test, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Any damage to the pipe coating shall be repaired by the Contractor. Lines shall be totally free and clean prior to final acceptance. 3.06 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. The pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. It is the Contractor's responsibility to insure cleanliness of the pipe during installation and backfilling. At the conclusion of the work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all of the pipe, if necessary, by flushing with water of other materials which may have entered during the construction period. Debris cleaned from the lines shall be removed from the lowest outlet. If, after this cleaning, obstructions remain, they shall be removed. After the pipe is cleaned, the Engineer will examine the pipe for leaks. If defective pipes or joints are discovered at this time, they shall be repaired by the Contractor. 3.07 DISINFECTING A. Before being placed in service, all potable water pipelines shall be chlorinated in accordance with AWWA C601, "Standard Procedure for Disinfecting Water Mains". The procedure shall be approved by the Engineer. The location of the chlorination and sampling points will be determined by the Engineer in the field. Taps for chlorination and sampling shall be uncovered and backfilled by the Contractor as required. 15062-8 01108-023.0003 required. B. The general procedure for chlorination shall be first to flush all dirty or discolored water from the lines, and then introduce chlorine in approved dosages through a tap at one end, while water is being withdrawn at the other end of the line. The chlorine solution shall remain in the pipeline for at least 24 -hours. C. Following the chlorination period, all treated water shall be flushed from the lines at their extremities and replaced with water from the distribution system. Bacteriological sampling and analysis of the replacement water shall then be made by the Engineer in full accordance with AWWA C601. The Contractor will be required to re -chlorinate, if necessary. The line shall not be placed in service until the requirements of the State and County Public Health Department are met. D. Special disinfecting procedures shall be sued in connection to existing mains, and where the method outlined above is not practical. E. The Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary with the Health Department for the collection and examination of samples of water from disinfected water mains. These samples shall be examined for compliance with Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services requirements. Sampling shall be made daily and continuously until two successive examinations be found unsatisfactory, the line shall be flushed and disinfected again. The cost of sampling, flushing and disinfecting shall be included in the contract price and no additional charge shall be made to the Owner for this work. END OF SECTION 15062-9 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15063 COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install and test, complete and ready for operation, all copper pipe and fittings as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15110. B. Pipe hangers and supports are included in section 15094. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. Copper pipe shall be used for sealing water supply to the pump stuffing boxes, stuffing box drains, pump casing vents, air piping and other miscellaneous uses as shown on the Drawings. Copper piping installed under this section shall be connected to existing piping, at the locations shown on the Drawings. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All copper pipe a nd fittings shall be furnished a by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. The pipe and fittings shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01340 and shall include dimensioning, methods of support, and technical specifications for all pipe and fittings to be furnished. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Copper Supply Pipe and Fittings 1. Copper supply pipe and fittings shall be Type "L" heavy and hard tubing with sweat cast brass fittings except as noted below. 2. Copper piping for buried installation shall be as specified in Section 02600. 3. Joints for copper piping, except where buried shall be made up with 95-5 solder for 2 inches and smaller tubing. 4. All copper pipe and fittings shall be of domestic manufacture. B. Copper drainage pipe and fittings shall be Type "L" heavy and hard copper tubing with cast brass recessed drainage pattern sweat fittings and shall be used for pump base drip piping and equipment drip piping. 02/10 15063-1 01108-023.0003 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The copper pipe and fittings shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with the best practices and methods. Piping shall be installed true to alignment, and adequately supported. Each length of pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation. Care shall be taken that stresses are not imposed on the pipe during installation. B. Installation methods and supports for the pipe shall be in complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. All piping shall have a sufficient number of unions to allow for convenient removal of sections of the piping without disturbing the remainder of the system. Unions shall be provided close to pieces of equipment and in branch lines to permit ready dismantling of piping without disturbing main pipe line or adjacent branch lines. D. Each section of pipeline shall be laid out and all connections made while the pipe is held in temporary supports. After completion of connections, the pipe shall be clamped in position on its permanent supports. E. Systems shall be arranged with low points to permit drainage of the system. F. Threaded joints shall be made up perfectly tight with stiff mixture of graphite and mineral oil, or an approved, non-toxic, non -hardening, pipe joint compound applied to the male thread only. 3.02 TESTING A. All copper pressure piping shall be tested for at least on hour at a pressure of 100 psi. If any joint or pipe section is found to be defective, its shall be repaired or replace to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02/10 15063-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install, and test, small diameter plastic piping, fittings and appurtenances as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Trenching bedding and backfill for pipe in Section 02221. B. Painting is included in Section 09900. C. Pipe hangers and supports are included in Section 15094. D. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15100. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. Piping shall be installed in the locations as shown on the Drawings. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All plastic pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01340. Include dimensioning and technical specification for all piping to be furnished. B. Submit for approval pipe certifications and technical data on each type and size pipe. 1.06 TOOLS A. Special tools, solvents, lubricants, and caulking compounds required for normal installation shall be furnished with the pipe. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Plastic pipe shall be rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and shall be in accordance with ASTM D-1784 and ASTM D-1785, ASTM 1120 Class 150 psi, and as manufactured by or approved equal. B. The pipe shall be suitable for filed cutting, welding, bending and coupling and shall be Schedule 80 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings and of the sizes as shown on the Drawings. Pipe supports shall be as specified in Section 15094. 02/10 15064-1 01108-023.0003 C. All pipe shall be bundled or packaged in such a manner as to provide adequate protection for the ends, threaded, or flanged, during transportation from the manufacturer. D. Fittings shall be the socket type for solvent welded joints as designated in ASTM D-2467 or D-2466, except where threaded as shown on the Drawings, and as designated in ASTM D-2464 or flanged as shown on the Drawings and shall be compatible with the pipe where installed. Flanges shall be furnished with 1/8 -inch thick fullfaced gaskets. Flange bolts and nuts shall be ASTM A276, Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. E. Plastic tubing shall be clear, flexible, non -cracking with a wall thickness that is adequate for the pressures involved and of the sizes as shown on Drawings. F Caulking for plastic pipe in wall sleeve shall be by a mechanical, modular, rubber sealing element placed in between the sleeve and pipe and expanded to make a tight fit or other method approved by the Engineer. G. Expansion joints shall have integral duck and rubber flanges. They shall have individual solid steel ring reinforcement with a carcass of highest grade woven cotton or acceptable synthetic fiber. Joints shall be constructed of pipeline size and to meet working pressure and corrosive conditions similar to the line where installed. They shall be of a filled arch -type construction with a minimum of three arches per joint. All joints must be finish -coated with Hypalon paint to prevent ozone attack. They shall be Style 500 as manufactured by Mercer Rubber Co. of Trenton, New Jersey, or approved equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The installation of plastic pipe shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions. B. Joints for plastic pipe shall be solvent welded expect flanged or threaded where required. In making solvent welded connections, clean dirt and moisture from pipe and fittings, bevel pipe ends slightly with emery cloth, if necessary, and apply solvent cement of the proper grade. Expansion joints shall be installed every 50 -feet on long runs and in every straight run longer than 15 -feet. C. Installation of valves and fittings shall be strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Particular care shall be taken not to overstress threaded connections at sleeves. In making solvent weld connections the solvent shall not be spilled on valves or allowed to run from joints. D. All piping have a sufficient number of unions to allow convenient removal of piping and shall be as approved by the Engineer. E. Where plastic pipe passes through wall sleeves, joints shall be sealed with a mechanical sealing element. F All plastic pipe to metal pipe connections shall be made using flanged connections. Metal piping shall not be threaded into plastic fittings, valves, or couplings, nor shall plastic piping be threaded into metal valves, fittings or couplings. 02/10 15064-2 01108-023.0003 G. Concrete inserts for hangers and supports shall be furnished and installed in the concrete as it is placed. The inserts shall be set in accordance with the requirements of the piping layout and the Contractor shall verity their locations from approved piping layout drawings and the structural drawings. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Section 15094. 3.02 FIELD PAINTING A. Pipe normally exposed to view shall be painted and marked as specified in the Painting Section 09900. Engineer will assist in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper making of pipe. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. All pipelines shall remain undisturbed for 24 -hours to develop complete strength at all joints. All pipelines shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test for 4 -hours at full working pressure. All leaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Engineer. Prior to testing, the pipelines shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. END OF SECTION 02/10 15064-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15094 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals and install pipe hangers, supports, concrete inserts, and anchor bolts including all metallic hanging and supporting devices for supporting exposed piping. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete is included in Division 3 B. Metal Fabrications is included in Section 05500 C. Painting is included in Section 09900 D. Pipe and fittings are included in respective sections of Division 15 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Hangers and supports shall be of approved standard design where possible and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under all operating conditions. The minimum working factor of safety for pipe supports shall be 5 -times the ultimate tensile strength of the material, assuming 10 -feet of product filled pipe being supported. B. All pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment. When manufacturers have indicated requirements that piping loads shall not be transmitted to their equipment, the Contractor shall submit a certification stating that such requirements have been complied with. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer for review, as provided in the General Conditions and Section 01340, shop drawings of all items to be furnished under this section. B. Submit to the Engineer, for approval, samples of all materials specified herein. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All pipe and tubing shall be supported as required to prevent significant stresses in the pipe or tubing material, valves, and fittings and to support and secure the pipe in the intended position and alignment. All supports shall be designed to adequately secure the pipe against excessive dislocation due to thermal expansion and contraction, internal flow forces, and all probable external forces such as equipment, pipe, and personnel contact. All pipe supports shall be approved prior to installation. 02/10 15094-1 01108-023.0003 B. All materials used in manufacturing hangers and supports shall be capable of meeting, the respective ASTM Standard Specifications with regard to tests and physical and chemical properties, and be in accordance with MSS SP -58. C. Hangers and supports shall be spaced in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0 except that the maximum unsupported span shall not exceed 6 -feet unless otherwise specified herein. D. Pipe hangers and supports for piping specified under Plumbing, Section 15400, and HVAC, Section 15800 shall be as specified in those sections. E. Unless otherwise specified herein, pipe hangers and supports shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Co., Inc., Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., or equal. Any reference to a specific figure number of a specific manufacturer is for the purpose of establishing a type and quality of product and shall not be considered as proprietary. Any item comparable in type, style, quality, design and performance will be considered for approval. 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR METAL PIPE A. Suspended single pipes shall be supported by hangers suspended by steel rods from galvanized concrete inserts, beam clamps, or ceiling mounting bolts as follows: 1. Hangers: Pipe Size, inches Grinnell Fig. No. Less than 1/2 138R 1/2 through 1 97C 1 through 4 104 6 through 12 590 14 through 30 171 36 through 48 See Special Supports Paragraph 2.04. 2. Hanger rods shall be rolled steel machine threaded with load ratings conforming to ASTM Specifications and the strength of the rod shall be based on root diameter. Hanger rods shall have the following minimum diameters. Pipe Size, inches Min. Rod Diameter, in. Less than 2-1/2 3/8 2-1/2 though 4 1/2 4 5/8 6 3/4 8-12 7/8 14-18 1 20-30 1-1/4 36-48 See Special Supports Paragraph 2.04 3. Where applicable, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. Beam clamps, for rod sizes 1/2 -inch through 3/4 -inch shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 229, and for rod sizes 7/8 -inch through 1 -1/4 -inches shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 228 or equal. 4. Concrete inserts for pipe hangers shall be, continuous metal inserts designed to be used in ceilings, walls or floors, spot insets for individual pipe hangers, or ceiling mounting bolts for individual pipe hangers and shall be as manufactured by Unistrut Corp., Wayne, Michigan; Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.; Laconia, 02/10 15094-2 01108-023.0003 5. New Hampshire; Richmond or equal and shall be as follows: a. Continuous concrete inserts shall be used where applicable and/or as shown on the Drawings and shall be used for hanger rod sizes up to and including 3/4 -inch diameter. Inserts to be used where supports are parallel to the main slab reinforcement shall be Series P3200 by Unistrut Corp., Fig 1480 Type 2 by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. or equal. Inserts to be used where supports are perpendicular to the main slab reinforcement shall be Series P3300 by Unistrut Corp., Fig 1480 Type I by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., or equal. b. Spot concrete inserts shall be used where applicable and shall be sued for hanger sizes up to and including 7/8 -inch diameter. Inserts shall be Fig. 650 by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. for hanger rod sizes 1/2 -inch through and including 3/4 -inch, and Fig. 266 by Carpenter and Patterson Inc., for 7/8 -inch hanger rods. c. Ceiling mounting bolts shall be used where applicable and be for hanger rod sizes 1 -inch through and including 1-1/4 inches and shall be Fig. 104M as manufactured by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. or equal. 6. All pipe hangers shall be capable of vertical adjustment under load and after erection. Turnbuckles, as required and where applied, shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 230. B. Wall or column supported pipes shall be supported by welded steel brackets equal to Grinnel Fig. 194, 195, and 199 as required, for pipe sizes up to and including 20 -inch diameter. Additional wall bearing plates shall be provided where required. 1. Where the pipe is located above the bracket, the pipe shall be supported by an anchor chair and U -bolt assembly supported by the bracket for pipes 4 -inches. Anchor chairs shall be equal to Carpenter & Patterson Fig. Fig. No. 127. U -bolts shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. 120 and 137. 2. Where the pipe is located below the bracket, the pipes shall be supported by pipe hangers suspended by steel rods from the bracket. Hangers and steel rods shall be as specified above. 3. Wall or column supported pipes 2 -inches and smaller may be supported by hangers equal to Carpenter and Patterson Figures 74, 179, or 237 as required. C. Floor supported pipes 3 -inches and larger in diameter shall be supported by either cast - in -place concrete supports or adjustable pipe saddle supports as directed by the Engineer. In general, concrete supports shall be used when lateral displacement of the pipes is probable (unless lateral support is provided), and adjustable pipe saddle type supports shall be sued where lateral displacement of the pipes is not probable. 1. Each concrete support shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Concrete shall be poured after the pipe is in place with temporary supports. Top edges and vertical corners of each concrete support shall have 1 -inch bevels. Each pipe shall be secured on each concrete support by a wrought iron or steel anchor strap anchored to the concrete with cast -in -place bolts or with expansion bolts. Where directed by the Engineer, vertical reinforcement bars shall be grouted into drilled holes in the concrete floor to prevent overturning or lateral displacement of the concrete support. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, maximum support height shall be 5 -feet. 2. Concrete piers used to support base elbows and tees shall be similar to that specified above. Piers may be square or rectangular. 02/10 15094-3 01108-023.0003 3. Each adjustable pipe saddle support shall be screwed on welded to the corresponding size 150-Ib. companion flanges or slip-on welding flanges respectively. Supporting pipe shall be of Schedule 40 steel pipe construction. Each flange shall be secured to the concrete floor by a minimum of 2 -expansion bolts per flange. Adjustable saddle supports shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. No. 264. Where used under base fittings, a suitable flange shall be substituted for the saddle. 4. Floor supported pipes less than 3 -inches shall be supported by fabricated steel supports. D. Vertical piping shall be supported as follows: 1 Where pipes change from horizontal to vertical, the pipes shall be supported on the horizontal runs within 2 -feet of the change in direction by pipe supports as previously specified herein. 2. For vertical runs exceeding 15 -feet, pipes shall be supported by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests at all points required to insure a rigid installation. 3. Where vertical piping passes through a steel floor sleeve, the pipe shall be supported by a friction type pipe clamp which is supported by the pipe sleeve. Pipe clamps shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. 262. E. Anchor bolts shall be equal to Kwik-Bolt as manufactured by the McCullock Industries, Minneapolis, Minnesota or Wej-it manufactured by Wej-it Expansion Products, Inc., Bloomfield, Colorado. F All rods, hangers, inserts, brackets, and components shall be furnished with galvanized finish. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLASTIC PIPE A. Single plastic pipe shall be supported by pipe supports as previously specified herein. B. Multiple, suspended, horizontal plastic pipe runs, where possible, and rubber hose shall be supported by ladder type cable trays such as the Eletray Ladder by Husky-Burndy, the Globetray by the Metal Products Division of United States Gypsum, or equal. Ladder shall be of mild steel construction. Rung spacing shall be approximately 18 -inches for plastic pipe and 12 -inches for rubber nose. Tray width shall be approximately 6 -inch for single runs of rubber hose and 12 -inches for double runs of rubber hose. Ladder type cable trays shall be furnished complete with all hanger rods, rod couplings, concrete inserts, hanger clips, etc. required for a complete support system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs of the cable tray by strap clamps or fasteners equal to Globe Model M -CAC. Husky-Burndy Model SCR or approved equal. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9 -feet. The cable trays shall provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. C. Individual clamps, hangers, and supports in contact plastic pipe shall provide firm support but not so firm as to prevent longitudinal movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. 02/10 15094-4 01108-023.0003 2.04 SPECIAL SUPPORTS A. Pipe supports shall be provided to support the vertical runs of all chemical pipes between the respective chemical feed pump and the horizontal overhead pipe runs. The pipes shall be supported by means of a supporting framework suitably anchored into the floor or curbing. The vertical piping shall be suitably secured to horizontal support members connected at each end to vertical support members and spaced as required to provide a rigid installation. 1. The complete supporting system shall be as manufactured by the Metal Products Division of U.S. Gypsum, or equal. 2. Vertical and horizontal supporting members shall be U shaped channels similar to Unistrut Series P1000. Vertical piping shall be secured to the horizontal members by pipe clamps or pipe straps equal to Unistrut Series P1100M and Series P2558. All components shall be of mild steel. 3. The assemblies shall be furnished complete with all nuts, bolts, and fittings required for a complete assembly. 4. The design of each individual framing system shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Shop drawings, as specified in Paragraph 1.04 above shall be submitted and shall show all details of the installation including dimensions and types of supports. B. Any required pipe supports for which the supports specified in this Section are not applicable, including pipe supports for 36 -inches through 48 -inch pipe, shall be fabricated or constructed from standard aluminum shapes in accordance with Specifications, concrete and anchor hardware similar to items previously specified herein and shall meet the minimum requirements listed below and be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 1. Pipe support systems shall meet all requirements of this Section and all related Sections of this Specification. 2. Complete design details of the entire pipe support systems shall be provided, for approval by the Engineer. 3. The pipe support system shall not impose loads on the supporting structures, in excess of the loads for which the supporting structure is designed. 4. Hanger rods for 36 -inch through 48 -inch pipe shall be a minimum of 1 -1/2 -inch diameter and shall not exceed the Manufacturer's Standard maximum recommended safe load. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All pipes, horizontal and vertical, shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by approved supports. Supports shall be provided at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown in the Drawings or specified herein. No piping shall be supported from other piping or from metal stairs, ladders, and walkways, unless it is so indicated on the Drawings, or specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer. B. All pipe supports shall be designed with liberal strength and stiffness to support the respective pipes under the maximum combination of peak loading conditions to include pipe weight, liquid weight, liquid movement, and pressure forces, thermal expansion and contraction, vibrations, and all probable externally applied forces. Prior to installation, all pipe supports shall be approved by the Engineer. 02/10 15094-5 01108-023.0003 C. Pipe supports shall be provided to minimize lateral forces through valves, both sides of split type couplings, and sleeve type couplings and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. Pump housings shall not be utilized to support connecting pipes. D. Pipe supports shall be provided as follows: 1. Cast iron and ductile iron shall be supported at a maximum support spacing of 10 feet -0 -inches with a minimum of one support per pipe section at the joints. 2. Supports for multiple PVC pipes shall be continuous wherever possible. Individually supported PVC pipes shall be supported as recommended by the manufacturer except that support spacing shall not exceed 5 -feet. 3. Support spacing for galvanized steel pipe and copper tubing shall not exceed 5 - feet. 4. All vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at intervals not to exceed 15 - feet by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests, and at all points necessary to insure rigid construction. E. Pipe supports shall not be result in point loadings but shall distribute pipe loads evenly along the pipe circumference. F. Effects of thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe shall be accounted for in pipe support selection and installation. G. Inserts for pipe hangers and supports shall be installed on forms before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, all Drawings and figures shall be checked which have a direct bearing on the pipe location. Responsibility for the proper location of pipe supports is included under this Section. H. Continuous metal inserts shall be embedded flush with the concrete surface. 3.02 PRIME COATING A. Prior to prime coating, all pipe hangers and supports shall be thoroughly clean, dry, and free from all mill -scale, rust, grease, dirt, paint, and other foreign substances to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. All submerged pipe supports shall be prime coated with Tnemec Epoxy Primer or approved equal. All other pipe supports shall be prime coated with a rust inhibitive primer. C. Finish coating shall be compatible with the prime coating used and shall be applied as specified in Division, Painting Section. END OF SECTION 02/10 15094-6 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15110 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and ready for operation of all valves, couplings, and connectors, etc., as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Gate Valves 2. Ball Valves for PVC pipe 3. Plug Valves 4. Ball valves 5. Check Valves 6. Check Valves (Dual Door) 7. Butterfly Valves 8. Flexible Couplings 9. Unions 10. Flanges Coupling Adapters 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02221— "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfili for Pipe" B. Section 09900 — "Painting" C. Section 15062 — "Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings" 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. Equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard items for use in controlling the flow of water. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established reputable firms who are fully experienced, and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications as applicable. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, within 30 -days after Contract execution, a list of valves to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery. B. Complete Shop Drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 — "Submittals and Substitutions". 02/10 15110-1 01108-023.0003 1.06 TOOLS A. Special tools, handles or wrenches, if required for normal operation and maintenance of the specified valves, shall be supplied with the equipment furnished. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and all similar valves shall be from one manufacturer. B. Valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the manufacturer and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. C. All valves shall open left, counter -clockwise. 2.02 GATE VALVES A. Exposed gate valves unless otherwise specified or approved, shall be iron body, bronze mounted, wedge disc gate valves with flanged ends and conforming tot he AWWA Standards Specification for Gate Valves for Ordinary Water Works Service, Designation C500-86 rated 150 psi WOG, minimum. Exposed valves shall be outside screw and yoke type. Buried gate valves shall be mechanical joint, ANSI Standard 21.11 except where shown otherwise. B. Face to face dimension shall conform to ANSI Standard Face to Face and End to End Dimensions o Ferrous Valves, (ANSI B16.10) for 125 -pound cast iron valves. C. Bronze gate rings shall be fitted into grooves of dovetail or similar shape in the gates. For grooves or other shapes, the rings shall be firmly attached to the gates with bronze rivets. D. Gate valves shall have a resilient rubber seated ring or wedge permanently bonded to the wedge disc and complying with AWWA C509-80. E. Stuffing box follower bolts shall be of steel and the nuts shall be of bronze. F The design of the valves shall be such as to permit packing the valves without undue leakage while they are wide open and in service. 0 -ring stuffing boxes may be used. G. Where indicated on the Drawings or necessary due to location, size, or inaccessibility, chain wheel operators shall be furnished with the valves. Such operators shall be designed with adequate strength for the valves with which they are supplied and to provide for easy operation of the valve. Chains for valve operators shall be galvanized. H. Tapping gates valves shall be specially designed to allow gate to be fully withdrawn into the bonnet to allow drilling into main. Tapping sleeve and valve shall be designed to mate perfectly without leaks. 02/10 15110-2 01108-023.0003 I. Where required, gate valves shall be provided with a box cast in the slab and a box cover. Length of box shall be slab thickness. All buried valves shall have cast iron, sliding type valve boxes as shown on the Drawings. Box cover opening shall be for valve stem and nut. Valve wrenches and extension stems shall be provided by the manufacturer to actuate the valves. The box and cover shall be equal to those manufactured by Rodney Hunt Machine Company, Clow Corporation, or equal. J Gate valves shall be as manufactured by the Mueller Company, Clow Valve Company, American Darling, or equal. 2.03 BALL VALES FOR PVC PIPE A. Ball valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1 with union, socket, threaded or flanged ends as required. Bali valves shall be full port, full flow, all plastic construction, 150 psi rated with Teflon seat seals and T -handles. PVC ball valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc., Nibco True -Bloc, Wallace & Tiernan Inc., Plastiline, Inc., or equal. B. All valves shall be mounted in such a position that valve position indicators are plainly visible when standing on the floor. 2.04 PLUG VALVES A. Plug valves shall be non -lubricated eccentric type with resilient faces plugs, and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the Drawings. Flanged valves shall be faced and drilled to the ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Standard. Mechanical joint ends shall be AWWA C111. Bell ends shall be to the AWWA C100 Class B. Grooved ends shall be AWWA C606. B. Port areas for valves shall be 80% or greater of full pipe area. C. Valve bodies shall be of ASTM A126 Class B cast iron in compliance with AWWA Standard C507-73 Section 5.1 and AWWA Standard C504-80. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, etc. shall be zinc plated. Resilient plug facings shall be of Neoprene or Hycar on a single piece plug. The plug shall be of sufficient construction so that no strengthening member is required opposite the face. D. Valves shall be furnished with corrosion resistant seats which comply with AWWA Standard C507, Section 7, paragraph 7.2, and with AWWA Standard C504, Section 3.5. The seat shall be in the body only. Seat ring shall be adjustable and replaceable. E. Valves shall be furnished with replaceable, sleeve -type bearings in the upper and lower journals. These bearings shall comply with AWWA Standard C507-73, Section 8, paragraphs 8.1, 8.3, and 8.5, and with AWWA Standard C504, Section 3.6. F Valve shaft seals or packing shall be adjustable and replaceable without removing the valve from service or interrupting service with flow in either direction. Shaft seals shall comply with AWWA Standard C507-73, Section 10, and with AWWA C507-70, Section 111. 02/10 15110-3 01108-023.0003 G. Valve pressure ratings shall be as follows and shall be established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ANSI Standard B16.1. Pressure ratings shall be 175 psi for valves through 12 -inch, 150 psi for valves in sizes 14 -inch through 36 -inch, and 125 psi for valves in sizes 42 -inch through 54 -inch. Valves shall be capable of providing drip -tight shutoff up to the full valve rating with pressure in either direction. H. All valves 8 inches and larger shall be equipped with gear actuators. All gearing shall be enclosed suitable for running in oil with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All shaft bearings shall be furnished with permanently lubricated bronze bearing bushings. Actuator shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided. Construction of actuator housing shall be semi -steel. I. Plug valves installed such that actuators are 6 feet or more above the floor, shall have chainwheels and chains provided. J. Where shown on the Drawings, plug valves shall be installed with extended shafts and actuators. Actuators for extended shafts shall be mounted on floor stands where indicated on the Drawings or shall be removable handwheels where floor stands are not called for. Six-inch sleeves shall be provided for extended shafts in all floors; where necessary, covers shall be provided. Shafts shall be of adequate strength to operate the valve. Floor stands and covers, where called for shall be cast iron. Floor stands shall be equipped with valve position indicators and a lock for the handwheel. K. All plug valves shall be installed so that the direction of flow through the valve is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. L. Valves and actuators shall be as manufactured by Pratt, DeZurik, M&H, Victaulic, or equal. 2.05 BALL VALVES A. General — The ball valve shall be metal to metal seated with flanged ends drilled to the applicable ANSI B16.1 standard Class 125 or 250. Valve shall have a clear unobstructed waterway, which will result in no significant head loss, when the valve is in the full open position. The valve shall be drop tight and meet or exceed the AWWA C507-99 inspection and testing standard. The valve shall be single seated for pump control and rated at 150, 250 or 300 psi. The valve shall be as manufactured by "Henry Pratt Co." B. Body — The body shall be cast ductile iron ASTM A 536 grade 65-45-12 having an inlet and outlet flanged waterway equal to the required valve size. Flanges shall be flat -faced and machined parallel to each other to within .005 inch. Valve body shall have both a drain and vent hole drilled and tapped. The body shall have bronze bearings installed in each half accurately located in the center of the housing to receive the trunion bearings on the ball and place the ball in the central position. The bearing load shall not exceed 2000 Ibs/sq. inch at 250 psi differential pressure. The body seat shall be Monel electronically fused to the base metal, then accurately machined to form the seating seal, or other C507-99 approved materials. The body seal shall not protrude into the waterway. 02/10 15110-4 01108-023.0003 C. Ball — the ball shall be cast ductile iron ASTM 536 grade 65-45-12. It shall have integrally cast trunions which will be bronze -bushed. One trunion holds the operating shaft which passes through a pacing seal area and connects to the actuator. To prevent leakage around the shaft, V -Type packing is installed to form a seal. The ball seat shall be stainless steel 300 series. It shall be a pressure assisted design and by using an offset on the body and ball, the seats will only be in contact at the actual point of closing. The seat is connected to the ball by means a stainless steel mounting ring which is securely attached and pinned into position after the correct setting has been attained. Seats threaded directly on to the ductile iron ball shall not be acceptable. Valve seat assembly shall be fully adjustable and replaceable in the field without removing the valve from the line. The ball seat shall be located at the top, when the valve is in the open position. D. Valve Actuators — Valve actuators shall conform to the operating requirements of AWWA Standard C507-99 and shall be designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between fully open and fully closed without creeping or fluttering. 1. Manual actuators shall be of the travelling nut, self-locking type and shall be equipped with mechanical stop limiting devices to prevent over -travel of the ball in the open or closed positions. Actuators shall be fully enclosed and designed to produce specified torque with a maximum pull of 80 lbs. on a handwheel or a maximum input of 150 ft.-lbs. On operating nuts. Actuator components shall withstand an input torque of 450 ft.-Ibs. at extreme actuator positions without damage. 2. Cylinder actuators shall move the valve to any position from full open to fully closed when a maximum of psi or a minimum of psi is applied to the cylinder. All wetted parts of the cylinder shall be corrosion resistant and cylinder rods shall be chromium -plated stainless steel. Cylinders furnished with enclosed operating mechanisms shall have all wetted parts constructed of non- metallic materials except the cylinder rod which shall be chromium -plated stainless steel. Rod seats shall be of the non adjustable war -compensating type. A rod wiper for removing deposits inside the cylinder shall be provided in addition to the external dirt wiper. Cylinder actuators of this type shall be Pratt MDT with Duracyl cylinder. E. Bearings — Bearings for ball and body trunnions shall be bronze of dissimilar hardness as per AWWA C507-99 standard to prevent galling or binding. Self-lubricating Teflon reinforced would also be acceptable. F. Shafts — Acceptable materials for valve shafts shall be: ASTM A 564 Type 630, H1150 (17-4 PH) Stainless Steel, or other C507-99 approved materials. G. Valve Testing — All ball valves shall be subjected to hydrostatic, shop leakage and performance tests as specified in AWWA Standard C507-00. Maximum seat leakage allowance 1 fl. Oz. per diameter inch per hour as per A1NWA C507-99. H. Valve Painting — All internal ductile iron surfaces, except finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with two coats of asphalt varnish confirming to Federal Specification TT -C-494, and AWWA C550. 02/10 15110-5 01108-023.0003 All exterior steel or cast or ductile iron surfaces of each valve, except finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with one or more coats of Alkyd primer. For buried service valves, two coats of asphalt varnish per Federal Specification TT -C-494. 2.06 CHECK VALVES A. Check valves for cast iron and ductile iron pipelines shall be swing type and shall meet the material requirements of AWWA Specification C508. The valves shall iron body, bronze mounted, single disc, 150 psi minimum working water pressure, non - shock, and hydro statically tested at 300 psi. Ends shall be 125 pounds ANSI B16.1 flanges or 125 pound ANSI 2.1 threaded fittings depending upon location. B. When there is no flow through the line, the disc shall hang lightly against its seat in practically a vertical position. When open, the disc shall swing clear of the waterway. C. Check valves shall bronze seat and body rings, extended bronze hinge pins and bronze nuts on the bolts of bolted covers. D. Valves shall be so constructed that disc and body seat may easily be removed and replaced without removing the valve from the line. Valves shall be fitted with an extended hinge arm with outside lever and weight. Springs with various tensions shall be provided and springs approved by the Engineer shall be installed. E. Check valves for cast and ductile iron pipelines shall be as manufactured by Pratt, M&H, American Darling, or equal. F. Check valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1, Series BC with union, socket, threaded or flanged ends as required. PVC ball check valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc., Nibco Chemtrol, Wallace & Tiernan, Inc., Plastiline, Inc., or equal. 2.07 CHECK VALVE (DUAL DOOR) Check valve for the stormwater pump discharge shall be wafer -style Duo -Check 2 by Crane Valve Company. Body shall be ASTM Type 316 stainless steel with an EPDM resilient seat and raised face. A stainless steel shaft separates the stainless steel plates. A single stainless steel spring operates each plate independently. Hinged support sleeves reduce friction and help reduce water hammer. Provide valve by VaI-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp., Elmhurst, Illinois. 2.08 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly valves and operators shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA Standard Specification C504. B. Valves 20 -inch and smaller shall be in full accordance with AWWA Class 105B. Valves 24 -inch and larger shall comply with the requirements of the AWWA class needed to meet the most severe actual operating conditions. 02/10 C. Valve bodies installed above grade or in vaults, shall be of cast iron per ASTM A48, Class 40 and shall be wafer style suitable for mounting between standard 1 25# flanges. Valves installed below ground, installed in mechanical restrained joint areas, shall be provided with flanged to mechanical joint adapters. 15110-6 01108-023.0003 D. Valve discs shall be of cast bronze per ASTM B143 -IA (88-10-2). Discs shall be securely attached to the valves shall using monel pins. E. The valve shaft shall be of Monel Alloy 400 with a diameter that meets AWWA C- 504 for Class 1 50B F The seat shall be of Buna-N bonded to the valve body and completely covering the internal iron surfaces plus the outside faces of the valve body to provide a se feature. G. Valves shall be fitted with sleeve typo bearings. Bearings shall be corrosion resistant and self lubricating. Bears shall be liberally sized to meet or exceed AWWA specification pressure loads. H. Valve shaft seals shall be of self adjusting and wear compensating. V -type packing. I. The interior of all valves shall be void of any iron alloys. J. Each valve shall be factory tested per the latest revision of AWWA C-504. K. Butterfly valves shall be by Henry Pratt Company or approved equal. L. Operators shall be of the traveling nut type in complete conformance with AWWA C- 504. M. Exteriors of valves and operators shall be painted in accordance with specification Section 09900. 2.09 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS A. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on the Drawings. 2.10 UNION A. Unions on ferrous pipe 2 inches in diameter and smaller shall be 150 pounds malleable iron, zinc coated. Unions on water piping 2-1/2 inches in diameter and larger shall be flange pattern, 125 pound class, zinc -coated. Gaskets for flanged unions shall be of the best quality fiber or plastic. Unions shall not be concealed in walls, ceilings or partitions. 2.11 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTER A. Coupling adapter shall be Smith -Blair Model No. 912, or equal. Body and follower flange shall be iron. Bolt circle, size and spacings shall conform to ASA 125 flange. Gasket shall be Smith -Blair Grade 30 or 60, or equal. 0 -Ring shall be grade 60. Cross and tee bolts shall conform to ANSI A 21.11. 02/10 15110-7 01108-023.0003 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the locations shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. Install floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. C. Flanged joints shall be made with hot dipped galvanized bolts, nuts and washers. Mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with 2 -coats of bituminous paint. D. Prior to assembly of split couplings, the grooves as well as other parts shall be thoroughly cleaned. The ends of the pipes and outside of the gaskets shall be moderately coated with petroleum jelly, cup grease, soft soap or graphite paste, and the gasket shall be slipped over one pipe end. After the other pipe has been brought to the correct position, the gasket shall be centered properly over the pipe ends with the lips against the pipes. The housing sections shall then be placed. After the bolts have been inserted, the nuts shall be tightened until the housing sections are firmly in contact, metal -to -metal, without excessive bolt tension. E. Prior to the installation of sleeve -type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until it is properly centered over the joint. The other pipe end shall be inserted into the middle pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flares. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up finger -tight, diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. 3.02 SHOP PAINTING A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive an exterior coating of rust -inhibitive primer. Interior coatings shall be the manufacturer's standard except that vales for potable water lines shall be coated with paints approved by EPA, FDA, and AWWA for potable water service. All pipe connection openings shall be capped after shop painting to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. 3.03 FIELD PAINTING A. All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view will be painted as part of the work. Paint valves as specified for pipe in Section 09850 — "Painting". 02/10 15110-8 01108-023.0003 3.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Completed pipe shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test for 2 -hours at 150 - percent full working pressure. All leaks shall be repaired and lines re -tested until approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02/10 15110-9 01108-023.0003 SECTION 09900 PAINTING SCHEDULE CATEGORY Ferrous Metals Copper, Bronze Aluminum, etc.(Non-Ferrous) Concrete/Masonry SURFACE Submerged or subject to submersion or splash Exterior non -submerged Interior non -submerged All Submerged or subject to Submersion or splash Exterior non -submerged Above grade Exterior below grade Concrete/Masonry Misc. Piping Interior Non Submerged (Floor) Interior Non -Submerged (Sound Block Walls) Interior Non -Submerged (Ceiling) Interior Cement Plaster SURFACE PREPARATION TNEMEC COATING SYSTEM NO. OF COATS & MILS / DFT SP10 SP -6 SP -6 SP1 SP7 Fill bug holes with 218 Clean & Dry Clean & Dry 66-1211 or 20-1211 (1) 104 or 140 66 73 66 73 66 73 One — 4.0 DFT Two — 6.0 DFT per coat One — 3.0 DFT Two — 2.0 DFT per coat One — 3.0 DFT Two — 2.0 DFT per coat One — 3.0 DFT Two — 2.0 DFT per coat One — 4.0 DFT Two — 6.0 DFT per coat One — 4.0 DFT One — 4.0 DFT 66or20(1)&(2) 104 or 140 180 (3) 180 (3) 46H-413 One —18 to 20 DFT SP -7 if possible otherwise acid etch Clean & Dry Clean & Dry Clean & Dry 287 — Color (2) 287 — Color 113 -Color (3) 113 -Color (3) 113 Color (3) 113 Color (3) 113 Color (3) One - 3.0 DFT One - 3.0 DFT One — 4.0 DFT One — 4.0 DFT One - 4.0 DFT One - 4.0 DFT One - 4 to 6 DFT Plastic Pipe (non submerged) Steel Pipe Lightly sand Prior to paint (See applicable ferrous metals system above) 66 73 (See applicable ferrous metals system above) One - 3.0 DFT Two - 2.0 DFT per coat (See applicable ferrous metals system above) Miscellaneous NOTES: Ductile Iron Pipe Pipe in Canal (See applicable ferrous metal system above) (See applicable ferrous metals system above) (See applicable ferrous metals system above) Asphalt/Concrete Parking Stalls SP5 120-5002 120-5001 One — 15.0 DFT One — 15.0 DFT Parking stall lines shall be approved reflective pavement marking point conforming to DOT standards for materials and installation. (1) Series 20 & 140 must be used for potable water. (2) First coat thinned for prime. (3) Must be sprayed and back rolled to obtain required DFT. END OF SECTION 09900-9 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15051 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. The Drawings and Specifications shall be considered complementary, such that materials and work indicated, called for, or implied by one and not by the other shall be supplied and installed as though specifically called for by both. The Drawings are to be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing in detail or to scale all of the equipment or minor items. In the event of discrepancies between the Drawings and the Specifications, or between either of these and any regulations or ordinances governing mechanical work, the Bidder shall notify the Engineer in ample time to permit revisions. 1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION A. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidders to visit the site of the Work and acquaint themselves with all available information regarding the existing facilities. Failure of the Bidders to fully inform themselves of all existing conditions and to include in their proposals a sum to cover each portion of the Work sufficiently will not be cause for additional compensation. 1.03 NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All equipment and materials used in the construction of the Work shall be new, of the best quality and, unless otherwise noted, shall be standard catalog items of the various manufacturers. 1.04 SPACE AND ACCESS A. All equipment shall fit the allotted space and shall leave reasonable access room for the servicing and repairs. Greater space and room required by substituted equipment, as approved by the Engineer, shall be provided by the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to the components specified and shown on the Drawings and necessary for the specified performance, the Contractor shall incorporate in the design and show on the Shop Drawings all the safety features required by the current codes and regulations, including but not limited to those of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and Amendments thereto. 1.06 PUMP AND GUIDE RAIL INSTALLATION A. A sliding guide bracket (connecting to the guide rails) shall be an integral part of the pump unit. The volute casing shall have a discharge flange to automatically and firmly connect with the discharge connection, which will receive the pump discharge connection flange without the need for adjustment, fasteners, clamps or similar devices. B. Installation of the pump unit to the discharge connection shall be the result of a simple linear downward motion of the pump unit guided by two guide rails. No other motion of the pump unit, 15051-1 01108-023.0003 unit, such as tilting or rotating, shall be acceptable. Seating of the discharge interface by means of a diaphragm, the ring or other devices will not be considered acceptable nor equal to the metal to metal contact of the pump discharge flange and mating discharge connection specified and required. No portion of the pump unit shall bear directly on the floor of the wet well. The pumps shall be mounted per the manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated in the Contract Documents. There shall be no more than a 90 -degree bend allowed between the volute discharge flanges and station piping. 1.07 BALANCING PUMPS AND MOTORS A. All pump and motor units shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Unless otherwise specified, the vibration allowance in the units shall not exceed the upper limits as established by the Hydraulic Institute Standards and shall conform to the manufacturer's specifications. 1.08 METAL FASTENERS A. Unless otherwise indicated, metal fasteners and related parts shall be of aluminum or stainless steel and shall be of adequate strength for the purpose intended. 1.09 PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYSIS A. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess cement removed. 1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer, six complete sets of detailed and dimensioned working Shop Drawings showing the construction of the proposed facilities and installation of all equipment complete in every respect. Each Drawing shall be indexed and/or referenced to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. No work upon the manufacture or fabrication of any equipment shall be performed until the Engineer's approval of the Shop Drawings has been obtained. Certified pump curves shall indicate actual test performance of units furnished. The Contractor shall submit, with the certified Dump Shop Drawings, Layout Drawings showing exact installation, Piping and Foundation Details for the Pumping Units being submitted. The various Sections in the Specifications specify additional requirements for Shop Drawings with which the Contractor shall comply. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. 1.11 FACTORY TESTS A. When equipment is required to be factory tested, the results of the test shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval of the tests results before shipment of the equipment. 1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish four sets of bound operation and maintenance manuals (0 & M Manuals) to the Owner. The manuals shall consist of Catalog 15051-2 01108-023.0003 Cuts, Bulletins, Shop Drawings, Wiring Diagrams, Schedules, Parts Lists, Procedures and other data showing the equipment installed. B. All data furnished shall conform to the installation as constructed. Cuts showing other equipment and date not applicable to the installation shall be crossed out and where practical shall be omitted from the manual. The assembly of the maintenance manual shall be in a logical manner and each section shall be indexed in the Table of Contents for the manual. C. Each manufacturer shall outline a maintenance procedure for his equipment installed and the Contractor shall then compile these procedures in a logical manner to provide a procedure for the operating personnel of the Owner to follow in their day to day operation of the facility. This information shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. D. The manuals shall be neatly entitled and shall include the name of the job, the location, year of installation, Owner, Manufacturer, Contractor and Engineer. Copies of Drawings shall be in black on white background and shall be easily legible. The arrangements of the manuals, the method of binding, materials to be included and the composite text shall all be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 1.13 FIELD INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion and testing of the Work and at a time designated, the Contractor shall provide the services of one project engineer for a period of not less than 1 -day to work in conjunction with the suppliers' representatives, as required in these Specifications, in instructing the Owner's representative(s) in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. The project engineer(s) shall also be required to start up and operate under normal working conditions the entire installation as a unit. These field instructions shall cover all the items contained in the operation and maintenance manuals. 1.14 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work, materials, equipment, etc., included in the Work against defects for a period of 1 -year from the date of the final acceptance in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions and of the Contract. In addition to the guarantee, the Contractor shall provide the performance warranties as specified for the equipment in the various sections. 1.15 LUBRICANTS A. The Contractor shall provide a 1 -year supply of all type of lubricants required for the various types of equipment furnished and installed under this Contract. Lubricants shall be in metal containers suitably labeled. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 15051-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15061 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install, mount, anchor, complete, ready for operation and field test all steel pipe as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Steel pipe shall include black steel, galvanized steel, and stainless steel pipe and fittings. C. Provide steel pipe only where specifically called out on the Drawings 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete work is included in Section 03300. B. Field painting is included in Section 09900. C. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15110. D. Pump discharge piping is included in Section 11311. E. Plastic pipe and fittings are included in Section 15064. F. Pipe hangers and supports are included in Section 15094. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. All of the materials specified herein are intended to be standard steel pipe for use in transporting certain chemicals, fuels, or liquids as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All steel pipes shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the steel pipe to be furnished. The piping materials shall be designed, constructed, installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and standards and shall comply with the specifications. B. Steel pipe and fittings shall conform to all applicable standards of ASTM, ANSI, and AWWA. 1.05 REFERENCES A. AWWA Standards: Refer to paragraph 2.03. B. ASTM A193: Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High -Temperature Service. C. ASTM A194: Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High - Pressure and High -Temperature Service. 15061-1 01108-023.0003 D. ASTM A283: Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars. E. ASTM A53: Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. F ASTM A120: Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses. G. ANSI B36.10: Specification for Wrought Steel and Stainless Steel Pipe. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval in accordance with Section 01340, shop drawings and pipe certifications to include dimensioning and technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. B. Submit shop drawings of all valves, pipe handers supports and ancillary equipment associated with the installation of piping. PART 2 — MATERIALS 2.01 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR BURIED SERVICE A. Steel pipe shall be continuous weld (CW) black wrought steel, Standard Schedule 40, conforming to ANSI B86 land, B36.10 and ASTM A53. Pipe shall be furnished with threaded ends. Straight runs shall be joined by threaded end unions. B. Fittings shall be malleable iron, threaded, Class 150 conforming to ANSI B16.3. Threads shall be ANSI/ASME Standard Taper Pipe Threads B1.20.1. Iron shall conform to ASTM A197. C. Union shall conform to ANSI B16.39 Class 150. D. Wrought steel pipe shall be used for diesel fuel service where shown on the drawings. 2.02 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS OTHER THAN BURIED SERVICE A. Galvanized Steel Pipe: 1 Galvanized steel pipe for plant and potable water service shall be hot - dipped, zinc coated galvanized, Grade A, electric resistance welded, Schedule 40 conforming to ASTM A120. All joints shall be threaded joints. Threaded joints shall be made up with a stiff mixture of graphite and mineral oil, or an approved, nontoxic, nonhardening, pipe joint compound applied to the male thread only. After having been set up, a joint shall not be backed off unless the joint is completely broken, the threads cleaned and new compound applied. All joints shall be air tight. A sufficient number of unions shall be provided to allow for convenient 15061-2 01108-023.0003 removal of piping. Fittings for galvanized steel pipe shall be galvanized malleable iron, 150 psi service rating. 2. Where flanged connections are indicated or otherwise required for connection to flanged valves, fittings, and appurtenances they shall be made up using companion type flanges. Where flanged fittings are indicated or otherwise required, they shall be made up using threaded galvanized steel nipples and steel companion type flanges. Companion flanges shall be steel, 150 psi ANSI Standard flat flace flanges of the threaded type. Flanges shall be spot faced on the back around each bolt hole. 3. All exposed threads, wrench marks, or other damage to the zinc coating, shall be protected by the application of two coats of a heavy consistency, bituminous paint, or with two wraps of an approved vinyl or poly -vinyl pressure sensitive tape. Bitunimous paint shall be equal to Bitumastic No. 50, brush applied. Tape shall be equal to 3M Company Scotchrap No. 50, 0.010 -inch thick, installed as recommended by 3M Company over a primer. B. Stainless Steel Pipe: 1. Stainless steel pipe shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. Pipe shall be Schedule 40S, Type 316, annealed, white pickle finish and shall be in accordance with ASTM A312 and ANSI B36.19. C. Steel Pipe Sleeves: 1. Sleeves for pipe passes through floors and walls shall be galvanized Schedule 40 steel pipe conforming to ASTM A120. Sleeves dimensions shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Sleeve ends shall be cut and ground smooth. Sleeves shall be flush with walls and ceiling but shall extend above the floor as shown on the Drawings. Sleeves for use with mechanical type seals shall be sized in conformance with the seal manufacturer's requirements. Mechanical type seals are specified in Section 15100. 2.03 STEEL PIPE FOUR (4) INCHES AND LARGER A. Except as modified or supplemented herein all steel pipe, fittings and specials shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following standard specifications latest editions: AWWA Standards C200 Steel Water Pipe 6 -Inches and Larger C203 Coal -Tar Protecting Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines — Enamel and Tape -Hot -Applied. C205 Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe — 4 -inches and Larger — Shop Applied. 15061-3 01108-023.0003 C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 -Inches through 144 -Inches, Class D C208 Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings C210 Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines B. All steel pipe shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the standards set forth in AWWA C200 latest edition for fabricated or mill type water pipe. The pipe shall be made from sheet or plate rolled into sections having longitudinal or spirally formed butt -welded seams. Girth seams shall be butt welded and shall be at least 8 feet apart except in specials and fittings. The steel shall conform to the standards established in Section 2 and Section 3 of AWWA C200. 1. Minimum Physical Properties of Steel Plate or Sheet: a. All steel pipe, specials and fittings shall be manufactured from steel plate or sheet having a specified minimum yield of 35,000 psi and specified minimum tensile of 60,000 psi. Test reports verifying the actual physical and chemical properties of the piping must be submitted to the Engineer as soon as possible after manufacturing and fabrication. The test reports shall state the hydrotest pressure applied to all sections of straight pipe and to straight pipe used in fabrication of specials and fittings. b. All steel pipe, specials and fittings shall be manufactured or fabricated to the diameter as shown on the drawings. The normal size shall be the outside diameter for 14 -inches and larger. For sizes less than 14 -inches the pipe shall be the normal steel pipe dimensions as listed in ASTM A53 specification. All diameters of steel pipe, specials and fittings shall have minimum nominal wall thicknesses as stated herein below: Diameter Minimum Wall Thickness 54" .375 48" .375 42" .375 36" .375 30" .375 24" & smaller .250 C. All fittings and specials shall be provided with end as required for installation and shall be fabricated to the dimensions as shown on the drawings. All fittings shall be fabricated in accordance with the standards set forth in AWWA C208 latest edition. Fittings and specials shall be fabricated from hydrostatically tested pipe meeting AWWA C200 and will not require any further hydrostatic test in the shop. In reducing sections the wall thickness will be governed by the largest end. 15061-4 01108-023.0003 Elimination of joints shown on the drawings must be approved by the Engineer prior to the fabrication process. D. Flanged and Coupling Standards: 1. All flanges, bolts, nuts and gaskets shall meet standards established in AWWA C207. Flanges shall be Class D suitable for pressure up to and including 150 psi with facing and drilling as stated in Section 3 of C207. Procedure for attachment of flanges shall be in accordance with Section 10 of AWWA C207. Blind flanges shall conform in diameter drilling and thickness to the flanges shall conform in diameter and shall produce a watertight joint under the specified test pressure. 2. Mechanical couplings shall be Dresser Style 38, Rockwell Style 411 or equal. The middle ring of each coupling shall have a minimum thickness at least equal to that specified for the size of pipe on which the coupling is to be used and shall be 7 -inches long for pipe 30 -inches and smaller, 10 - inches long for pipe 36 -inches and larger. The pipe stop shall be omitted from the inner surface of the middle rings, the couplings shall be cleaned, and shop primed with the manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer. Joint harnesses, where applicable, shall conform to the details on the drawings. Lugs shall be attached to the pipe in the shop and coated as specified for the adjacent pipe. E. Pipe supports, anchors, blocking and hangers shall be fabricated in accordance with the details shown on the drawings and shall be installed complete with all accessories required for proper operation of the system. Should it be necessary to modify the details for proper installation, all such modifications shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Lugs required for anchorage of the piping system shall be attached in the shop and coated as the adjacent pipe. F. All steel pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances shall be prepared, primed, coated and lined as specified herein below: 1. Exterior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, specials, flanges, anchors and pipe supports exposed in above ground or interior locations shall be thoroughly cleaned in the shop by blasting with grit, shot or sand to SSPC SP6. One coat of primer shall be applied to the cleaned dry surface in a proper workmanship like manner and as recommended by the primer manufacturer. The primer shall be subject to approval of the Engineer and compatible to the finish coat as specified in the paint section of the specifications. Field painting of the installed system shall be as specified in the painting section. 2. Interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials, which are to be installed exposed above ground or in interior locations shall be thoroughly cleaned in the shop by blasting with grit, shot or sand to SSPC SP6. Two coats of paint shall be applied to the interior of the pipe at the shop. The paint coats shall be Bitumastic Solution applied at a minimum of 8 mils D.F.T. per coat. 3. Exterior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings and specials which are to be installed underground and in manholes which will not be encased in concrete shall be coated in the shop with coal tar enamel in accordance with the standards established in AWWA C203, except as modified or supplemented herein. 15061-5 01108-023.0003 4. The exterior coating system for below ground steel pipe shall consist of coal tar enamel, fibrous glass mat, asbestos pipeline felt wrap and finally wrapped with kraft paper and shall be applied by the procedure described in AWWA C203. The coating shall be held back 12 -inches from ends to be mechanically coupled with uncoated areas primed with coal tar primer. The coating system must be done in the shop by an established pipe coating applicator acceptable to the coating materials manufacture and the engineer. Repairs of any damage to the coating system incurred during the shipment and the field coating of couplings and ends where coatings have held back for joints shall be done by experienced and qualified personnel approved by the engineer. Procedure for such field coating shall be as described in AWWA C203. 15061-6 01108-023.0003 5. The interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings and specials which are to be installed below ground shall be cleaned and lined with cement mortar conforming to the standards set forth in AWWA C205. All work performed in the lining process shall be done in a thorough and workmanship like manner by trained personnel under the supervision of experienced men skilled in the operations they supervise. The lining thickness shall be as follows: Pipe Size (inches) 4-10 11-23 24-36 over 36 Coating Thickness (inches) 1/4 5/16 3/18 % Tolerance (inches) -1/32 + 1/32 - 1/16 + 1/8 - 1/16 + 1/8 -1/16 + 1/8 Handling and transporting of cement mortar lined pipe shall be in accordance with Section 6 of AWWA C205 and Section 2.14 of AWWA C203. 2.04 STEEL PIPE AND FITTING FOR GAS PIPING A. Steel piping for gas lines shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A120. All joints shall be threaded. Threaded joints shall be made up with a cement prepared from litharge and glycerin, or Teflon tape. The cement shall be applied to the male thread only. Fittings except unions, shall be carbon steel 2,000 pounds CWP. Unions shall be of the flangled, ammonia type, either two - bolt or four -bolt square. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND TESTING A. Steel pipe shall be installed true to alignment, and rigidly supported anchors shall be provided where indicated. After installation, the piping shall be tested by undergoing a four-hour pressure test at 20 percent above the designed operating pressure plant water supply lines. If any joint or pipe proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. All galvanized steel pipe threads shall be clean, machine cut, and all pipe shall be reamed before erection. Each length of pipe as erected shall be up -ended and rapped to dislodge dirt and scale. C. Screwed joints shall be made up with good quality thread compound and applied to the male thread only. After having been set up, a joint must not be backed off unless the joint is completely broken, the threads cleaned and new compound applied. All joints shall be air tight. D. All galvanized steel piping shall have a sufficient number of unions to allow convenient removal of piping. Unions shall be compatible with pipe. E. Stainless steel pipe shall have threaded joints or otherwise as required and shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. 15061-7 01108-023.0003 F Sleeves of the proper size shall be installed for pipes passing through floors and walls as indicated on the Drawings. Sleeves shall be given a prime coat of rust inhibitive primer. G. When cutting of pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe. Cut ends shall be smooth and at right angles to the axis of the pipe. H. All field welding shall be in accordance with the American Welding Society Standards. The strength of the field weld shall develop the strength of the pipe. Welds shall receive a field coating of paint as specified in Section 09900 and as approved by the Engineer. 3.02 PAINTING A. Pipe and fittings exposed to view, except stainless steel, shall receive a prime coating of rust inhibitive primer. Prior to prime coating, all surfaces shall be cleaned of all mill scale, rust, dirt, grease and other foreign matter. B. All piping and fittings exposed to view except stainless steel pipe shall be painted as specified in Section 09900. Pipe marking is included in Section 09900. The Engineer will assist in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. 3.03 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. The pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. It is the Contractor's responsibility to insure cleanliness of the pipe during installation and backfilling. At the conclusion of the work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all of the pipe, as necessary, which may have entered during the construction period. If, after this cleaning, obstructions remain, they shall be removed. After the pipe is cleaned and if the groundwater level is above the pipe, or following a heavy rain the Engineer will examine the pipe of leaks. If defective pipes or joints are discovered at this time, they shall be repaired by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 15061-8 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15062 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, install, and test ductile iron pipe and fittings, complete in place, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01340 — Submittals and Substitutions B. Section 02221 — Trenching, Bedding, & Backfill for Pipe C. Section 02223 — Excavation Below Normal grade and gravel Refill D. Section 09900 — Painting 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. Piping and fittings shall be installed in those locations and depths as shown on the Drawings. B. The equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard ductile iron pipe and fittings used in transporting water and wastewater. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Iron pipe and fittings shall be furnished by manufacturers who are fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the materials. The pipe and fittings shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with the Specifications in all respects. 1.05 STANDARDS A. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 American National Standard for Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. B. ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. C. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 American National Standard for ductile iron and gray iron fittings 3 inch through 48 inch for Water and Other Liquids. D. ANSI/AWWA C111 /A21.11 American National Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 15062-1 01108-023.0003 C. D. 2.02 PIPE A. E. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 F. ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 G. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 H. ANSI/AWWA C600: I ANSI/AWWA C606: J. ASME/ANSI B16.1: K. ASME/ANSI B16.5: L. ASME/ANSI B16.42: M. ASTM A307 Grade B: 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings of pipe and fittings in accordance with the requirements in Section 01340 - Submittals and Substitutions. American National Standard for Flanged Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. American National Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. American National Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Meal Molds or Sand -Lines molds, for Water or Other Liquids. American Water Works Association Standard for Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. American Water Works Association Standard for Grooved End Pipe and Fittings. Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125. Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 (Flat Face Flange). Ductile Iron Pipe flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 (Flat Face Flange). Low -Carbon Steel Bolts for Flanged Pipe. B. Submit pipe mill and test certifications from manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. American Ductile Iron Pipe Company B. United States Pipe and Foundry Company McWane Cast Iron Pipe Company Clow Water Systems Company Pipe shall be centrifugally cast in metal molds or sand lined molds in accordance with ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151) of grade 60-42-10 ductile iron. The above standard covers ductile iron pipe with nominal pipe sizes from three inches up to and including sixty-four inches in diameter. 15062-2 01108-023.0003 2.03 COMPRESSION JOINT PIPE A. Pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 and C150/A21.50. B. Fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. C. Rubber gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA CI 11/A21.11. D. Thickness shall be minimum pressure Class 350 through 12 -inch and pressure Class 250 in sizes 14 -inch and larger. E. Install compression joint pipe below ground. Provide sufficient quantities of lubricant and gaskets. 2.04 FLANGED PIPE A. Ductile iron pipe above grade in wet well and in vaults shall be flanged. All ductile iron pipe below grade shall have thrust restrained mechanical joints. B. Pipe and fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15. C. Thickness shall be minimum pressure Class 350 through 12 -inch and pressure Class 250 in sizes 14 -inch and larger. D. Flanges and flanged fittings shall be flat face conforming to ANSI/AWWA CI 10/A21.10. Full face 1/8 -inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. E. Flanges shall be ductile iron. Cast iron flanges will not be allowed. F Flanged ductile iron pipe shall have factory applied screwed long hub flanges. Flanges shall be faced and drilled after being screwed on the pipe, with flanges true to 90 degrees with the pipe axis and shall be flush with end of pipe conforming to ANSI B16.1 Class 125. G. Bolts for flange pipe shall be low -carbon steel conforming to ASTM A307 Grade B, except where noted. 2.05 MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE A. Pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA A21.50/C151 and C150/A21.50. B. Mechanical and push -on type rubber gaskets shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C 111). C. Thickness shall be minimum pressure Class 350 through 12 -inch and pressure Class 250 in sizes 14 -inch and larger. D. Rubber gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. E. Bolts for mechanical joint pipe shall be tee -head design. Nuts and bolts shall be high - strength low alloy steel. F Restrained joints through sixty-four inch nominal pipe size shall be FLEX -RING, or LOK- 15062-3 01108-023.0003 LOK-RING joints manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Co., TR-FLEX joints by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, or approved equal. Restrained joints on fittings shall be retainer gland mechanical joints, or the fittings may be specifically arranged for joining with restrained joint pipe. Fast -Grip gaskets shall not be allowed. G. Mechanical joint pipe shall be installed below ground. H. Furnish with sufficient supply of accessories, i.e., gaskets, bolts, and glands, as required for each joint. 2.06 FITTINGS A. Shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) for nominal pipe sizes three inches to 64 -inches, and shall be either flanged or mechanical joint. Other fittings, not included in ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) shall conform in design and performance to the requirements of this Standard. B. Shall have a rated pressure equal to or greater than the specified working pressure for pipe sizes of three inches to 64 -inches (350 psi fittings available through and including 24 -inches, only). C. Grey iron fittings which conform to the specifications contained herein may be used with ductile iron pipe providing the piping systems minimum working pressure is met or exceeded. D. Compact fittings shall be used in lieu of standard fittings, per AWWA C153. 2.07 GROOVED END PIPE A. Grooved end pipe and fittings shall be acceptable for above -ground installation. Pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C606. B. Grooved end pipe shall be minimum thickness to conform to former thickness Class 53. C. Grooved end joints shall be flexible type, radius cut grooved, conforming to AWWA C606. D. Grooved end fittings shall be ANSI B16.1, radius cut grooved, rigid joint, as manufactured by Victaulic Company, Gustin-Bacon, or approved equal. E. Grooved end pipe adapter flanges shall be ductile iron, ASTM A536, as manufactured by Victaulic, Gustin-Bacon, or approved equal. F Bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. G. Gaskets for grooved end joints shall be the manufacturer's flush -seal type specifically designed for cast surfaces. Properties shall be as designated in ASTM D 2000. Dimensions shall conform to AWWA C606. Lubricant shall be manufacturer's standard. H Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Dress cut ends of pipe for couplings and adapters as recommended. 15062-4 01108-023.0003 2.08 COATINGS A. A coating of epoxy primer and color coded epoxy in conformance with the Painting Sections shall be applied to a pipe prior to shipment of all piping. B. Pipe specially coated shall be so identified with label indicating "Special Coating". C. Forcemain pipe shall be painted "green"; watermain pipe shall be painted "blue". 2.09 LININGS A. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be lined with a standard cement mortar lining in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. B. Linings need not be seal coated unless recommended by the manufacturer. 2.10 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Location and number of restrained joints shall be as shown on the drawing or be field determined in accordance with the necessary laying lengths when installing the pipe. B. Joint shall be the standard design of the pipe and fitting manufacturer and shall provide a 2:1 safety factor. C. Restrained joints shall be designed for a pressure class rating of 350 psi in sizes 4 -inch through 12 -inch and 250 psi for 14 -inch through 64 -inch, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. D. Bolts and nuts for restrained joints shall be low alloy, high strength steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe, coatings, and linings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before laying, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. B. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to the Owner. All pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before laying, shall be kept clean until they are used in the work, and when installed r until they are used in the work, and when installed or laid, shall conform to the liens and grades required. 3.02 LAYING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C600 except as otherwise provided herein. 15062-5 01108-023.0003 B. All pipe shall be sound and clean before laying. When laying is not in progress, including lunchtime, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by watertight plugs or other approved means. C. Suitable excavations shall be made in the trench bottom to receive pipe with raised bells. D. As soon as the excavation is completed to the normal grade of the bottom of the trench, immediately place screen gravel or crushed stone (where applicable) bedding in the trench, and then the pipe shall be firmly bedded in this material to conform accurately to the line and grade indicated on the Drawings. Blocking under the pipe will not be permitted. Bedding shall conform with minimum AWWA Type -2 condition unless otherwise specified. E. When cutting pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine, leaving a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Cut ends of pipe to be used with a "Tyton" type bell shall be beveled to conform to the manufactured spigot end. The lining shall remain undamaged. 3.03 JOINTS A. Push -on joints shall be made in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends looking ahead. A rubber gasket shall be inserted in the groove of the bell end of the pipe, and the joint surfaces cleaned and lubricated. The plain end of the pipe is to be aligned with the bell of the pipe to which it is to be joined, and pushed home with a jack or by other means. After joining the pipe, a metal feeler shall be used to make certain that the rubber gasket is correctly located. B. Mechanical joints at valves, fittings, and where designated on the Drawings and as specified, shall be in accordance with the "Notes on Method of Installation" under ANSI A21.11 and the instructions of the manufacturer. To assemble the joints in the field, thoroughly clean the joint surfaces and rubber gasket with soapy water before tightening bolts. Bolts shall be tight to the specified torque. Under no condition shall extension wrenches, pipe over handle or ordinary ratchet wrenches be used to secure greater leverage. C. Ball joints, where designated on the Drawings and as specified, shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Where ball joint assemblies occur at the face of structures or tanks, the socket end shall be at the structure or tank and the ball end assembled tot he socket. D. Flanged joints shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.15 including its Appendix "A" and the instructions of the manufacturer. Flanged joints shall be fitted so that the contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket and then are made up with relatively uniform bolt stress. E. All valves, hydrants, fittings and other appurtenances needed upon the pipe lines shall be set and jointed as indicated on the Drawings or as required by the manufacturer. F Unless otherwise noted, underground piping shall be push -on joint or mechanical joint with restraints as needed and above ground or exposed piping shall be flanged or grooved end. 15062-6 01108-023.0003 G. Deflected bell pipe shown on the Drawings is shown only as an assistance in illustrating a preferred means of installation in specific locations, and is not intended to indicate all deflected bell pipe necessary to effect the installation as shown in plan and profile views. The cost of all such deflections shall be included within the bid price for furnishing and installing the pipe. H. When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed deflection recommended by manufacturer. 3.04 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Section of piping designated on the Drawings as having restrained joints or those requiring restrained joints shall be constructed using mechanical or compression joint pipe and fittings, manufacturer's standard, equal to U.S. Pipe TR-FLEX, or where permitted by the Engineer with Meg -A -lug, JCM, Dependo-lok, Uniflange, or equal restraining devices. Mechanical joint ductile iron pipe retainer glands will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. B. Restrained pipe joints that achieve restraint by incorporating cut out sections in the wall of the pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness at the point of cut out that corresponds with the minimum specified wall thickness for the rest of the pipe. C. The minimum number of restrained joints required for resisting forces at fittings and changes in direction of pipe shall be determined from the length of restrained pipe on each side of fittings and changes in direction necessary to develop adequate resisting friction with the soil. The formula and parameters given in the latest edition of the Ductile Iron Pipe Handbook shall be used to determine the minimum requirements. L = 1.5PA (1 -COS X)/fW Where L = length of pipe on each side of fitting or change in direction P = test pressure, 150 psi, unless otherwise noted A = cross-sectional area in square inches based on outside diameter (O.D.) of pipe X = angle of bend or change in direction in degrees f = coefficient of soil friction = 0.4 (maximum), modify if pipe is poly - wrapped W = Wt. earth + Wt. pipe + Wt. water in pipe Wt. earth = (density of soil*) (depth of cover in feet) (0.D. in feet) (2) * Maximum 120 -Ibs. /C.F. at and above maximum water table elevation and 60- Ibs. /C.F. below the maximum water table elevation. D. The Contractor shall also provide restrained joints in accordance with the above criteria wherever thrust blocks are not used in conjunction with below ground fittings on lines 10 -inches in diameter or less. 3.05 PRESSURE & LEAKAGE TESTS A. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage test shall conform with AWWA C600, with the 15062-7 01108-023.0003 exception that the Contractor shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line. B. The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure test shall be 200 psi. the Contractor shall provide temporary plugs and blocking necessary to maintain the required test pressure Corporation cocks at least 3/4 inches in diameter, pipe riser and angle globe valves shall be provided at each pipe dead-end in order to bleed air from the line. Duration of pressure test shall be at least 2 -hours. The cost of these items shall be included as a part of testing. C. The leakage test shall be a concurrent test, at the maximum operating pressure as determined by the Engineer, with the pressure test and shall be not less than 2 -hours in duration. All Teaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage eliminated regardless of total leakage as shown by test. Lines which fail to meet tests shall be repaired and re -tested as necessary until test requirements are compiled with. Defective materials, pipes, valves and accessories shall be removed and replaced. The pipe lines shall be tested in such sections as may be directed by the Engineer by shutting valves or installing temporary plugs as required. The pipe shall be filled with water, all air removed and the test pressure maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a force pump to be furnished by the Contractor. Accurate means shall be provided for measuring the water required at this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage. D. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance with AWWA C600 for all pressure lines. No amount of leakage is allowed for pipe under the LA Right -of -Way per FDOT requirements. E. The Contractor must submit his plan for testing to the Engineer for review at least 10 - days before starting the test. The Contractor shall remove and adequately dispose of all blocking materials and equipment after completion and acceptance of the field hydrostatic test, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Any damage to the pipe coating shall be repaired by the Contractor. Lines shall be totally free and clean prior to final acceptance. 3.06 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. The pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. It is the Contractor's responsibility to insure cleanliness of the pipe during installation and backfilling. At the conclusion of the work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all of the pipe, if necessary, by flushing with water of other materials which may have entered during the construction period. Debris cleaned from the lines shall be removed from the lowest outlet. If, after this cleaning, obstructions remain, they shall be removed. After the pipe is cleaned, the Engineer will examine the pipe for leaks. If defective pipes or joints are discovered at this time, they shall be repaired by the Contractor. 3.07 DISINFECTING A. Before being placed in service, all potable water pipelines shall be chlorinated in accordance with AWWA C601, "Standard Procedure for Disinfecting Water Mains". The procedure shall be approved by the Engineer. The location of the chlorination and sampling points will be determined by the Engineer in the field. Taps for chlorination and sampling shall be uncovered and backfilled by the Contractor as required. 15062-8 01108-023.0003 required. B. The general procedure for chlorination shall be first to flush all dirty or discolored water from the lines, and then introduce chlorine in approved dosages through a tap at one end, while water is being withdrawn at the other end of the line. The chlorine solution shall remain in the pipeline for at least 24 -hours. C. Following the chlorination period, all treated water shall be flushed from the lines at their extremities and replaced with water from the distribution system. Bacteriological sampling and analysis of the replacement water shall then be made by the Engineer in full accordance with AWWA C601. The Contractor will be required to re -chlorinate, if necessary. The line shall not be placed in service until the requirements of the State and County Public Health Department are met. D. Special disinfecting procedures shall be sued in connection to existing mains, and where the method outlined above is not practical. E. The Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary with the Health Department for the collection and examination of samples of water from disinfected water mains. These samples shall be examined for compliance with Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services requirements. Sampling shall be made daily and continuously until two successive examinations be found unsatisfactory, the line shall be flushed and disinfected again. The cost of sampling, flushing and disinfecting shall be included in the contract price and no additional charge shall be made to the Owner for this work. END OF SECTION 15062-9 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15063 COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install and test, complete and ready for operation, all copper pipe and fittings as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15110. B. Pipe hangers and supports are included in section 15094. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. Copper pipe shall be used for sealing water supply to the pump stuffing boxes, stuffing box drains, pump casing vents, air piping and other miscellaneous uses as shown on the Drawings. Copper piping installed under this section shall be connected to existing piping, at the locations shown on the Drawings. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All copper pipe a nd fittings shall be furnished a by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. The pipe and fittings shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01340 and shall include dimensioning, methods of support, and technical specifications for all pipe and fittings to be furnished. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Copper Supply Pipe and Fittings 1. Copper supply pipe and fittings shall be Type "L" heavy and hard tubing with sweat cast brass fittings except as noted below. 2. Copper piping for buried installation shall be as specified in Section 02600. 3. Joints for copper piping, except where buried shall be made up with 95-5 solder for 2 inches and smaller tubing. 4. All copper pipe and fittings shall be of domestic manufacture. B. Copper drainage pipe and fittings shall be Type "L" heavy and hard copper tubing with cast brass recessed drainage pattern sweat fittings and shall be used for pump base drip piping and equipment drip piping. 02/10 15063-1 01108-023.0003 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The copper pipe and fittings shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with the best practices and methods. Piping shall be installed true to alignment, and adequately supported. Each length of pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation. Care shall be taken that stresses are not imposed on the pipe during installation. B. Installation methods and supports for the pipe shall be in complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. All piping shall have a sufficient number of unions to allow for convenient removal of sections of the piping without disturbing the remainder of the system. Unions shall be provided close to pieces of equipment and in branch lines to permit ready dismantling of piping without disturbing main pipe line or adjacent branch lines. D. Each section of pipeline shall be laid out and all connections made while the pipe is held in temporary supports. After completion of connections, the pipe shall be clamped in position on its permanent supports. E. Systems shall be arranged with low points to permit drainage of the system. F Threaded joints shall be made up perfectly tight with stiff mixture of graphite and mineral oil, or an approved, non-toxic, non -hardening, pipe joint compound applied to the male thread only. 3.02 TESTING A. All copper pressure piping shall be tested for at least on hour at a pressure of 100 psi. If any joint or pipe section is found to be defective, its shall be repaired or replace to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02/10 15063-2 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install, and test, small diameter plastic piping, fittings and appurtenances as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Trenching bedding and backfill for pipe in Section 02221. B. Painting is included in Section 09900. C. Pipe hangers and supports are included in Section 15094. D. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15100. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. Piping shall be installed in the locations as shown on the Drawings. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All plastic pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01340. Include dimensioning and technical specification for all piping to be furnished. B. Submit for approval pipe certifications and technical data on each type and size pipe. 1.06 TOOLS A. Special tools, solvents, lubricants, and caulking compounds required for normal installation shall be furnished with the pipe. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Plastic pipe shall be rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and shall be in accordance with ASTM D-1784 and ASTM D-1785, ASTM 1120 Class 150 psi, and as manufactured by or approved equal. B. The pipe shall be suitable for filed cutting, welding, bending and coupling and shall be Schedule 80 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings and of the sizes as shown on the Drawings. Pipe supports shall be as specified in Section 15094. 02/10 15064-1 01108-023.0003 C. All pipe shall be bundled or packaged in such a manner as to provide adequate protection for the ends, threaded, or flanged, during transportation from the manufacturer. D. Fittings shall be the socket type for solvent welded joints as designated in ASTM D-2467 or D-2466, except where threaded as shown on the Drawings, and as designated in ASTM D-2464 or flanged as shown on the Drawings and shall be compatible with the pipe where installed. Flanges shall be furnished with 1/8 -inch thick fullfaced gaskets. Flange bolts and nuts shall be ASTM A276, Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. E. Plastic tubing shall be clear, flexible, non -cracking with a wall thickness that is adequate for the pressures involved and of the sizes as shown on Drawings. F. Caulking for plastic pipe in wall sleeve shall be by a mechanical, modular, rubber sealing element placed in between the sleeve and pipe and expanded to make a tight fit or other method approved by the Engineer. G. Expansion joints shall have integral duck and rubber flanges. They shall have individual solid steel ring reinforcement with a carcass of highest grade woven cotton or acceptable synthetic fiber. Joints shall be constructed of pipeline size and to meet working pressure and corrosive conditions similar to the line where installed. They shall be of a filled arch -type construction with a minimum of three arches per joint. All joints must be finish -coated with Hypalon paint to prevent ozone attack. They shall be Style 500 as manufactured by Mercer Rubber Co. of Trenton, New Jersey, or approved equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The installation of plastic pipe shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions. B. Joints for plastic pipe shall be solvent welded expect flanged or threaded where required. In making solvent welded connections, clean dirt and moisture from pipe and fittings, bevel pipe ends slightly with emery cloth, if necessary, and apply solvent cement of the proper grade. Expansion joints shall be installed every 50 -feet on long runs and in every straight run longer than 15 -feet. C. Installation of valves and fittings shall be strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Particular care shall be taken not to overstress threaded connections at sleeves. In making solvent weld connections the solvent shall not be spilled on valves or allowed to run from joints. D. All piping have a sufficient number of unions to allow convenient removal of piping and shall be as approved by the Engineer. E. Where plastic pipe passes through wall sleeves, joints shall be sealed with a mechanical sealing element. F All plastic pipe to metal pipe connections shall be made using flanged connections. Metal piping shall not be threaded into plastic fittings, valves, or couplings, nor shall plastic piping be threaded into metal valves, fittings or couplings. 02/10 15064-2 01108-023.0003 G. Concrete inserts for hangers and supports shall be furnished and installed in the concrete as it is placed. The inserts shall be set in accordance with the requirements of the piping layout and the Contractor shall verity their locations from approved piping layout drawings and the structural drawings. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Section 15094. 3.02 FIELD PAINTING A. Pipe normally exposed to view shall be painted and marked as specified in the Painting Section 09900. Engineer will assist in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper making of pipe. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. All pipelines shall remain undisturbed for 24 -hours to develop complete strength at all joints. All pipelines shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test for 4 -hours at full working pressure. All Teaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Engineer. Prior to testing, the pipelines shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. END OF SECTION 02/10 15064-3 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15094 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals and install pipe hangers, supports, concrete inserts, and anchor bolts including all metallic hanging and supporting devices for supporting exposed piping. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete is included in Division 3 B. Metal Fabrications is included in Section 05500 C. Painting is included in Section 09900 D. Pipe and fittings are included in respective sections of Division 15 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Hangers and supports shall be of approved standard design where possible and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under all operating conditions. The minimum working factor of safety for pipe supports shall be 5 -times the ultimate tensile strength of the material, assuming 10 -feet of product filled pipe being supported. B. All pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment. When manufacturers have indicated requirements that piping loads shall not be transmitted to their equipment, the Contractor shall submit a certification stating that such requirements have been complied with. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer for review, as provided in the General Conditions and Section 01340, shop drawings of all items to be furnished under this section. B. Submit to the Engineer, for approval, samples of all materials specified herein. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All pipe and tubing shall be supported as required to prevent significant stresses in the pipe or tubing material, valves, and fittings and to support and secure the pipe in the intended position and alignment. All supports shall be designed to adequately secure the pipe against excessive dislocation due to thermal expansion and contraction, internal flow forces, and all probable external forces such as equipment, pipe, and personnel contact. All pipe supports shall be approved prior to installation. 02/10 15094-1 01108-023.0003 B. All materials used in manufacturing hangers and supports shall be capable of meeting, the respective ASTM Standard Specifications with regard to tests and physical and chemical properties, and be in accordance with MSS SP -58. C. Hangers and supports shall be spaced in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0 except that the maximum unsupported span shall not exceed 6 -feet unless otherwise specified herein. D. Pipe hangers and supports for piping specified under Plumbing, Section 15400, and HVAC, Section 15800 shall be as specified in those sections. E. Unless otherwise specified herein, pipe hangers and supports shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Co., Inc., Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., or equal. Any reference to a specific figure number of a specific manufacturer is for the purpose of establishing a type and quality of product and shall not be considered as proprietary. Any item comparable in type, style, quality, design and performance will be considered for approval. 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR METAL PIPE A. Suspended single pipes shall be supported by hangers suspended by steel rods from galvanized concrete inserts, beam clamps, or ceiling mounting bolts as follows: 1 Hangers: Pipe Size, inches Grinnell Fig. No. Less than 1/2 138R 1/2 through 1 97C 1 through 4 104 6 through 12 590 14 through 30 171 36 through 48 See Special Supports Paragraph 2.04. 2. Hanger rods shall be rolled steel machine threaded with load ratings conforming to ASTM Specifications and the strength of the rod shall be based on root diameter. Hanger rods shall have the following minimum diameters. Pipe Size, inches Min. Rod Diameter, in. Less than 2-1/2 3/8 2-1/2 though 4 1/2 4 5/8 6 3/4 8-12 7/8 14-18 1 20-30 1-1/4 36-48 See Special Supports Paragraph 2.04 3. Where applicable, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. Beam clamps, for rod sizes 1/2 -inch through 3/4 -inch shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 229, and for rod sizes 7/8 -inch through 1 -1/4 -inches shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 228 or equal. 4. Concrete inserts for pipe hangers shall be, continuous metal inserts designed to be used in ceilings, walls or floors, spot insets for individual pipe hangers, or ceiling mounting bolts for individual pipe hangers and shall be as manufactured by Unistrut Corp., Wayne, Michigan; Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.; Laconia, 02/10 15094-2 01108-023.0003 5. New Hampshire; Richmond or equal and shall be as follows: a. Continuous concrete inserts shall be used where applicable and/or as shown on the Drawings and shall be used for hanger rod sizes up to and including 3/4 -inch diameter. Inserts to be used where supports are parallel to the main slab reinforcement shall be Series P3200 by Unistrut Corp., Fig 1480 Type 2 by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. or equal. Inserts to be used where supports are perpendicular to the main slab reinforcement shall be Series P3300 by Unistrut Corp., Fig 1480 Type I by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., or equal. b. Spot concrete inserts shall be used where applicable and shall be sued for hanger sizes up to and including 7/8 -inch diameter. Inserts shall be Fig. 650 by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. for hanger rod sizes 1/2 -inch through and including 3/4 -inch, and Fig. 266 by Carpenter and Patterson Inc., for 7/8 -inch hanger rods. c. Ceiling mounting bolts shall be used where applicable and be for hanger rod sizes 1 -inch through and including 1-1/4 inches and shall be Fig. 104M as manufactured by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. or equal. 6. All pipe hangers shall be capable of vertical adjustment under load and after erection. Turnbuckles, as required and where applied, shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 230. B. Wall or column supported pipes shall be supported by welded steel brackets equal to Grinnel Fig. 194, 195, and 199 as required, for pipe sizes up to and including 20 -inch diameter. Additional wall bearing plates shall be provided where required. 1. Where the pipe is located above the bracket, the pipe shall be supported by an anchor chair and U -bolt assembly supported by the bracket for pipes 4 -inches. Anchor chairs shall be equal to Carpenter & Patterson Fig. Fig. No. 127. U -bolts shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. 120 and 137. 2. Where the pipe is located below the bracket, the pipes shall be supported by pipe hangers suspended by steel rods from the bracket. Hangers and steel rods shall be as specified above. 3. Wall or column supported pipes 2 -inches and smaller may be supported by hangers equal to Carpenter and Patterson Figures 74, 179, or 237 as required. C. Floor supported pipes 3 -inches and larger in diameter shall be supported by either cast - in -place concrete supports or adjustable pipe saddle supports as directed by the Engineer. In general, concrete supports shall be used when lateral displacement of the pipes is probable (unless lateral support is provided), and adjustable pipe saddle type supports shall be sued where lateral displacement of the pipes is not probable. 1. Each concrete support shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Concrete shall be poured after the pipe is in place with temporary supports. Top edges and vertical corners of each concrete support shall have 1 -inch bevels. Each pipe shall be secured on each concrete support by a wrought iron or steel anchor strap anchored to the concrete with cast -in -place bolts or with expansion bolts. Where directed by the Engineer, vertical reinforcement bars shall be grouted into drilled holes in the concrete floor to prevent overturning or lateral displacement of the concrete support. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, maximum support height shall be 5 -feet. 2. Concrete piers used to support base elbows and tees shall be similar to that specified above. Piers may be square or rectangular. 02/10 15094-3 01108-023.0003 3. Each adjustable pipe saddle support shall be screwed on welded to the corresponding size 150-Ib. companion flanges or slip-on welding flanges respectively. Supporting pipe shall be of Schedule 40 steel pipe construction. Each flange shall be secured to the concrete floor by a minimum of 2 -expansion bolts per flange. Adjustable saddle supports shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. No. 264. Where used under base fittings, a suitable flange shall be substituted for the saddle. 4. Floor supported pipes less than 3 -inches shall be supported by fabricated steel supports. D. Vertical piping shall be supported as follows: 1. Where pipes change from horizontal to vertical, the pipes shall be supported on the horizontal runs within 2 -feet of the change in direction by pipe supports as previously specified herein. 2. For vertical runs exceeding 15 -feet, pipes shall be supported by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests at all points required to insure a rigid installation. 3. Where vertical piping passes through a steel floor sleeve, the pipe shall be supported by a friction type pipe clamp which is supported by the pipe sleeve. Pipe clamps shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. 262. E. Anchor bolts shall be equal to Kwik-Bolt as manufactured by the McCullock Industries, Minneapolis, Minnesota or Wej-it manufactured by Wej-it Expansion Products, Inc., Bloomfield, Colorado. F. All rods, hangers, inserts, brackets, and components shall be furnished with galvanized finish. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLASTIC PIPE A. Single plastic pipe shall be supported by pipe supports as previously specified herein. B. Multiple, suspended, horizontal plastic pipe runs, where possible, and rubber hose shall be supported by ladder type cable trays such as the Eletray Ladder by Husky-Burndy, the Globetray by the Metal Products Division of United States Gypsum, or equal. Ladder shall be of mild steel construction. Rung spacing shall be approximately 18 -inches for plastic pipe and 12 -inches for rubber nose. Tray width shall be approximately 6 -inch for single runs of rubber hose and 12 -inches for double runs of rubber hose. Ladder type cable trays shall be furnished complete with all hanger rods, rod couplings, concrete inserts, hanger clips, etc. required for a complete support system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs of the cable tray by strap clamps or fasteners equal to Globe Model M -CAC. Husky-Burndy Model SCR or approved equal. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9 -feet. The cable trays shall provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. C. Individual clamps, hangers, and supports in contact plastic pipe shall provide firm support but not so firm as to prevent longitudinal movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. 02/10 15094-4 01108-023.0003 2.04 SPECIAL SUPPORTS A. Pipe supports shall be provided to support the vertical runs of all chemical pipes between the respective chemical feed pump and the horizontal overhead pipe runs. The pipes shall be supported by means of a supporting framework suitably anchored into the floor or curbing. The vertical piping shall be suitably secured to horizontal support members connected at each end to vertical support members and spaced as required to provide a rigid installation. 1. The complete supporting system shall be as manufactured by the Metal Products Division of U.S. Gypsum, or equal. 2. Vertical and horizontal supporting members shall be U shaped channels similar to Unistrut Series P1000. Vertical piping shall be secured to the horizontal members by pipe clamps or pipe straps equal to Unistrut Series P1100M and Series P2558. All components shall be of mild steel. 3. The assemblies shall be furnished complete with all nuts, bolts, and fittings required for a complete assembly. 4. The design of each individual framing system shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Shop drawings, as specified in Paragraph 1.04 above shall be submitted and shall show all details of the installation including dimensions and types of supports. B. Any required pipe supports for which the supports specified in this Section are not applicable, including pipe supports for 36 -inches through 48 -inch pipe, shall be fabricated or constructed from standard aluminum shapes in accordance with Specifications, concrete and anchor hardware similar to items previously specified herein and shall meet the minimum requirements listed below and be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 1. Pipe support systems shall meet all requirements of this Section and all related Sections of this Specification. 2. Complete design details of the entire pipe support systems shall be provided, for approval by the Engineer. 3. The pipe support system shall not impose loads on the supporting structures, in excess of the loads for which the supporting structure is designed. 4. Hanger rods for 36 -inch through 48 -inch pipe shall be a minimum of 1 -1/2 -inch diameter and shall not exceed the Manufacturer's Standard maximum recommended safe load. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All pipes, horizontal and vertical, shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by approved supports. Supports shall be provided at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown in the Drawings or specified herein. No piping shall be supported from other piping or from metal stairs, ladders, and walkways, unless it is so indicated on the Drawings, or specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer. B. All pipe supports shall be designed with liberal strength and stiffness to support the respective pipes under the maximum combination of peak loading conditions to include pipe weight, liquid weight, liquid movement, and pressure forces, thermal expansion and contraction, vibrations, and all probable externally applied forces. Prior to installation, all pipe supports shall be approved by the Engineer. 02/10 15094-5 01108-023.0003 C. Pipe supports shall be provided to minimize lateral forces through valves, both sides of split type couplings, and sleeve type couplings and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. Pump housings shall not be utilized to support connecting pipes. D. Pipe supports shall be provided as follows: 1. Cast iron and ductile iron shall be supported at a maximum support spacing of 10 feet -0 -inches with a minimum of one support per pipe section at the joints. 2. Supports for multiple PVC pipes shall be continuous wherever possible. Individually supported PVC pipes shall be supported as recommended by the manufacturer except that support spacing shall not exceed 5 -feet. 3. Support spacing for galvanized steel pipe and copper tubing shall not exceed 5 - feet. 4. All vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at intervals not to exceed 15 - feet by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests, and at all points necessary to insure rigid construction. E. Pipe supports shall not be result in point loadings but shall distribute pipe loads evenly along the pipe circumference. F Effects of thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe shall be accounted for in pipe support selection and installation. G. Inserts for pipe hangers and supports shall be installed on forms before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, all Drawings and figures shall be checked which have a direct bearing on the pipe location. Responsibility for the proper location of pipe supports is included under this Section. H. Continuous metal inserts shall be embedded flush with the concrete surface. 3.02 PRIME COATING A. Prior to prime coating, all pipe hangers and supports shall be thoroughly clean, dry, and free from all mill -scale, rust, grease, dirt, paint, and other foreign substances to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. All submerged pipe supports shall be prime coated with Tnemec Epoxy Primer or approved equal. All other pipe supports shall be prime coated with a rust inhibitive primer. C. Finish coating shall be compatible with the prime coating used and shall be applied as specified in Division, Painting Section. END OF SECTION 02/10 15094-6 01108-023.0003 SECTION 15110 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and ready for operation of all valves, couplings, and connectors, etc., as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Gate Valves 2. Ball Valves for PVC pipe 3. Plug Valves 4. Ball valves 5. Check Valves 6. Check Valves (Dual Door) 7. Butterfly Valves 8. Flexible Couplings 9. Unions 10. Flanges Coupling Adapters 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02221— "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe" B. Section 09900 — "Painting" C. Section 15062 — "Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings" 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. Equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard items for use in controlling the flow of water. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established reputable firms who are fully experienced, and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications as applicable. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, within 30 -days after Contract execution, a list of valves to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery. B. Complete Shop Drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 — "Submittals and Substitutions". 02/10 15110-1 01108-023.0003 1.06 TOOLS A. Special tools, handles or wrenches, if required for normal operation and maintenance of the specified valves, shall be supplied with the equipment furnished. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and all similar valves shall be from one manufacturer. B. Valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the manufacturer and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. C. All valves shall open left, counter -clockwise. 2.02 GATE VALVES A. Exposed gate valves unless otherwise specified or approved, shall be iron body, bronze mounted, wedge disc gate valves with flanged ends and conforming tot he AWWA Standards Specification for Gate Valves for Ordinary Water Works Service, Designation C500-86 rated 150 psi WOG, minimum. Exposed valves shall be outside screw and yoke type. Buried gate valves shall be mechanical joint, ANSI Standard 21.11 except where shown otherwise. B. Face to face dimension shall conform to ANSI Standard Face to Face and End to End Dimensions o Ferrous Valves, (ANSI B16.10) for 125 -pound cast iron valves. C. Bronze gate rings shall be fitted into grooves of dovetail or similar shape in the gates. For grooves or other shapes, the rings shall be firmly attached to the gates with bronze rivets. D. Gate valves shall have a resilient rubber seated ring or wedge permanently bonded to the wedge disc and complying with AWWA C509-80. E. Stuffing box follower bolts shall be of steel and the nuts shall be of bronze. F The design of the valves shall be such as to permit packing the valves without undue leakage while they are wide open and in service. 0 -ring stuffing boxes may be used. G. Where indicated on the Drawings or necessary due to location, size, or inaccessibility, chain wheel operators shall be furnished with the valves. Such operators shall be designed with adequate strength for the valves with which they are supplied and to provide for easy operation of the valve. Chains for valve operators shall be galvanized. H. Tapping gates valves shall be specially designed to allow gate to be fully withdrawn into the bonnet to allow drilling into main. Tapping sleeve and valve shall be designed to mate perfectly without leaks. 02/10 15110-2 01108-023.0003 I. Where required, gate valves shall be provided with a box cast in the slab and a box cover. Length of box shall be slab thickness. All buried valves shall have cast iron, sliding type valve boxes as shown on the Drawings. Box cover opening shall be for valve stem and nut. Valve wrenches and extension stems shall be provided by the manufacturer to actuate the valves. The box and cover shall be equal to those manufactured by Rodney Hunt Machine Company, Clow Corporation, or equal. J. Gate valves shall be as manufactured by the Mueller Company, Clow Valve Company, American Darling, or equal. 2.03 BALL VALES FOR PVC PIPE A. Ball valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1 with union, socket, threaded or flanged ends as required. Bali valves shall be full port, full flow, all plastic construction, 150 psi rated with Teflon seat seals and T -handles. PVC ball valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc., Nibco True -Bloc, Wallace & Tiernan Inc., Plastiline, Inc., or equal. B. All valves shall be mounted in such a position that valve position indicators are plainly visible when standing on the floor. 2.04 PLUG VALVES A. Plug valves shall be non -lubricated eccentric type with resilient faces plugs, and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the Drawings. Flanged valves shall be faced and drilled to the ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Standard. Mechanical joint ends shall be AWWA C111. Bell ends shall be to the AWWA C100 Class B. Grooved ends shall be AWWA C606. B. Port areas for valves shall be 80% or greater of full pipe area. C. Valve bodies shall be of ASTM A126 Class B cast iron in compliance with AWWA Standard C507-73 Section 5.1 and AWWA Standard C504-80. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, etc. shall be zinc plated. Resilient plug facings shall be of Neoprene or Hycar on a single piece plug. The plug shall be of sufficient construction so that no strengthening member is required opposite the face. D. Valves shall be furnished with corrosion resistant seats which comply with AWWA Standard C507, Section 7, paragraph 7.2, and with AWWA Standard C504, Section 3.5. The seat shall be in the body only. Seat ring shall be adjustable and replaceable. E. Valves shall be furnished with replaceable, sleeve -type bearings in the upper and lower journals. These bearings shall comply with AWWA Standard C507-73, Section 8, paragraphs 8.1, 8.3, and 8.5, and with AWWA Standard C504, Section 3.6 F. Valve shaft seals or packing shall be adjustable and replaceable without removing the valve from service or interrupting service with flow in either direction. Shaft seals shall comply with AWWA Standard C507-73, Section 10, and with AWWA C507-70, Section 111. 02/10 15110-3 01108-023.0003 G. Valve pressure ratings shall be as follows and shall be established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ANSI Standard B16.1. Pressure ratings shall be 175 psi for valves through 12 -inch, 150 psi for valves in sizes 14 -inch through 36 -inch, and 125 psi for valves in sizes 42 -inch through 54 -inch. Valves shall be capable of providing drip -tight shutoff up to the full valve rating with pressure in either direction. H. All valves 8 inches and larger shall be equipped with gear actuators. All gearing shall be enclosed suitable for running in oil with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All shaft bearings shall be furnished with permanently lubricated bronze bearing bushings. Actuator shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided. Construction of actuator housing shall be semi -steel. I. Plug valves installed such that actuators are 6 feet or more above the floor, shall have chainwheels and chains provided. J. Where shown on the Drawings, plug valves shall be installed with extended shafts and actuators. Actuators for extended shafts shall be mounted on floor stands where indicated on the Drawings or shall be removable handwheels where floor stands are not called for. Six-inch sleeves shall be provided for extended shafts in all floors; where necessary, covers shall be provided. Shafts shall be of adequate strength to operate the valve. Floor stands and covers, where called for shall be cast iron. Floor stands shall be equipped with valve position indicators and a lock for the handwheel. K. All plug valves shall be installed so that the direction of flow through the valve is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. L. Valves and actuators shall be as manufactured by Pratt, DeZurik, M&H, Victaulic, or equal. 2.05 BALL VALVES A. General — The ball valve shall be metal to metal seated with flanged ends drilled to the applicable ANSI B16.1 standard Class 125 or 250. Valve shall have a clear unobstructed waterway, which will result in no significant head loss, when the valve is in the full open position. The valve shall be drop tight and meet or exceed the AWWA C507-99 inspection and testing standard. The valve shall be single seated for pump control and rated at 150, 250 or 300 psi. The valve shall be as manufactured by "Henry Pratt Co." B. Body — The body shall be cast ductile iron ASTM A 536 grade 65-45-12 having an inlet and outlet flanged waterway equal to the required valve size. Flanges shall be flat -faced and machined parallel to each other to within .005 inch. Valve body shall have both a drain and vent hole drilled and tapped. The body shall have bronze bearings installed in each half accurately located in the center of the housing to receive the trunion bearings on the ball and place the ball in the central position. The bearing load shall not exceed 2000 Ibs/sq. inch at 250 psi differential pressure. The body seat shall be Monel electronically fused to the base metal, then accurately machined to form the seating seal, or other C507-99 approved materials. The body seal shall not protrude into the waterway. 02/10 15110-4 01108-023.0003 C. Ball — the ball shall be cast ductile iron ASTM 536 grade 65-45-12. It shall have integrally cast trunions which will be bronze -bushed. One trunion holds the operating shaft which passes through a pacing seal area and connects to the actuator. To prevent leakage around the shaft, V -Type packing is installed to form a seal. The ball seat shall be stainless steel 300 series. It shall be a pressure assisted design and by using an offset on the body and ball, the seats will only be in contact at the actual point of closing. The seat is connected to the ball by means a stainless steel mounting ring which is securely attached and pinned into position after the correct setting has been attained. Seats threaded directly on to the ductile iron ball shall not be acceptable. Valve seat assembly shall be fully adjustable and replaceable in the field without removing the valve from the line. The ball seat shall be located at the top, when the valve is in the open position. D. Valve Actuators — Valve actuators shall conform to the operating requirements of AWWA Standard C507-99 and shall be designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between fully open and fully closed without creeping or fluttering. 1. Manual actuators shall be of the travelling nut, self-locking type and shall be equipped with mechanical stop limiting devices to prevent over -travel of the ball in the open or closed positions. Actuators shall be fully enclosed and designed to produce specified torque with a maximum pull of 80 lbs. on a handwheel or a maximum input of 150 ft.-lbs. On operating nuts. Actuator components shall withstand an input torque of 450 ft.-lbs. at extreme actuator positions without damage. 2. Cylinder actuators shall move the valve to any position from full open to fully closed when a maximum of psi or a minimum of psi is applied to the cylinder. Ail wetted parts of the cylinder shall be corrosion resistant and cylinder rods shall be chromium -plated stainless steel. Cylinders furnished with enclosed operating mechanisms shall have all wetted parts constructed of non- metallic materials except the cylinder rod which shall be chromium -plated stainless steel. Rod seats shall be of the non adjustable war -compensating type. A rod wiper for removing deposits inside the cylinder shall be provided in addition to the external dirt wiper. Cylinder actuators of this type shall be Pratt MDT with Duracyl cylinder. E. Bearings — Bearings for ball and body trunnions shall be bronze of dissimilar hardness as per AWWA C507-99 standard to prevent galling or binding. Self-lubricating Teflon reinforced would also be acceptable. F. Shafts — Acceptable materials for valve shafts shall be: ASTM A 564 Type 630, H1150 (17-4 PH) Stainless Steel, or other C507-99 approved materials. G. Valve Testing — All ball valves shall be subjected to hydrostatic, shop leakage and performance tests as specified in AWWA Standard C507-00. Maximum seat leakage allowance 1 fl. Oz. per diameter inch per hour as per AWWA C507-99. H. Valve Painting — All internal ductile iron surfaces, except finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with two coats of asphalt varnish confirming to Federal Specification TT -C-494, and AWWA C550. 02/10 15110-5 01108-023.0003 All exterior steel or cast or ductile iron surfaces of each valve, except finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with one or more coats of Alkyd primer. For buried service valves, two coats of asphalt varnish per Federal Specification TT -C-494. 2.06 CHECK VALVES A. Check valves for cast iron and ductile iron pipelines shall be swing type and shall meet the material requirements of AWWA Specification C508. The valves shall iron body, bronze mounted, single disc, 150 psi minimum working water pressure, non - shock, and hydro statically tested at 300 psi. Ends shall be 125 pounds ANSI B16.1 flanges or 125 pound ANSI 2.1 threaded fittings depending upon location. B. When there is no flow through the line, the disc shall hang lightly against its seat in practically a vertical position. When open, the disc shall swing clear of the waterway. C. Check valves shall bronze seat and body rings, extended bronze hinge pins and bronze nuts on the bolts of bolted covers. D. Valves shall be so constructed that disc and body seat may easily be removed and replaced without removing the valve from the line. Valves shall be fitted with an extended hinge arm with outside lever and weight. Springs with various tensions shall be provided and springs approved by the Engineer shall be installed. E. Check valves for cast and ductile iron pipelines shall be as manufactured by Pratt, M&H, American Darling, or equal. F Check valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1, Series BC with union, socket, threaded or flanged ends as required. PVC ball check valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc., Nibco Chemtrol, Wallace & Tiernan, Inc., Plastiline, Inc., or equal. 2.07 CHECK VALVE (DUAL DOOR) Check valve for the stormwater pump discharge shall be wafer -style Duo -Check 2 by Crane Valve Company. Body shall be ASTM Type 316 stainless steel with an EPDM resilient seat and raised face. A stainless steel shaft separates the stainless steel plates. A single stainless steel spring operates each plate independently. Hinged support sleeves reduce friction and help reduce water hammer. Provide valve by VaI-Matic Valve & Manufacturing Corp., Elmhurst, Illinois. 2.08 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly valves and operators shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA Standard Specification C504. B. Valves 20 -inch and smaller shall be in full accordance with AWWA Class 105B. Valves 24 -inch and larger shall comply with the requirements of the AWWA class needed to meet the most severe actual operating conditions. C. Valve bodies installed above grade or in vaults, shall be of cast iron per ASTM A48, Class 40 and shall be wafer style suitable for mounting between standard 1 25# flanges. Valves installed below ground, installed in mechanical restrained joint areas, shall be provided with flanged to mechanical joint adapters. 02/10 15110-6 01108-023.0003 D. Valve discs shall be of cast bronze per ASTM B143 -IA (88-10-2). Discs shall be securely attached to the valves shall using monel pins. E. The valve shaft shall be of Monel Alloy 400 with a diameter that meets AWWA C- 504 for Class 1 50B F The seat shall be of Buna-N bonded to the valve body and completely covering the internal iron surfaces plus the outside faces of the valve body to provide a se feature. G. Valves shall be fitted with sleeve typo bearings. Bearings shall be corrosion resistant and self lubricating. Bears shall be liberally sized to meet or exceed AWWA specification pressure loads. H Valve shaft seals shall be of self adjusting and wear compensating. V -type packing. I. The interior of all valves shall be void of any iron alloys. J Each valve shall be factory tested per the latest revision of AWWA C-504. K. Butterfly valves shall be by Henry Pratt Company or approved equal. L. Operators shall be of the traveling nut type in complete conformance with AWWA C- 504. M. Exteriors of valves and operators shall be painted in accordance with specification Section 09900. 2.09 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS A. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on the Drawings. 2.10 UNION A. Unions on ferrous pipe 2 inches in diameter and smaller shall be 150 pounds malleable iron, zinc coated. Unions on water piping 2-1/2 inches in diameter and larger shall be flange pattern, 125 pound class, zinc -coated. Gaskets for flanged unions shall be of the best quality fiber or plastic. Unions shall not be concealed in walls, ceilings or partitions. 2.11 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTER A. Coupling adapter shall be Smith -Blair Model No. 912, or equal. Body and follower flange shall be iron. Bolt circle, size and spacings shall conform to ASA 125 flange. Gasket shall be Smith -Blair Grade 30 or 60, or equal. 0 -Ring shall be grade 60. Cross and tee bolts shall conform to ANSI A 21.11. 02/10 15110-7 01108-023.0003 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the locations shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. Install floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. C. Flanged joints shall be made with hot dipped galvanized bolts, nuts and washers. Mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with 2 -coats of bituminous paint. D. Prior to assembly of split couplings, the grooves as well as other parts shall be thoroughly cleaned. The ends of the pipes and outside of the gaskets shall be moderately coated with petroleum jelly, cup grease, soft soap or graphite paste, and the gasket shall be slipped over one pipe end. After the other pipe has been brought to the correct position, the gasket shall be centered properly over the pipe ends with the lips against the pipes. The housing sections shall then be placed. After the bolts have been inserted, the nuts shall be tightened until the housing sections are firmly in contact, metal -to -metal, without excessive bolt tension. E. Prior to the installation of sleeve -type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until it is properly centered over the joint. The other pipe end shall be inserted into the middle pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flares. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up finger -tight, diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. 3.02 SHOP PAINTING A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive an exterior coating of rust -inhibitive primer. Interior coatings shall be the manufacturer's standard except that vales for potable water lines shall be coated with paints approved by EPA, FDA, and AWWA for potable water service. All pipe connection openings shall be capped after shop painting to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. 3.03 FIELD PAINTING A. All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view will be painted as part of the work. Paint valves as specified for pipe in Section 09850 — "Painting". 02/10 15110-8 01108-023.0003 3.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Completed pipe shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test for 2 -hours at 150 - percent full working pressure. All Teaks shall be repaired and lines re -tested until approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02/10 15110-9 01108-023.0003 APPENDIX A CLIENT: IT'S THE LAW ! CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG 1-800-432 4770 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF FLORIDA, INC. UTILITIES NOTIFICATION CENTER POER: o t.i STORMWATER PUMP STATION REHABILITATION VILLAGE GF KEY BISCAYNE LIST OF DRAWINGS C-0 COVER SHEET CIVIL SU-1 EXISTING SITE CONDITION C-1 GENERAL NOTES C•2 PUMP STATION- PLAN & PROFILE C-3 GENERAL DETAIL STRUCTURE S-1 EXISTING & FUTURE CONDITIONS, STRUCTURAL NOTES S-2 RETROFIT PLANS, SECTIONS & DETIALS PROJECT LOCATION C3TS CORZO CASTELLA CARBALLO THOMPSON SALMAN Engineers Architects Planners PROJECT NO. 01108-023 PLOT DATE 02.03.2010 REVISIONS NO DATE REMARKS APPROVED BY SEAN P. COMPEL, P E. LICENSED ENGINEER NO 66618 STATE OF FLORIDA 1 1. 2. Existing Grease Trop r Existing 42" Storm Sewer Pipe j \-Existing Well#3 >' Pump Station OL-1 Existing Pump #3 Existing Pump IV 4. Existing 16" DIP Existing Valve Vault Existing Wellfi4 Existing Air Valve MH x 0 5 25 10 Hol/ Size 1"=10' Full Size 1 "=5' REVISIONS APPROVED BY: CORM CASTELLA CARBAll01HOf�PSON SAIfi�AN, P.A. ENGINEERS • ARCHITECTS PLANNERS 901 PONCE DE LEON BLVD SUITE 900 CORAL GABLES FLORIDA 33'1 3<+ MIAMI (305)—aa5-2900 FLORIDA (Boo)_448_022, FL REGISTRATIONS E90005022 AAC002142 DATE: DRAWN: DESIGNED: CHECKED: Qc CADD FILE: 02/0312010 '� (� F `-1,1 ,' r ��� �'�; _:,., .At .,.. FOR VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE FLORIDA PUMP STATION OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE EXISTING SITE CONDITION PO C•1 ESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO. �I I�� V MOA SEAN P. COMPEL, P.E. LICENSED ENGINEER NO. 66618 STATE OF FLORIDA D GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 2 1 I APPLICABLE CODES 1 ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO CURRENT MIAMI-DADE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (MDCPWD) STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS WELL AS ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES AND REGULATORY R£OUIREMENT5, AS APPLICABLE 2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DONE IN A SAFE MANNER AND IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL THE REOUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970, AND ALL STATE AND LOCAL SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS 3 ELEVATIONS SHOWN RELATE TO NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM, NGVD, 1929 4 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE, SUCH AS TREES, BUILDING SEWERS, DRAINS, WATER OR GAS PIPES, CONDUITS, POLES, WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC, WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE TO BE CAREFULLY PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE IF DAMAGE OCCURS FROM WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTL Y REPAIR THE DAMAGED ITEM(S) TO THE CONDITION OF THE ITEM(S) PRIOR TO THE DAMAGE THIS WORK SHALL BE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER 5 THE CONTRACTOR l5 TO USE CAUTION WHEN WORKING IN OR AROUND AREAS OF OVERHEAD TRANSMISSION LINES AND UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 6 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS/HERS WORK WITH ANY OTHER UTILITY AND BUILDING TRADES WORKING ON THIS OR ADJACENT PROJECT 7 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE SPECIAL NOTE OF SOIL CONDITIONS THROUGHOUT THIS PROJECT AN Y SPECIAL SHORING, SHEE TING OR OTHER PROCEDURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTY, EITHER PUBLIC OR PRIVATE, DURING EXCAVATION OF SUBSOIL MATERIAL OR DURING THE FILLING OF ANY AREA, OR FOR ANY OPERATION DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR ll PRECONS TRUC TION RESPONSIBIL I TIES 1 THE INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THESE PLANS IS TO ASSIST THE CONTRACTOR IN ASSESSING THE NATURE AND EXTENT OF THE CONDITIONS WHICH MAY BE ENCOUNTERED DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK ALL CONTRACTORS ARE DIRECTED, PRIOR TO BIDDING, TO CONDUCT ANY INVES77GAT/ONS THEY DEEM NECESSARY TO ARRIVE AT THEIR OWN CONCLUSIONS REGARDING THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS THAT WILL BE ENCOUNTERED AND UPON W7-IICH THEIR BIDS WILL BE BASED 2 48 HOURS BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION IN THE AREA, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY SUNSHINE STATE CALL ONE OF FLORIDA, INC AT 1-800-432-4770 AND ANY OTHER UTILITIES WHICH MIGHT BE AFFECTED 3 UPON THE RECEIPT OF THE 'NOTICE TO PROCEED'; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND ARRANGE A PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE TO INCLUDE ALL INVOLVED GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES, UTILITY OWNERS, THE OWNER, AND THE ENGINEER OF RECORD 4 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR AND PROCURE ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES, PAY ALL CHARGES, TAXES, ROYALTIES & FEES, AND GIVE ALL NOTICES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THIS PROJECT 5 THE CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANIES TO ARRANGE FOR ANY REMOVAL, RELOCATION AND TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF UTILITY FEATURES, ETC A5 NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, IF APPLICABLE 6 THE LOCATIONS OF THE UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND EXPOSE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES TO BE CONNECTED SUFFICIENTLY AHEAD OF CONSTRUCTION TO ALLOW REDESIGN BY THE ENGINEER IF SUCH UTILITIES ARE FOUND TO BE DIFFERENT THAN THOSE SHOWN ON PLANS Ill. INSPECTION AND TESTING INSPECTIONS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO THE INSPECTION OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 1) STORM WATER PIPE INSTALLATION AND PRESSURE TEST 2) WELLHEAD MODIFICATIONS 3) STATION STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 4) PUMP REMOVAL(S) AND INSTALL TION(S) 5) FINAL WALK -TROUGH INSPECTION 11 IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT ALL APPLICABLE REGULATORY AGENCIES FOR INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS IV TEMPORARY FACILITIES A IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ARRANGE FOR OR SUPPL Y TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE, SANITARY FACILITIES, AND ELECTRICITY, DURING CONSTRUCTION B THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AT LEAST ONE ACCESS ENTRANCE TO COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES, IF APPLICABLE C THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CLEAR PATH FOR ALL SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND DITCHES DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION, IF APPLICABLE 2 TRAFFIC REGULATION A THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL WARNING SIGNALS, SIGNS, LIGHTS AND FLAG PERSONS AS NECESSARY FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC WITHIN PUBLIC RIG HT -OF -WAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH M U T C 0 AND MIAMI-DADE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT B ALL OPEN TRENCHES AND HOLES ADJACENT TO ROADWAYS OR WALKWAYS SHALL BE PROPERLY MARKED AND BARRICADED TO ASSURE THE SAFETY OF BOTH VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC C NO TRENCHES OR HOLES NEAR WALKWAYS, IN ROADWAYS OR THEIR SHOULDERS ARE TO BE LEFT OPEN DURING NIGHTTIME HOURS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF THE OWNER VI PROJECT CLOSE OUT. 1 CLEANING UP A DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE PROJECT SITE AND ALL ADJACENT AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A NEAT AND CLEAN MANNER, AND UPON FINAL CLEANUP, THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE LEFT CLEAR OF ALL SURPLUS MATERIAL OR TRASH THE PAVED AREAS SHALL BE SWEPT BROOM CLEAN B THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE OR REPLACE, WHEN AND AS DIRECTED, ANY PUBLIC OR PRIVATE PROPERTY DAMAGED BY HIS/HER WORK, EOUIPMENT AND/OR EMPLOYEES TO A CONDITION AT LEAST EOUAL TO THAT EXISTING IMMED/A TEL Y PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF OPERATIONS C THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL PAVING, STABILIZED EARTH, CURBS, DRIVEWAYS, SIDEWALKS, FENCES, MAILBOXES, SIGNS AND ANY OTHER IMPROVEMENTS REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION WITH THE SAME TYPE OF MATERIAL AND TO THE CONDITION WHICH EXISTED PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF OPERATIONS 0 WHERE MATERIAL OR DEBRIS HAVE WASHED OR FLOWED INTO, OR HAVE BEEN PLACED IN WATER COURSES, DITCHES, DRAINS, CATCH BASINS OR ELSEWHERE AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS, SUCH MATERIAL OR DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED AND SA TISFACTORIL Y DISPOSED OF DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK, AND THE AREA KEPT /N A CLEAN AND NEA T CONDITION E ALL DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND UNSUITABLE EXCAVATED MATERIAL, DEMOLITION, VEGETATION, RUBBISH AND DEBRIS SHALL BE MADE OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION AT A LEGAL DISPOSAL SITE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS/HER OWN EXPENSE, WITH THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER MATERIAL CLEARED FROM THE SITE SHALL NOT BE DEPOSITED ON ADJACENT AND/OR NEARBY PROPERTY 2 ALL PROPERTY MONUMENTS OR PERMANENT REFERENCES, REMOVED OR DESTROYED BY THE CONTRACTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RESTORED BY A STA TE OF FLORIDA REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE 3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A DURING THE DAIL Y PROGRESS OF THE JOB, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ON HIS SE T OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS THE EXACT LOCATION, LENGTH AND ELEVATION OF ANY FACILITY NOT BUILT EXACTL Y ACCORDING TO PLANS B THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE ENGINEER WITH AS -BUILT PLAN THAT SHOWS ALL THE EXACT LOCATION, LENGTH AND ELEVATIONS OF ALL PROPOSED ITEMS REVISIONS APPROVED BY: CORM CAS1EllA CARBALlO TNO�IPSON STAN, P.A. ENGINEERS •ARCHITECTS • PLANNERS 901 PONCE DE LEON BLvp SUITE 9 0 CORAL GABLES, ELORIDA 33'13a DATE: DRAWN: DESIGNED: CHECKED: QC: CARD FILE: 02/03/2010 w l�'" -+�� /++.! -t�..� /r1� ,` !' = oR ESCRIPTION DATE VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE FLORIDA PUMP STATION OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE GENERAL NOTES N o 1 SHEET N0. 0-1 MOA SEAN P. COMPEL, P.E. LICENSED ENGINEER NO. 66618 STATE OF FLORIDA DATE: EJD• SC ars MIAMI (305)-445-2900 FLORIDA (800)-448-0227 FL REGISTRATIONS EB0005022 AACD02142 RC 1 1 1 1 2 Contractor Shall Cu Existing Pipe And Install (2) 24' Blind Flange (See Sheet C-3) Well ,y3 Existing 24" Well Contractor Shall Install New Wellheod (See Sheet C-3 For Detail) 45' Bend Existing 24" Well Controctor Sholl /— Instoll New Wellhead (See Sheet C-3 For Detail) 4) Existing Pump Sfotion� —(2)-45' Bend Flow (2)-45' Bend (1)-45' Bend Pump/j'3 Mercoid Pressure Switches Contractor Shull Remove And Replace Piping Pump#4 (2)-45' Bend (Vertical) T Existing 16" DIP (To Remain) 2" Copper Tubing L _ Contractor Shall Cut Existing DIP And lnstoll New CV & Tee New 16" CV Flow 45' Bend 45' Bend // 45' Bend /\\ \\ 45' Bend Proposed 16" DIP See Sheet C-3 For Well Connection Detail Existing 42" Storm Sewer Pipe J H N N New 16X16X16 Tee / > / NN, New 16" BFV ' N 90' Bend New 16" BFV Contractor Shall Restrain All Joints Existing Grade = 14 5' Pressure Sensor Top TYP Existing Valve Vault (To Remora) 0 1 1/2 1/4 Holt Size- 1 "=Z" Full Size 1"=-Y,2" Contractor Shall Remove And Test The (2) Pressure Gages To Determine If They Are Working Reploce As Required yy CD Existing Pump Station Wet Well 90" Bend Notes 1 Contractor Shall Remove And Cleon Debris Out Of All (4) Air Re/ease Valves From The Valve Vault And The Well Heod Manhole 2 Contractor Shod Coat All Exposed Piping With rnemec Industriol Paint (See Specs) 3 Contractor Shall Pump Out Valve Voult And Keep Dry During Construction 4 Controctor Shall Provide A Min 6" Clearness Between Existing 42" Diameter Storm Sewer Pipe And Proposed 16" DIP 5 Con troctor Shall Repair Any Damage To Existing Utilities Including Electrical, Irrigation, Woter And Sewer At His Own Expense 6 Contractor Con Obtain Pump Station As -Built From Owner And Engineer of Record REVISIONS APPROVED BY: CORM CASTEIIA CARBALLO TH $JPSON SALON, P.A. ENGINEERS •ARCHITECTS • PLANNERS 901 PONCE DE LEON 81_,/0 SUITE goo CORAL GABLES, P-LORIIDA 33134 DATE: DRAWN: DESIGNED: CHECKED: QC: CADD FILE: 02/0312010 � (� �f- -/ Th`,��, -l�� Ito.' _`;,_ . <oeio )ESCRIPTION DATE VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE FLORIDA PUMP STATION OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE PS PLAN AND PROFILE N 0 o 0 SHEET NO. C-2 MOA • SEAN P. COMPEL, P.E. LICENSED ENGINEER NO. 66618 OF FLORIDA DATE: EJD SC C3TS MIAMI (305)-445-2900 FLORIDA (800)-448-0227 FL REGISTRATIONS EBOOO9022 AA0002i42 RC Install New Air Valve (See Detail) 1 New Blind Flange (See Detail) Flanged DIP To Steel Adaptor New 16" DIP From Pump /4 — Weld 16" Diometer Bronch Adaptor At An Elevation to Meet The 16" DIP From PS ---24 "—_ WeII,#F3 Modifications NTS Contractor Sholl Cut Existing 24" DIP And Install (2) New Blind Flange Restrain Joints Or Weld Shut Existing 42" DIP P11 r4 . V:h 30"Cost Iron MH Type Cover Remove & Salvage MH Frame & Cover Remove Mesh Safety Screen ... Tr -xs-N" 7C?CC =_L q; - I" 1 kv"I \ It ' J1 -5' f„ ' n _ ,,AlIIS, ... .'r2 ") t IT (-0Far l -r rA : C •; r \nrr' -1;l.IEF r, EXISTING WELLHEAD • TORC_: _!/1714C Yv:C S AL_ BE CTL'_ CALL" I ICJS ".0 P:RIIA'.:IJT_I _LP C, _? C-Cr•' S:" 1C TEA' C• �K_:`• 102 `2 7 1:C , C1 LC II.SEL I'. CL' W.:- 1 -'AN/ E :+1' Ai) • 1 Wk CR:2.13,. fEF.:'trJEr. _ -IC Al AS FNAsi`,:C- r';\IRAKc CU, Ck . "7't1C •:,,� 2 = -CR :F':111ME NG� _� .•` b „ HF _ 1- 1 3: 'A;RK:J AA) PC.' -t _ >-V: --C :S_R ' PC AR_ T3 _: _,_:RE) 'L it_: E -I: ZAC TYPICAL BUTTERFLY VALVE Note. Flonge To Be Standard ANSI/AWWA 125# Type 32"0 Blind Flonge Minimum 01 (20) 1 1/4"0 Bolts Provide Rubber Gosket PLAN 24" Steel Well Casing Extend Wellhead Above Grode Weld Steel Flonge To Well Head Provide A Complete Joint Penetrotion Groove Weld Along Entire Circumference For Extension Of Well Head REVISED WELLHEAD - PRESSURE TYPE WELLHEAD MOD/FICA T/ONS — WELL #3 N TS -1 I I-1 I I-tt FI l —II l_ 12" MAX LAYERS OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD TO ACHIEVE 98 % COMPACTION REVISIONS _ZSCRIPTION DATE 1. 9 APPROVED BY: SEAN P. COMPEL, P.E. LICENSED ENGINEER NO. 66618 STATE OF FLORIDA DATE: C3TS CORZO CASTI LA CARHAll0 THOMPSON SAIMAN, P.k ENGINEERS • ARCHI TECTS • PLANNERS 001 PONCE DE LEON BLVD., SUITE flOO CORAL GABLES. FLORIDA 33134• MIAMI (305)-445-2900 FLORIDA (800)-448-0227 FL REGISTRATIONS E 80005022 AAC002142 DATE: DRAWN: DESIGNED: CHECKED: QC: CADD FILE: SEE NOTE #4 -\ 1 o; ° 12 I 111 11°OIII= II —II' 12,, PROVIDE TRENCH SLOPE AS REOUIRED 4" MIN. PIPE (SIZE VARIES) FINISHED GRADE MAX. WATER LEVEL ALLOWABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION UNDISTURBED SOIL NOTE 1 WHERE SOIL CONDITIONS CAN NOT BE MAINTAINED AS SHOWN ABOVE. PROVIDE APPROVED METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION 2 SHEETING WILL BE REOUIRED AS DETERMINED IN THE FIELD 3 COMPACTION PERCENTAGES SHOWN REFER TO AASHTO T-180 4 MECHANICAL COMPACTION NOT ALLOWED BELOW THIS LEVEL TRENCH DETAIL (UNPAVED AREAS) NTS Galvanized Steel Pipe WW Air Volve Vol-Mot,c /48A 2 " Boll Valve Steel Wellheod Cover WELLHEAD AIR VALVE NTS VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE FLORIDA PUMP STATION OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE GENERAL DETAILS M N 0 o0 I 0 SHEET NO. C-3 EDGE OF B' CMU WALL BELOW (Tyr.) 00 I T 43- - EXISTING 36".3\,' FRAME OPENING / L_ • • / NEw a5'z45 OPENING \ -a- • NOTE SEE DETAIL 1 ON S -I FOR EXISTING REINFORCEMENT DESIGNATIONS RETROFIT PUMP BOX CONCRETE & REINFORCEMENT PLAN VIEW SCALE 17.14' 4" TAI NEW 43'z87' CLEAR OPENING ANGLE FRAME PEDESTRIAN LOADING, DOUBLE DOOR RETROFIT (CUST01 SIZE) EXISTING 3'x3' HATCH (TO PEMAIN) 4•' NEW W8z13 BEAM \ CENTERED BELOW REMAINING 3' CONCRETE STRIP RETROFIT TOP SLAB CROSS-SECTION SCALE yr.14' Ex15TING 484 DOWELS IN GROUTED CELLS AT EACH CORNER EXISTING .IOLLOw Ea4K I6 BLOCK ABOVE C_COPLTIVE BLOCK (TTP) 10'-0' 3'-10 '2' 4 -7 1"2 `DD D D D D ED • DD • . ti NEw 18"z12' CONCRET- COLL'MN w17P 585 BOTH FACES. P 83 STIRRUPS \ 3' 0' OC VERT (TTP) \ NEW WEz13 SP..NNING 8'-0" 9 9 D 9 111111111111111100 PLAN VIEW OF FUTURE ELEMENTS DIRECTLY BELOW PUMP BOX COVER 3 SCALE yr • 23' (5) 24' MIN SPLICE 85 BARS DRILLED / EPDXIED INTO EXISTING LOWER SLAB wine 4• EMBED ,TTP) 10 -0" Ex15TING REINF IN TOP SLAB NEW Wbz13 / J NEw I5•42" CONC5515 COLUMN 1N/ X85 BOTH FACES 1 83 5TIRRUFS P 10' OC VEPT (TYP) -41-....., `' 4 a °• °< 8 1 - 0 4 ° ° EX15T1NG LOWER SLAB NEW W8x13 AND CONCRETE COLUMN CROSS-SECTION SCALE 1,2 • 14• REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED BY: SEAN P. COMPEL, P.E. LICENSED ENGINEER NO. 66618 STATE OF FLORIDA DATE: EDGE C. 5' CMU WALL BELOW (TTP) '4) 3'4` DIA, 4' LONG NELSON CAST -IN 5NEAP CONNECTORS (53L) SCALE 11.2'•14' 0-0' 3' r - + — I •?!•!9!6!.?4!!?41► 1 1 I \\ r.,if z", ; jl//i/0:bi72,.. �y, . EXISTING HATCH •j DOOR //►.........♦........`...1 viii ASV / ,,//►•.•.•.•.•,•,•,•,•,.,.,.,.,� 4° " i ►.4. •..•.. ....��...../// I NEW 43'x87" CLEAR OPENING I ANGLE FRAME, PEDESTRIAN LOADING DOUBLE DCOR RETROFIT (CUSTOr1 51--c) • ••••••....•• 41 •••••....... •' �- le UL �•����•�% �•, �•••.•... %. - � �i L J I RETROFIT PUMP BOX PLAN VIEW SHOWING HATCH DOORS SCALE yr • 14' w8z13 6 25"X2 75"Xv2' STEEL PLATE EACI4 SIDE OF FLANGE, PIGIDLY CONNECTED TO EMBEDMENT PLATE 6-3.4'„6-3/4",,,/3 THr STEEL EMBEDMENT PLATE C3TS COR?O CASTELLA CARBALLO THDIPSON SALON, P.A. ENGINEERS • ARCHITECTS • PLANNERS 901 PONCE DE LEGrN 'L_,\/CD SUITE 900 CORAL GABLES FLOF21pA _531 3-2 MIAM' (305)-445-2900 FLORIDA (BCC1-445-0227 FL RECISTRATIONS 08C005022 AAC0C2' 42 DATE: DRAWN: DESIGNED: CHECKED: QC: CADD FILE: 02/03J2010 HRA HRA SPC RC 5 S- 4 4 a 4 /4) 3/4' D'A, 4 LC/NC NELSON 5.IEAR CONNECTORS (53L 1 BEYOND 6 25'52 T5'Xv2' STEEL PLATE EACH SIDE OF FLANGE VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE FLORIDA Tt15 STEEL EIBEDMENT PLATE SCALE 11121.14' 7 4 4 �• �L�gi L (3) 5/8' DI.. STEEL BOLTS WITH MINIMUM 1' EDGE DISTANCE, EVENLY SPACED TOP OF NEW W543 TO BE SNUGGED TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF POMP BOX CO,. ER I8" WIDE COLuMN PUMP STATION OL-1 VILLAGE OF KEY BISCAYNE RETROFIT PLANS SECTIONS & DETAILS SHEET NO. S-2 2 OF 2